IASEO.us

Sponsored Video

Cora SEO Software measures 520 on-page and off-page SEO factors for your keywords

Floyd IA SEO

14 Instagram Tools for Marketers

14 Instagram Tools for Marketers

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Are you a busy marketer? Wondering which tools and apps will help you stand out on Instagram? Using the right Instagram tools can improve your images, sell products, and save you time. In this article you'll discover 14 Instagram tools to help busy marketers use Instagram for business. Listen to this article: #1: Photo Apps Not long after Instagram started gaining popularity, new apps began popping up with features like photo editing, new filters, and options to make your images more dynamic. These apps allow you to make your posts more diverse and interesting, increasing views and engagement in the process. Layout Layout from Instagram is a free app available for both iOS and Android that makes it easy to create multi-image collages to post on Instagram. The collages can be visually dynamic and you can feature multiple images (and products) within a single post. Choose from various formats that differ in layout and number of images. This app was created by Instagram, so integration is easy and the quality is high. Quick Quick makes it easy to add text to an image, allowing you to adjust the placement, size, color, and font. You can share the edited image on multiple social network sites in addition to Instagram, including Facebook and WhatsApp. The app is free, but you can make in-app purchases to access more features. Afterlight If you feel limited by the extent of Instagram's photo editing options and filters, look no further than Afterlight. This app makes photo editing fast and easy. Currently you get access to 15 adjustment tools, 74 filters, 78 textures, 128 frames, and 15 preset cropping tools. It's $0.99, and available for both iOS and Android. Superimpose Superimpose allows you to take an image in the foreground, remove it from its background, and place it on another. This app offers features like allowing you to rotate an image on the foreground and blend two images or their textures. The masking capabilities of this app are amazing. Superimpose is surprisingly easy to use, and comes with all of the necessary features to accomplish your editing goals. It's $0.99 and available for both iOS and Android. #2: Video Apps Videos are an important part of social media marketing and are available for both regular Instagram posts and Instagram ads. It's good to have a few apps on hand that can enhance and improve your Instagram videos. Vintagio Vintagio allows you to edit both photos and videos and apply filters to give them a retro or vintage look. You can apply different effects and filters, including sepia and black-and-white tones, along with filters that offer color effects from the 60s, 70s, and 80s. Choose from a number of built-in songs or a projector sound effect, or import songs from your library. Currently available only for iOS, Vintagio costs $3.99. PicPlayPost PicPlayPost offers features to make your posts more dynamic and engaging. You can create video collages using a combination of photos, videos, GIFs, and sound. You have the option to put an image (or multiple images) next to a video and have music play in the background. A video posted by PicPlayPost® by Mixcord (@picplaypost) on Feb 2, 2016 at 2:01pm PST PicPlayPost is free and updated frequently. It's available for both iOS and Android and supports Live Photos for iPhone users. Lapse It Lapse It allows you to make time-lapse videos, which give an accelerated version of slowly changing events (like seeing a flower go from bud to bloom in seconds). You can import videos and add a time-lapse effect or capture videos within the app. The app allows you to speed up and slow down videos, and add any song from your library to the background of the video. The interface is easy to use and it comes with 50 filters, including the tilt-shift effect. Available for both iOS and Android,

Through The Eyes of an Intern: Paige Salthouse

by Paige Salthouse @ Abstrakt Marketing Group | B2B Lead Generation Solutions

On June 2, 2017, I stepped off the elevator on the 2nd floor of Abstrakt Marketing Group. I was so excited yet nervous to start my marketing internship with Melanie Clark as I was not sure what to expect. All my nerves and worries quickly went away as I saw Mary Goetz welcoming me in […]

The post Through The Eyes of an Intern: Paige Salthouse appeared first on Abstrakt Marketing Group | B2B Lead Generation Solutions.

Email and Social Media: Why Marketers Need Both

Email and Social Media: Why Marketers Need Both

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you use email marketing for your business? Are you wondering how email and social can work well together? To learn how email marketing can integrate with social media, I interview DJ Waldow for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview DJ Waldow, co-author of The Rebel's Guide to Email Marketing. He's also the founder of Waldow Social, where he consults with businesses that want to improve their email marketing. DJ also co-hosts The Work Talk Show podcast. DJ shares why you should focus on email marketing and work it into your social media activities. You'll learn how to grow your email list using social media and get your blog readers to take action. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Email Marketing and Social Media Marketing Why social media marketers should focus on email marketing DJ tells a story of when he heard Jeff Pulver talk about his famous quote, "You live and die by your database." DJ explains how it's a phrase that he probably says at least once a week. The reason it's so important is because when it comes to marketing, email is your database. You have a virtual database of social media followers, but your database is your email contacts. Email is the glue that binds everything together. DJ doesn't discount social media, and he uses it a lot. But he explains that if Facebook decided to change their terms of service, then the connection with your friends and followers could disappear. Email addresses stick with you. With Facebook, there are over 100 different email notifications. Even if you turn off most of the notifications, Facebook still messages you through email and Twitter does the same. You'll discover how all social networks use email marketing. Listen to the show to find out why DJ encourages people to log out of Facebook or Twitter and go back to these sites for the first time. Why social media marketers should work email into their social media activities DJ explains how he has heard "social media folks" talking more about email. You'll hear examples of how Chris Brogan and Amy Porterfield focus on how to grow their email lists. You can take the loyal followers you have on social networks and bring them over to your email list. You'll find out the advantages of bringing your social media connections over to your email list and why it's easier to sell via the email channel versus the social channel. Listen to the show to find out how at Social Media Examiner, we have about 500 new people every day come to our content. Where email is heading in the future DJ shares how a lot happens with email behind the scenes that the average person doesn't necessarily see. There has been innovation around filters impacting email deliverability. From a consumer standpoint, there is a new app called Mailbox that helps you manage all of your marketing messages in one place. DJ has started to see a lot more integration of email into social and can see it play out in a couple of different ways. One of his favorite plugins for Chrome and Gmail is Rapportive. It sits on the side of Gmail and as you hover over somebody's email address, if that email address is used publicly to tie to different social networks, it will pull in all that information. You'll hear an example of what information it will show about that person and how salespeople can use it. DJ explains that the advantage of this plugin is that it shows a little bit more about wher...

Real Estate Trends for 2017

by Marketing Team @ WolfNet

Tracking real estate trends is the realtor’s secret weapon for strategizing their sales process. Knowing what to expect gives you the advantage of communicating more clearly what your buyers and sellers can expect in the upcoming season. Setting realistic goals can also help you budget and forecast what your potential earnings could be by the […]

The post Real Estate Trends for 2017 appeared first on WolfNet.

5 Psychology Tips to Improve Your Social Media Posts

5 Psychology Tips to Improve Your Social Media Posts

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Are you struggling to create social media engagement? Do you want tips to improve your posts? To get more social media engagement, you need to tailor your content to appeal to your audience on an emotional level. In this article you'll discover five psychology tips to improve engagement on your social media posts. Listen to this article: #1: Images Speak to Viewers Your image is your first call to action in your social posts. It's the front door to your content, so it needs to make an impact. It's important to choose an image that expresses what you're trying to say in your post. For example, Red Bull's Instagram images inspire their followers to enjoy life and seek new adventures. Good social images also stand out from the crowd and command attention in people's news feeds. The image in this Coca-Cola post draws the audience's attention with its use of vivid colors and an interesting pattern. Your images should also be relevant to your target audience. In this Facebook post, Zappos uses an image that appeals to their audience: women who are fashion-conscious and love to buy shoes. #2: Color Communicates Brands that make the best color choices are the brands that get the most engagement on social media. Before you start sharing your content on social media, you should choose a color that is synonymous with your brand. Your color choice not only represents your business but also impacts your followers on a psychological level. Rob Russo's visual branding stands out in his followers' news feeds and draws attention to what he's saying. That's the strategy you want to apply to your visual marketing. The Honest Company's signature color is used prominently on all of their social channels and in their posts. The color makes their posts instantly recognizable to their fans. Think about whether your brand color speaks to your target market. If you're using a consistent color for your brand but not getting the engagement you want, you may need to rethink your color choice. #3: Words Trigger Action After creating your first call to action with an image, it's time to focus on the description. The law of attraction states that "like attracts like," so start your description with words you know people want or like to hear. Six words that typically work well are who, what, when, where, why and how. These words spark an emotional response that grabs a person's attention. You can also try these trigger words to engage your audience. #4: Emotion Connects Connecting with readers on an emotional level, especially when it's something happy, can impact your social media posts. In this Facebook post, Adidas connects with their fans by sharing Flavia Pennetta's exhilaration at winning her first Grand Slam singles title. Whether you know it or not, you're prompting some sort of emotion with all of your social posts. Even if it's boredom, readers are feeling an emotion when they see your post. To make the most of this opportunity, share good things with your followers. Portray a friendly, happy brand that is helpful and generous, and people will be drawn to your posts. On Oreo's Facebook page, their posts project a fun and lighthearted personality. #5: Conversation Engages How you introduce conversation into the mix of your social media posts helps determine how much people will open up to you. The easiest, most effective way to spark communication is to ask for it. You might begin your post with a question or end with a question or a statement that prompts people to engage. In this post, Threadless engages their followers by asking them to submit a quip to use in one of their t-shirt designs. By establishing communication with your followers, you'll discover what they need and want and how you can give it to them. In the post below, Livescribe asks their followers to share stories about how the company's products have helped them in p...

How to Use Hashtags on Instagram to Grow Your Reach

How to Use Hashtags on Instagram to Grow Your Reach

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you want more people to see your Instagram content? Are you using Instagram hashtags? Using the right hashtags makes it easier for people to find your Instagram posts and grows your reach. In this article you'll discover how to use Instagram hashtags to connect with new people on Instagram. Why Hashtags Matter on Instagram Instagram is a powerful social channel. With over 400 million users, an average of 80 million photos posted each day and 3.5 billion likes on any given day, it's a valuable platform to include in your social media marketing mix. But how can you get some of those 3.5 billion likes for your business? That's simple: Use hashtags. Listen to this article: Instagram is a social channel where hashtags are particularly valuable. According to Buffer, accounts with fewer than 1,000 followers that use 11 hashtags with their photos get an average of 77.66 interactions per post. With hashtags, you can reach a wider audience and increase your followers. You can also do market research on your competitors and connect with people who have specific interests. Now that it's clear hashtags are an important part of any Instagram strategy, here are some ways to use them for your business. #1: Leverage Established Trends Popular (or trending) hashtags are a great way to develop an Instagram presence and build brand awareness. There are many popular hashtags you can use, including: #photooftheday: Choose a behind-the-scenes photo of your company and share it as your photo of the day. #selfie: Take a selfie while you're working (or have your employees do it) and share the selfie on your Instagram account. #instalike: Don't just use this hashtag, also go through other posts that use it and interact with those users. #2: Tap Into a Popular Theme Themes can be a lot of fun, and Instagram has some popular themed hashtags that you can use with your Instagram posts. Here are a few to consider for your business: #TBT or #throwbackthursday: Throwback Thursday is a great way to reminisce about your company. On Thursdays, share your first dollar made or photos from a special event. You can even include cute or hilarious high school photos. #motivationalmonday: Add some positivity to your feed by participating in Motivational Monday. Share quotes or life lessons from your professional life. #followfriday: Showcase photos from other users and encourage your followers to follow them with this hashtag. You might even get a reciprocal #followfriday tag from those users. This is also a great way to say thank you to your client base. #3: Share an Inspirational Quote Quotes are a great way to get traction and interaction for visual content, and they work as well on Instagram as on your other social channels. Use image tools like Canva to create high-quality image quotes to share. Here are some hashtags to use with them: #instaquote: Use this hashtag with your quote posts. Also look through other tagged posts to boost your client engagement and share something interesting with other users. #quoteoftheday: Whether you use #quoteoftheday or #qotd, you can get some traction from other Instagram users. Consider creating an editorial calendar and plan quotes to share throughout the week using this hashtag. Share quotes from authors and industry leaders, as well as from your blog posts. Quotes that reflect your brand and goal are typically good choices. #4: Tell People What You're Doing Now Telling people what you're doing now is a great way to make your Instagram account fresh and inspiring to users. Plus, balancing business with fun is a great way to create a following on Instagram. Try these hashtags: #amreading: Are you reading an interesting book about your industry? Or the latest Stephen King bestseller? Share it with your audience to spark conversation and make new connections. #amwriting: Whether you're an author or simply writing a blog post,

Storytelling: Why Stories Attract More Customers

Storytelling: Why Stories Attract More Customers

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

What's the story of your business? Are you wondering how storytelling can help your marketing and sales? To learn about the power of storytelling, I interview Dave Kerpen for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview Dave Kerpen, author of  Likeable Social Media. He's also the co-founder of Likeable, an INC 500 social media marketing firm. His newest book is Likeable Business: Why Today's Consumers Demand More and How Leaders Can Deliver. Dave shares his story of how a creative idea for his wedding turned into a successful business. You'll learn how your story can help your business connect with people, both prospects and customers. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Business and Storytelling Dave's story Dave shares his story of how the creative idea he and his wife had for their wedding led them into starting a business. Both Dave and his wife have a traditional sales and marketing background and both were working in radio sales and sales management at the time. They decided to have their wedding at a baseball game. So they pitched their idea to a minor league baseball team, the Brooklyn Cyclones, an affiliate of the New York Mets. The deal was that they would take over the inventory from the game and do sponsorships in exchange for being able to get married at the end of the game and create the promotion. They created a promotion called Our Field of Dreams. Just from getting sponsors for the event, a total of $100,000 was raised in goods and services and $20,000 for charity. The advantage for the sponsors was they received a large amount of media attention. Not only did the sponsors get in front of 8,000 people at the game, they also were featured in CBS The Early Show, ABC World News Tonight and CNBC, plus thousands of blogs. One of the sponsors, 1-800-Flowers, was then featured on 86 television stations, all from a $6,000 trade sponsorship. Dave and his wife generated $20 million worth of earned media for their sponsors. It wasn't until 1-800-Flowers contacted Dave afterward and asked what he was doing next that he and his wife decided to start a company. Dave believes that telling their story showed their prospects that it's not just about understanding the tools, it's about understanding how to be creative and think outside of the box. Just because you understand the tools of social media, radio or television doesn't mean the idea isn't just as important. You still have to do marketing. By being able to tell a story, you're able to bring some real personality to what it is you do, and at the same time, convince people that you know what you are doing. Listen to the show to hear how they worked all their sponsors into the game so the wedding itself could be sponsor-free. Why should your businesses care about storytelling? Dave believes that storytelling is important because people don't care about you. It's really important to truly listen because people would rather talk about themselves. Storytelling is much more effective than going through data or any kind of sales pitch. It connects people, and gets people engaged and interested. The reason why people love going to the movies and reading books is because we love to be engaged by stories. Whether you are at a boardroom talking to your staff, or pitching to a prospect or putting content out there to the world, storytelling can bring your business alive. It can help you connect with your audience.

How to Customize Slack for Social Media Teams

How to Customize Slack for Social Media Teams

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Is more than one person involved with your social media marketing? Are you looking for a way to improve collaboration on marketing projects? Whether your team is within an office building or scattered around the world, Slack's third-party app integrations make it easy to create a customized collaboration center. In this article you'll discover how to customize Slack for social media team collaboration. Listen to this article: Why Slack? Slack, an online communication tool for teams, is designed to replace email. Team conversations take place in chat rooms, or "channels." You can create channels for different projects or topics. You can also direct message individuals and select groups of people. All of the content that you post on Slack is searchable, including files, conversations, people, and notifications. Just enter a keyword or two in the search box at the top right and press Enter. Slack will integrate with many third-party tools, such as Google Drive, Trello, Dropbox, Heroku, Crashlytics, GitHub, Runscope, and Zendesk. It also will support community-built integrations. Here's how to integrate third-party tools with Slack and use key Slack features to communicate with your social media marketing team. #1: Choose Apps to Integrate With Slack Slack allows you to connect a variety of third-party apps. Explore the directory to find apps that will help your team. Screenhero and Google Hangouts are two communication apps in particular that you'll likely want to connect to your team's Slack account. Screenhero Screenhero is an app that lets your team use screen sharing for collaboration. Screen sharing is an easy way to present your ideas to the group without having to send files back and forth. Everyone can jump in and get problems solved quickly and efficiently without wasting time on logistics. You can initiate screen sharing with your co-workers by using the "/username" command. Coolest of all, Slack allows everyone to use their own cursor to point out elements in the shared screen. Google Hangouts No matter how much you love using Slack, not all of your vendors and clients are going to feel the same way. This is where Google+ Hangouts' Slack integration comes in handy. Google+ Hangouts chat is the perfect way to communicate quickly and efficiently with people who work outside of your Slack environment. You can also integrate a Hangouts chat with any communication method on Slack: channels, private groups, or direct/group messages. You don't have to switch between the two applications, which is a huge timesaver. Plus, it provides everyone with easily searchable instant messages. Both you and the other party keep a record of each conversation. #2: Install App Integrations To connect third-party apps with Slack, go to www.slack.com/apps. In the search box at the top of the page, enter the name of the app you want to integrate with Slack. Once you select the app, you see a page with details about it. Click the Install button to install the app to your team's Slack account. On the next page, click the Add [app name] Integration button, and the app will be installed. Next, you have the option to customize the username and icon for the integration. After you make your changes, click Save Settings. #3: Explore Other Slack Features Three of the most useful (and fun) built-in Slack features are Quick Switcher, Recent Mentions, and Create Your Own Emojis. Here's how to use and access these features. Quick Switcher Quick Switcher is the fastest way to jump to a conversation in Slack. To open the box below, press Command+K on the Mac or Ctrl+K on Windows. You can now quickly navigate a list of your channels, groups, and direct messages. Tip: Quick Switcher is just one of many features you can access with a keyboard shortcut. To see the full list of shortcuts, press Command+? on the Mac or Ctrl+? on Windows.

Mobile Local Marketing: Reaching the Mobile Customer

Mobile Local Marketing: Reaching the Mobile Customer

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you have a local business? Want an effective way to market to people who are near you? To explore how to reach your customers with mobile marketing, I interview Rich Brooks. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode, I interview Rich Brooks, author of The Lead Machine: The Small Business Guide to Digital Marketing. He's also host of The Agents of Change podcast and The Agents of Change Digital Marketing Conference. Rich explores how local businesses can use mobile marketing to deliver relevant messaging to their customers. You'll discover how to combine mobile marketing with social media. Share your feedback, read the show notes, and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Mobile Local Marketing The Importance of Mobile In 2017, every business should focus on mobile, Rich says, especially businesses with physical locations and a local audience. Mobile is important because people always have their devices by their side. For example, when Rich takes his daughter to volleyball practices in different towns, he uses Waze on his phone to get directions. Then after dropping her off, he goes to Yelp to find a coffeehouse or asks Google or Siri to find the nearest supermarket so he can go shopping. While he waits in line, Rich explores Facebook, Twitter, or Instagram; plays a game; or reads a news article. Because people are always on their phones, local businesses can attract customers who are looking for information on the go and making immediate decisions. If those people are in your area, you can capture their business with a strong mobile presence. Listen to the show for more about how potential customers use mobile. Mobile Offers and SMS Messages To engage people on mobile, Rich says you can create mobile offers, which are being redeemed at 10 times the rate of old print coupons. Mobile offers take many forms. You can run a Facebook campaign on mobile, promote an offer that's available on a mobile device, or tell people they can download a deal onto their phones and show it at the counter. Another option is SMS text messaging. Rich explains that SMS offers work a lot like email marketing. For example, a pizzeria can send people discounts. A massage therapist near Rich gives customers who opt into SMS text messages first dibs on appointment times that open up due to last-minute cancellations. To send SMS marketing messages, you start by finding an SMS marketing vendor in your area. These vendors work similarly to email marketing vendors, such as MailChimp, Constant Contact, AWeber, and smaller local players. Your vendor assigns you a short code and customers opt into your SMS messages by texting that code and confirming they want to receive your messages. Rich says a pizza restaurant might tell customers, "Text Pizza to 004400." After you're set up to send messages, you can start building your SMS marketing list. Rich emphasizes that people will sign up to receive messages only if you offer an incentive for signing up. For a pizza business, that incentive might be a dollar off, a free topping, or free delivery. Rich suggests promoting your SMS list on your social media profiles, website, flyers, and product packaging (such as pizza boxes). Rich says you can expect a smaller but more engaged audience for your SMS messages. Fewer people will opt in, but right now those who do are much more likely to look at their text messages immediately. Rich predicts that engagement with SMS messages may drop off if people become overwhelmed with text messages, but says that currently SMS is still fairly new and can be a boon to a local business.

How to Use Snapchat for Business

How to Use Snapchat for Business

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Are you interested in using Snapchat for your business? Wondering how to integrate it into your marketing? Snapchat presents a unique opportunity to reach a new audience that is receptive to clever, creative marketing. In this article you'll discover how to use Snapchat in your social media marketing. Listen to this article: Why Use Snapchat? Snapchat is the fastest-growing social network with more than 100 million daily active users. Of the businesses that market on social media, most use Facebook, but only 2% use Snapchat. The lack of competition on Snapchat means that your business has a great opportunity to stand out and shine on the platform. Unlike other social networks, it doesn't matter when you post content on Snapchat. Your snaps will never be buried in a busy timeline; they stay unopened until your followers have time to view them. After snaps are opened, they're available for only 1 to 10 seconds. Snaps disappear so quickly, so you may be wondering if Snapchat is worth the effort. If you think about it, most social content is viewed right after it's posted. Content tends to last longer on platforms like Pinterest and Tumblr, but it's far more common for social posts to have a short shelf life. Snapchat makes this short shelf life an explicit part of the platform. Because snaps vanish after one viewing, you have users' undivided attention. In this way, disappearing content is actually a boon for marketers. Here's how to get started integrating Snapchat into your social media marketing. #1: Develop Content First, you'll need to develop content for Snapchat. Here are some ideas that you may want to try: Create valuable tutorials about something in your area of expertise. For example, show people how to easily thread a needle or explain how to choose a secure password. Give users a glimpse behind the scenes at your company. Show them how your product is made, share the inspiration and ethos behind your company or chat with artists. Show your product in action. For example, show a person wearing your dress or reading your book. Ask users for pictures or videos of them using your product, and send out snaps featuring them. Those fans will feel valued, and your audience will discover different ways they can use your product. Repurpose content from other social networks, but make sure it's tailored to Snapchat. The tone should be casual and funny, similar to Vine and Tumblr. No social feed should be 100% self-promotion, so tell interesting stories that relate to your industry. Share a cool tip from an industry leader or give an opinion on a recent event. #2: Invite Participation Social media should be social, not a one-way megaphone for promotions. Replying to every snap isn't practical or scalable, but you can certainly do it every now and again. Imagine how great it would feel if your favorite guitar brand replied to your snap of a song. You can give your followers that feeling, too. Ask people to reply to your snap or post a reply on another social network. Sephora has used this tactic with sweepstakes. They asked users to take pictures of themselves with makeup doodles and post them to other social networks. Consider following people back on Snapchat. When they send you snaps, read them and reply if appropriate. This goes a long way towards letting users know you're a real person or a real social team behind a brand. #3: Get Creative After deciding what content you'll develop, think about how you can present it in a creative way. Here are some ways to do that: Draw or write on pictures to add humor or emphasis. Dove uses Snapchat to inspire viewers to celebrate their own beauty. In this snap the company drew on the image with bold colors to emphasize their message. Find clever ways to get people to sit up and pay attention. GrubHub used a series of images showing a pizza being eaten slice by slice to create suspense before revealing ...

Nurturing Leads With Social: How to Warm Up Your Following

Nurturing Leads With Social: How to Warm Up Your Following

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you engage with your customers and prospects on social media? Want tactics to warm up your leads? To discover how to move people from fans to customers, I interview Kim Walsh-Phillips. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode I interview Kim Walsh-Phillips, CEO of Elite Digital Group, a direct response social agency. She's also a columnist for Entrepreneur Magazine. Her brand-new book, co-authored with Dan Kennedy, is the No B.S. Guide to Direct Response Social Media Marketing. Kim will explore how to use social media to turn cold prospects into warmer opportunities that lead to sales. You'll discover which types of content will engage your audience. Share your feedback, read the show notes, and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Nurturing Leads With Social Kim's backstory Kim says she has been doing public relations since before MySpace. Although she would get clients into the newspaper and throw great events, she was unable to show a return on investment. So when it came time for clients to renew, they would cancel. Kim spent much of her time going to networking events, meeting people, and trying to sign new clients. She knew she had to do something differently. In 2010, a friend gave her Dan Kennedy's original book, the No B.S. Guide to Direct Marketing. Because social is a channel just like direct mail, television, and radio, applying Dan's principles to social media worked. She could show clients how much money came from every dollar they spent, and was able to keep their accounts,which is something she was unable to do before. Listen to the show to learn what Kim had to do one time to make payroll. Direct response social media Kim explains that people use social media to have conversations, not to read a brochure. Direct response is a marketing tactic used to get a click-through, an opt-in, or drive a purchase. She shares that before social media, direct response tactics were used in direct mail, infomercials, print advertising, and even email. Kim says that when you tie social media and direct response together, you have conversations with people to create a direct result that is measured. Listen to the show to discover why Kim believes email and social media marketing don't carry a lot of direct response messaging. How marketers can tap into social Facebook is a cocktail party, Kim explains, whereas Google is a shopping mall (people are there searching for products, programs, and services). If you're going to interrupt their cocktail party with an "excuse me," you have to offer enough value that someone is willing to turn away from their best friend to pay attention to you. To engage fans in this non-disruptive way, Kim suggests you make a list of the 10 questions prospects ask you most often. For example, if you're an orthodontist, you would use the questions parents ask when they're considering braces for their child. If you're just getting started in business, she suggests using Quora to find questions people ask about your industry. Kim also shares that you can give services such as Textbroker.com a list of questions and their experts will answer them for you, creating copyright-free content really inexpensively. Simply answering those questions makes for great blog content and social media posts. Each day in your social media content, post a link to one of those great blog posts. Alternatively, use it for the post itself. For example: "A lot of people are curious as to how much braces cost. Costs generally range between X and Y." Those types of posts, Kim adds,

Supporting Customers With Facebook: What Businesses Need to Know

Supporting Customers With Facebook: What Businesses Need to Know

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Are your customers active on Facebook? Have you got a plan to support your customers via Facebook? To learn how to use Facebook to support customers, I interview Mari Smith. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode I interview Mari Smith, the world's leading Facebook marketing expert. She co-authored Facebook Marketing: An Hour a Day and is author of The New Relationship Marketing. Mari also teamed up with Facebook to assist in educational events. Mari will explore a few new updates from Facebook and how to use Facebook for customer service and support. You'll discover how to create a good Facebook experience for your customers. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. How to subscribe/review on iPhone. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Supporting Customers With Facebook Recent Updates: Instant Articles and Facebook Messenger Mari believes Instant Articles were inspired by the video autoplay function on Facebook. Instant Articles, which make content more appealing, enticing and engaging, are only visible on the iPhone at this time. Introducing Instant Articles, a new tool for publishers to create fast, interactive articles on Facebook. Posted by Facebook Media on Tuesday, May 12, 2015   Currently there are only nine media partners that can create Instant Articles, which are posts that come alive with audio and movement on the page (animation, video). The New York Times, National Geographic, BuzzFeed, The Atlantic, The Guardian and BBC News are some of the publishers creating these interactive articles. Mari also shares about the changes to Facebook Messenger. At the F8 Conference in March 2015, Facebook announced they're opening up the Messenger API. This means any third-party developer can create an app that will work with Messenger. So if someone sends you a link to something in a Facebook message, it may ask you to install an app when you click on it. Messenger is also integrating with businesses, although there are only a few online merchants doing this as of now. With this functionality, when people make a purchase, Messenger will ask them if they want to get updates for this merchant via Facebook Messenger. That's almost as good as having a person's cell phone number, Mari explains, because there's a high open rate for SMS messages. Using this technology, merchants can make purchase recommendations or send shipment updates via Messenger, for example. It basically opens up the dialog between the business and the customer. Listen to the show to hear how Instant Articles are similar to LinkedIn Publisher. Why businesses should use Facebook for customer service Mari believes Facebook should be part of a business's customer service plan, since most people are already on Facebook and many use Facebook through mobile devices. Mari talks about how she was recently interviewed for a Wall Street Journal article on how companies like JP Morgan and Coca-Cola are turning off voicemail, and cutting millions of dollars in expenses by doing this. Mari thinks it's a sign of the times. The biggest challenge for businesses is that customers have so many different ways to contact them: a tweet or DM on Twitter or a Facebook wall post, comment or direct message. It can be unwieldy. Companies should also look at the features recently added for business pages on Facebook. The newest call to action button on ads is "Call Now." Facebook wants people to call businesses. They realize if a phone is in someone's hand, they can just press the Call button. The challenge is businesses would need to have staff on standby or a system in plac...

List Building: How to Grow Your Email List Using Facebook Live

List Building: How to Grow Your Email List Using Facebook Live

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you want a bigger email list? Looking for list building techniques? To explore how to grow your email list using Facebook Live and podcasts, I interview Amy Porterfield. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode, I interview Amy Porterfield, co-author of Facebook Marketing All-in-One for Dummies and host of the Online Marketing Made Easy podcast. Amy specializes in helping business owners grow and monetize their online marketing. Amy explores ways to grow your email list using social media. You'll discover how to balance free offers with selling your knowledge. Share your feedback, read the show notes, and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: List Building Why Marketers Need Email Lists Amy, who's a huge fan of social media, uses Facebook every day to find and nurture her audience. However, she explains that when users are on social media, whether it's Facebook, Instagram, Snapchat, or another network, they're constantly bombarded with a ton of messages. When marketing on social media, you have to compete with distractions that may take your audience away in seconds; however, an email list is a great way to cut through the noise and create a central hub for your business. Your email marketing and social media need to go hand in hand, though. Not everybody will open up your email (a good average open rate is 20%). However, the people who do open your emails are typically your best customers and repeat buyers. Listen to the show to hear why I think it's so difficult to get exposure on social media. Content for List Building Content types have changed over time. Over the last year, Amy has found that one of the best ways to grow an email list is through blog posts that offer content upgrades. First write a blog post with valuable information that people will want to share; for instance, a post in which you list five ways to do something. Then inside that blog post, include a content upgrade (a freebie) that readers can get after they click a button and give you their name and email address. For example, Amy has a blog post on myths about doing webinars and what to do about them. The content upgrade she offers shares rookie mistakes most people make with webinars. A couple of years ago, it was okay if your website had one option for people to sign up for the newsletter. Now, she says, you need to have a few different ways people can join your email list. Amy explains you can pique their interest in different ways. She might have three or four blog posts with different content upgrades, as well as some opt-in or lead pages with a freebie that she sends traffic to directly by sharing a URL during a Facebook Live video. Amy also uses this strategy with her podcast, which is her number-one lead generator; the content she creates in Facebook Lives and her blog posts are her next best lead generators. Listen to the show to discover Social Media Examiner's offer to get people to subscribe. Driving People to Your Content While there are paid options (like Facebook ads) to get people to your content (so they'll subscribe), there are also free ways to drive traffic. One of Amy's favorite ways is with video. First, she jumps on Facebook Live with an agenda. She'll talk about a topic, teach, give great value, and answer live questions. Then if she has a freebie that's related to a topic, she'll end with, "Make sure to go check out..." and give a simple URL. This is where people can either read a blog post and get a freebie or just go right for the freebie. She says you can do the same thing on Insta Stories,

Missing Facebook Pages: What to Do When Facebook Takes Your Page Away

Missing Facebook Pages: What to Do When Facebook Takes Your Page Away

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you know what to do if your Facebook page vanishes? Want to be ready when and if that day comes? To share what happened when the Social Media Examiner Facebook page disappeared and how we handled it, keep reading. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode I am joined by Erik Fisher, community manager of Social Media Examiner. Erik and I will explore what happened when our Facebook page disappeared. You'll discover what to do if the same thing happens to you. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: How Our Page Disappeared and What We Did About It Finding out On a late Sunday afternoon with my home filled with kids and cousins and my wife cooking dinner, I eased into the couch to watch a football game. Since I drained the battery playing with my new iPhone, it was charging in another room when a text message came at 4:12 PM: “We have a bit of an emergency. Our Facebook page is missing. You around?” I had missed the text. The phone rang 12 minutes later, and my wife picked it up. Our community manager Erik Fisher was calling to tell me what happened. Between the time he texted me and when he called, Erik poked around Facebook and confirmed it. The Social Media Examiner Facebook page had disappeared. And I mean it was really gone. I even received a notification that my personal profile was incomplete because it didn’t list where I worked. I checked to see if I could view the page on mobile or on my laptop, if I could get into the admin side of the page and if the Facebook Fan widget appeared on our site. The answer for everything: no. Listen to the show to learn why it's important to instruct your team to call you in an emergency situation. First thoughts Initially, I thought we’d been hacked. Then I recalled how after I did the Chalene Johnson story we'd taken all the steps necessary to secure the accounts of all of our staff. We secured email with 2-step authentication to our corporate Gmail accounts and we turned on Facebook Login Approvals. Plus, we recently completed a security audit of everyone on our team, and have a master document of who has administrative access to what. These are all steps you can take to secure your business accounts, and you can hear more about how to implement them in the podcast. Listen to the show to hear our thoughts about "what if" the page was gone permanently. First steps After I got off the phone with Erik, everything around me faded into the background. Within minutes I posted the following to friends only: Ok friends, our Social Media Examiner Facebook page has fully disappeared from existence? Anyone have any suggestions on what to do? Posted by Michael Stelzner on Sunday, November 8, 2015   Initially, I decided to share it only to friends just in case there was something nefarious going on. Later on, I changed the status to public. Here are some of the questions people asked me: Did your admin accounts get compromised? Are you spending enough to have a dedicated rep? Any notifications from Facebook? Are you accidentally unpublished? Did you move it to the Business Manager? The answer to all of these questions was "no." I searched all over to find out how to submit my issue to Facebook. I reached out to my network and someone eventually told me about the Report Pages that Disappeared form. I also found where Facebook hides its support responses. Listen to the show to discover what I determined I should have done at the beginning. Reaching out to friends I've been developing relationships with folks for ye...

How to Increase the Facebook Visibility of Your Local Business

How to Increase the Facebook Visibility of Your Local Business

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you have a Facebook page for your local business? Are you looking for ways to reach your customers on Facebook? Because your audience is naturally limited by the area you serve, local marketing on Facebook can be challenging. In this article you'll discover nine ways to use Facebook to get more local exposure for your business. Listen to this article: #1: Use Local Videos and Images Facebook native video is more visible and gets more reach in the news feed, so it's a good idea to have a Facebook video strategy for your local business. Really tailor your videos to appeal to local users. Add a fun video about a local event, share a quick tip or even cross-promote another business. Your video doesn't have to be professionally done to get results. This local video about elk in Estes Park received over 220,000 views, and led to at least one direct booking. Local images are also very shareable. If your business doesn't have regular images to post, take pictures occasionally when you're out and about in your town to share in the future. When your local clients recognize the area, they're more likely to visit your page and your business. #2: Feature Your Customers and Fans Share photos of happy customers on your Facebook business page. Personal photos help your visibility with the friends of your customers. Encourage people to tag themselves in your photos. Remember, a page cannot tag a fan unless the admin is a personal friend of that person. Only people can tag other people or people can tag themselves. Also, thank your customers from time to time. Post an image and tell your community how much you appreciate them. When you have a post such as a photograph that people can easily like, you increase your chances of being seen by those people in the future, because they have already interacted with your page. #3: Collaborate With Other Local Businesses One of the best ways to connect with your community is through other local pages. Interact regularly as your page with other local pages: share their posts, tag them, comment on their posts and show them a little love. This will make you more visible to their audience. A side benefit of promoting other pages in your community is they're likely to promote you too. Create a formal cross-promotion plan or just give other pages a shout-out from time to time to create goodwill. #4: Use Reviews Social proof and recommendations can benefit your business in a major way, so use the Reviews capability on Facebook for your local business. Reviews show up prominently on mobile phones especially. To enable reviews, make sure you set Local Business as your category and have a physical address. You also need to check the Show Map box on the About tab. For further details, see #6 of our Frequently Asked Facebook Questions post. Be sure to respond to all reviews (good and bad). If you have negative reviews, try to correct the issue. You may even want to consider giving your best customers a little incentive to leave a (hopefully positive) review about your product or service. #5: Build Your Email List One thing that many local businesses don't do often enough is build their email list. Once you have a list, you're able to email your customers to promote something new, share a contest and so on. Like with reviews, offer something good as an incentive to get people to opt into your list. #6: Create Local Awareness Ads Reach people who are near your business with a local awareness ad, either because they live nearby or because they’re in your area with their mobile device. Create a different call to action, such as Get Directions, for each ad. A local awareness ad is also the perfect way to attract someone to your business for the first time with a coupon. #7: Join Local Groups If your business focuses on B2B, then a networking group could be a great place to reach other business owners,

How to Build a Better Target Audience for Your Facebook Ads

How to Build a Better Target Audience for Your Facebook Ads

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you want to reach the right people with your Facebook Ads? Want to learn more about targeted audiences? Facebook's demographic and segmentation tools let you serve your Facebook ads to people who match your ideal customer persona. In this article you'll discover how to build a target audience for your Facebook ads. Listen to this article: #1: Explore Facebook Ad Targeting Options There are four primary sets of attributes to consider when targeting your audience with Facebook ads. Understanding what each one represents will give you the building blocks to construct your target audience. Locations Location targeting allows you to focus on an audience in a specific geographic area like a country, city, state or zip code. With advanced options, you can choose people who actually reside in the area or are just physically located in the area. This type of targeting is critical if you're focusing on an area around a retail store and want to offer a coupon to nearby shoppers. Demographics Demographic filters give you the option to target people based on criteria like education, profession, relationship status, life events and other cultural and social affiliations. Interests Interests data is based on Facebook's gathering of specific information when you use the platform. For instance, if you like a page about pop music, you won't be flagged as having an interest in rock and roll. Use Interests to filter people based on their interactions with pages, events and apps inside of Facebook. Behaviors Base behavior targeting on online and offline habits like mobile device use, travel patterns and digital activities like online gaming. For instance, you could segment your audience by those who are planning to travel or those who have just returned from travel. With proper use of these segmentation methods, you can narrow your audience and match your message or offer to a specific audience niche. Now you might be thinking, "That's great if I know the details about my audience demographics, but I don't." Don't worry; Facebook gives you the tools you need to gain valuable insight into your customers and your competition. #2: Gather Audience Details With Insights With Facebook's Audience Insights, you can get detailed information about your target audience. If you have a large enough customer base, you can import your customers' email addresses or phone numbers into Facebook as a custom audience. Once the process is complete, you then use Audience Insights to see the information about your customers' age and gender, location, lifestyle types, education, marital status, job titles, top interests and more. With this tool, you can also run insight reports on competitors, top brands or interests. The trick is to make sure you have a similar topic or brand to offer. For instance, say you own an appliance store and want to sell more Whirlpool appliances. By choosing that brand in Audience Insights, you can see that there are 400K+ active monthly Facebook members interested in Whirlpool. Of that group, 59% are married, over 50% have households of three or more and 32% are in the healthcare industry. Do you think a sponsored story about the health benefits of Whirlpool appliances for families with kids, citing healthcare professionals, would resonate with that audience? Yes, it would. #3: Build Your Audience Now that you understand the basic concepts of audience targeting and the tools, it's time to take a look at some real-world examples. These examples show how you can target customers using techniques for a variety of industries. Remember that these are just examples. The goal is to create your own interpretations to fit your business. Realtor Suppose you're a realtor and you want to target homebuyers. There isn't a segment on Facebook for active homebuyers, so how do you do this? Think about your customers and what motivates them to...

Thursday October 12th Local Sports

Thursday October 12th Local Sports

by Bob Fisher @ AM-1300 KGLO — Your Hometown News Station

AMES — Joel Lanning says it is time to turn the page to Kansas. The Iowa State senior has received national attention, including an appearance on Sportscenter, after playing on both sides of the ball in the Cyclones’ stunning upset at Oklahoma. He was named the Big-12 Defensive Player of the Week. Lanning says he

5 Ways to Improve Customer Loyalty With Social Media

5 Ways to Improve Customer Loyalty With Social Media

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you want to keep more of your customers? Looking for ways to nurture customer relationships with social media? Social media can play a pivotal role in building more meaningful connections with customers, so they stay with you longer. In this article, you'll discover a five-step plan to help you boost customer loyalty with social media. Listen to this article: #1: Listen to Customers In addition to monitoring brand sentiment, social listening can play an important role in customer retention. Specifically, you'll want to use social listening to find out: Where your customers congregate on social media Which of your products and services they talk about If they have consistent praises or complaints that you should encourage or address What types of content they consistently share; do they post a lot of photos or use specific hashtags? In this tweet, a Levi's customer praises the brand's 541 jeans with the hashtag #Commuter. Many social listening tools let you monitor for these data points. You can use this data to compile content ideas where social outreach might play a significant role post-purchase. #2: Outline an Engagement Plan Conversion activities are the next step in growing the customer relationship. This is where you proactively provide the value that your customers seek based on your listening. As you deepen customer relationships, a cycle begins where customers provide feedback, you fine-tune the value you provide, and so on. Once you establish a level of engagement, develop conversion activities that focus on building a deeper relationship with customers. Here are some key elements to include when you're trying to keep customers involved with your business on social media: Create a calendar for your content that ensures ongoing communication and reflects the needs of your business. Make sure that you account for business goals, such as driving in-store sales, promotions around new products, seasonal campaigns, and so on. (More on these ideas in a moment.) Define the content, offers, and/or rewards that you'll provide. Use what you've learned about your customers, what they value, and how you can encourage positive behavior while addressing common questions or concerns. Create conversion activities that are easy to participate in. With most social activity occurring on mobile, it's critical that any conversion activity you promote is simple to click through and complete, regardless of your consumers' device. Also, people like to remain in their current context, so the more your conversion activities take place in the social environment, the more successful you'll be. Identify the data you need to collect to track success, from which campaigns get the most interaction to who is participating. #3: Identify and Embrace Active Advocates For consumers, brand loyalty is tied to the perceived value they get from the relationship. At the same time, marketers know that loyal customers spend more on purchases and save companies significant customer acquisition costs. You can use social listening tools to identify social advocates you might target as social VIPs, and then infuse those relationships with value. As a first step, ask your loyal customers to self-identify in exchange for a reward of commensurate value (in their eyes) for engaging more deeply with you on social media. For example, offer inclusion in a social VIP club in which members are rewarded on an ongoing basis for their participation. In this Facebook post, supermodel Miranda Kerr offers customers a $25 gift card in exchange for joining the VIP program for her cosmetics line, KORA Organics. Because the rewards need to reflect value in your customers' eyes, use the feedback from your VIP base to develop those rewards. Second, proactively identify social VIPs. One way to do this is by "socializing" email. That is, send an email with an embedded social trigger to a targete...

How to Use Facebook Lead Ads

How to Use Facebook Lead Ads

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you run lead generation campaigns? Are you familiar with Facebook Lead Ads? By autofilling lead generation forms with user details, Facebook's lead ads make it easier for people to sign up and receive your offer. In this article you'll discover how to create lead ads on Facebook. Listen to this article: Why Lead Ads? Facebook has made the process of generating leads on the platform much easier. With the new Lead Generation objective, you can ask customers and prospects for their information, and they can provide it without ever having to leave Facebook. Here's how lead ads work. Show your ad to users, and if they're interested, they'll click the call to action to bring up a form prefilled with their personal information that they've shared with the network. They can then review the information, edit it if needed and click Submit. The autofill forms make the signup process as easy as possible. And the less people have to do, the higher the probability they'll convert. If you need more information from users than Facebook can provide, you can ask for it by customizing the form. Keep in mind that Facebook has only released the Lead Generation objective to some advertisers. If you don't have it yet, don't fret. You should get it soon. #1: Create a Lead Ad Right now, you can only create and edit lead ads within Power Editor. If you haven't used Power Editor before, it's a great tool for creating and managing Facebook ads. Once you download your ads account to Power Editor, click the Create Campaign button in the top left. From there, type in a name for your ad and click the Objective drop-down menu. If you have access to the Lead Generation objective, you'll see menu options similar to the following image. Select the Lead Generation objective and then continue the ad creation process as you normally would. When you get down to the ad level, you'll see the following Lead Form section. Click Create New Form to create your first lead generation form (and every form for that matter). Next, type a name for your form in the text box and click Next. Now choose the details that you want to collect from customers and prospects. You can also add custom questions that you want to ask, such as "Are you a customer?" When you're finished adding your questions, click Next. Add a link to your privacy policy (yes, you do need one) and click Next. Now enter your website address. Customers will have the option to click through to it after they submit the form. Then click Next. Review your form, and if everything looks okay, click Create Form. After you've created all of your ads, give them a final check for typos and errors, and then upload your ad account via Power Editor. #2: Download Your Leads Accessing your leads is a manual process for now. Facebook does not yet provide an option to import your leads automatically to a tool like MailChimp or AWeber. (Hopefully this functionality will come soon.) To get your leads, go to the Facebook page that's connected to your ads and click the Publishing Tools tab at the top. From there, click Forms Library on the left side of the screen. Keep in mind that you need to have admin access to view forms. On the right, you'll see all of the forms that you've created. Click the Download link next to your form to download your leads in CSV format. The column fields are pretty self-explanatory. Columns A through F give you details about the ad, campaign, when the lead was captured and which form it was. After that, you'll see the information that you requested from users. You can upload this data to your client management tool or pass it along to your sales team to contact the leads. Lead Ad Tips Here are a few tips for creating lead ads: Tell Users What You Want Them to Do When it comes to advertising, sometimes you have to tell people what to do. "Go here." "Click this.

Live Video: Creative Ways to Do a Live Show on Facebook

Live Video: Creative Ways to Do a Live Show on Facebook

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you broadcast live video? Have you considered hosting a regular show on Facebook Live? To discover creative ways to use Facebook Live, I interview Lou Mongello. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode, I interview Disney expert Lou Mongello, author of multiple books and audio guides for visitors to Disney theme parks. He hosts the popular WDW Radio podcast and also broadcasts a live show on Facebook at Facebook.com/LouMongello. Lou explores how to start a show using live video. You'll discover easy ways to get creative with Facebook Live. Share your feedback, read the show notes, and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Live Video How Lou got into live video When Lou began his Disney blog and community in New Jersey, he realized everything he was doing, even his podcast, was a one-way conversation. In 2007, when Ustream became a lot more accessible, he decided to give it a try. Lou recalls the first night he did a live stream. He'd told his wife he was going to try it out and would be back in 10 minutes. Six hours later, he was still online with a couple of hundred people who were watching, chatting, and engaging. Since then, he's been broadcasting live video every week. Between his weekly shows and any ad hoc episodes, Lou believes he's done close to 1,000 shows to date. Lou says he moved from Ustream to Livestream, then was a day-two Meerkat user and a day-one Periscope user. He thought Periscope was the best of the bunch until he got his account verified by Facebook and received early access to Facebook Live. Lou simulcasted his show, using two different devices to compare the quality, engagement, and viewer experience of the two broadcasts. Very quickly, in late 2015, he let people know he was moving off of Periscope and going all-in on Facebook Live. Listen to the show to discover what Lou loves about the growth of live video. How Lou uses Facebook Live Lou does a live broadcast show every week. Most episodes are done from his home studio, and topics range from the week's most recent Walt Disney World news and simple Ask Me Anythings (AMAs) and Q&As to showing off things in his collections. He says his in-studio shows are more about the conversation, while the offsite shows (such as when he goes to a Disney park, on a cruise, etc.) are about conveying the experience. Watch & chat with me LIVE! Let's talk Disney, and Ask Me Anything! #tw Posted by Lou Mongello on Wednesday, June 29, 2016 For his Wednesday discussions of Walt Disney World news, Lou talks about what's going on, and also makes the audience part of the broadcast. If a new restaurant is opening, an attraction is coming, or something is changing, he flips it around to make it a question. For example, he'll ask, "What do you guys think?" or "What's your favorite place to eat on property?" Whatever you talk about drives engagement, Lou continues. He always has questions in his head to initiate a conversation, and instead of asking a question, letting people respond, and moving on to the next question, he reads every response in the comments so he can further the conversation with people. Lou stresses that it's important to acknowledge individuals during a live broadcast, because when someone's name is called, it means a lot to them. His AMA episodes allow the audience to ask him questions that are personal, business-related, or relate to an upcoming Disney trip. Lou tries to go through questions as quickly as possible, and normally does a lightning round at the end. He'll do two minutes of rapid-fire questions and answer as many as he can.

5 Tips to Improve Your Social Media Ad Campaigns

5 Tips to Improve Your Social Media Ad Campaigns

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you want more from your social media efforts? Are you ready to try ad targeting? Using the right tactics to deliver and follow up on social media ad campaigns generates better quality leads. In this article you'll discover five tips to improve your social media ad campaigns. Listen to this article: #1: Use Keywords in Ads Before you write the copy for your ads, it's important to know what people are searching for in your industry or area of expertise. To learn more about how your target audience searches for your products, do a keyword analysis (Google has a great one). To get started, go to Google AdWords and sign in. Next, hover over Tools and select Keyword Planner from the drop-down menu. Click the Search for Keywords button on the right. To search for keywords, enter a phrase or website or select a category. Once you click Get Ideas, you'll watch a list of topics populate. Now you can create an ad campaign around your keywords. #2: Serve Ads to Current Customers Many marketers focus heavily on acquiring new customers. But what if all of your current customers bought your product one more time? What if they bought a more expensive service? Think about what that would do for your sales. Radian6/Salesforce estimates that it costs 5 to 10 times more to bring in a new customer than it does to retain a past customer. That eye-opening number is the reason you want to take steps to retain customers. An effective way to do that is to create a custom audience by uploading your current list of customer email addresses for use in ads on Facebook, Instagram or Twitter. To get started on Facebook, open Power Editor and click the Audiences tab at the top of the page. At the top right, click Create Audience and select Custom Audience from the drop-down menu. Select the type of audience you want to create. Next, upload a CSV or TXT file with your current customers' email addresses. When you're finished, click Create Audience. Facebook then matches your email addresses to user login information. When the process is complete, you'll see the following confirmation message. Click Done to save your audience. You can now select your custom list for your Facebook ads to market directly to people who already know and love your brand. This is a great way to get previous customers to come back more often. #3: Reach More Prospects With Lookalike Audiences Similar to custom audiences, lookalike audiences leverage your current customer list to find people who are similar to your current customers. When you create a lookalike audience in Facebook, the platform sources the top 1% of Facebook users who most closely match your established customers' behavior. This is a little-known way to reach your target market at a lower cost. A lower CPC (cost per click) means your budget will stretch farther. To create a lookalike audience, go to Power Editor and click the Audiences tab at the top of the page. At the top right, click Create Audience and select Lookalike Audience from the drop-down menu. From the Source drop-down list, select a custom audience, conversion pixel or Facebook page. Then select the country where you'd like to find a similar set of people. Finally, use the slider to set your desired audience size. When you're finished, click Create Audience to create your lookalike audience. #4: Qualify Leads by Connecting on LinkedIn One of the quickest ways to open doors on social media is to reach out to prospects on LinkedIn. Send messages to their inbox and start building relationships that will help you qualify them as a genuine lead. Most personal profiles will list an email address and phone number you can use to reach out and make introductions. If you upgrade your LinkedIn account, you can filter your searches by industry, years of experience, location, current company, seniority level and more.

How to Develop a Social Media Reporting System

How to Develop a Social Media Reporting System

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Are you responsible for reporting your social media results? Do you need to develop a reporting system? Knowing who you report to and what metrics they need will help you streamline the process and ensure you're delivering reports on time. In this article you'll discover how to develop a social media reporting system for your business. Listen to this article: #1: Identify Stakeholders and Goals The first step is to do a quick audit of your current reporting process and find out which stakeholders receive your reports. If you know whom you're reporting to and why, you can ensure your reports will be useful to everyone involved. Find out who receives the social media data in your organization. You may send reports to one person, but that person may then forward them on to others. Also, different teams have different needs. For example, a PR team may have different expectations than a community management team. Next, discover what actions your reports support so you don't waste time reporting on metrics no one uses. Talk to the people you report to, find out their needs (and wants) and see what you can learn about the current state of your social media reporting. You'll likely find some overlapping goals and be able to identify areas of commonality. If you're the sole owner and consumer of social media reporting in your company, identify what you need to know about your performance and what you'll do with this information. Try to distill it to a few clear goals, which will make everything easier in later steps. #2: Decide What Metrics to Track When deciding what to include in your reports, find metrics you can use in multiple situations and have some business benefit for your stakeholders. Just because you can report on something doesn't mean you should. And the more metrics you include in your reports now, the more metrics you'll have to keep supporting in the future. Here's an overview of the metrics that really matter: Reach or exposure: Measure the size of your potential audience. Volume: Track the conversation size and number of brand mentions. Engagement: Analyze the quantity and type of engagement your accounts and posts get. Audience: Learn who participates in a conversation, along with the most active users and influencers. Content: Monitor your top-performing (and worst-performing) posts. The metrics you use will depend on your needs and the social networks you're measuring, but these core concepts are a great start. In addition to the general metrics above, you'll probably have a few specific needs or requests from stakeholders you need to support. That's great, because the more relevant and targeted your reports, the more useful they'll be for your business. However, avoid creating custom metrics or anything you'll need to calculate manually, unless they're really important. You'll likely regret this later. It can take a long time to handcraft special calculations, especially if you're not entirely sure how you did it the last time. Above all, be consistent. Make sure you're reporting the same metrics in the same way each time. Add in percentage changes and other benchmarks to make it easy for your audience to interpret the results. #3: Choose the Right Tools There are many social media measurement and analytics tools you can choose from. However, only a few tools will help you get the precise information you need. Keep in mind that no tool is going to be exactly what you're looking for. There are so many ways to analyze social media that every tool has a different perspective. Plus, social data is far from perfect and the kind of information that you can pull from a particular social media channel will vary depending on the channel. However, there is a product out there for you. Ask these questions when you're researching a new tool: Where does it get its social data? What kind of relationship does it have with the social ne...

Social Media Evolution: What Does the Future of Social Marketing Look Like?

Social Media Evolution: What Does the Future of Social Marketing Look Like?

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Are you amazed at how much social media has changed over the last few years? Want to discover what's next? To explore the evolution of social media, I interview Brian Solis. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode I interview Brian Solis, a principal analyst at the Altimeter Group. He's written eight books, including Engage and What's the Future of Business? His newest book is called X: The Experience When Business Meets Design. Brian will explore how social media has changed and how it continues to evolve. You'll discover how marketers can use moments of truth to engage their customers. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Social Media Evolution From Engage until now Brian recalls that in the late 90s and early 2000s, he helped with development around what became social media and realized that two-way digital marketing aspect was going to be phenomenal. He says his book Engage was the culmination of all that work put into a book designed to help anyone in marketing or business really understand how to become social. After Engage, Brian says, the world started to change and technology started to accelerate. This is something he studies as both an analyst and an anthropologist. Brian has continued to write books, do research and speak on how to bridge the world of brand or business with technology and people. He says social has become part of that process, as has mobile and digital transformation, wearables, etc. When asked about major changes in social media that have taken place between his first book and today, Brian talks about creating an infographic called The Wheel of Disruption while he was writing What's the Future of Business? The infographic showed all of the things that were disrupting industries, with an emphasis on brand, marketing and engagement. He explains that then and now, the three things Fred Wilson once called The Golden Triangle are at the core of everything. Brian goes on to discuss how wearables, augmented reality and services like Uber, Instacart, Postmates, Amazon, Drone Delivery and Google Express are creating disruption not only on technology fronts, but also on behavioral and expectation fronts at a human level. Listen to the show to hear Brian explain how the disruption happening today has grand implications for every business in every industry. The importance of experience Brian shares that while many marketers, brand strategists and executives say experience is one of the most important things to deliver, that means different things to different people. From great customer service to great product design, it's all over the map. Brian believes that everything that happens when you buy, use, shop for or have a problem with something are moments that contribute to the overall experience. Brian shares why he thinks we should be able to define and design experiences as part of business and branding to build better relationships, and why he believes experience is the next competitive advantage. He says that while some savvy organizations have introduced efforts to define a brand experience (BX), a customer experience (CX) and a user experience (UX), all of these efforts are disparate. Thus, by default or by design, the experience is disconnected. Listen to the show to hear why Brian wants to bring all experiences under one banner of X, where everything works together. Businesses doing a great job with experience Brian explains that he chose the companies he talks about in his book not because they are examples of holistic experiences,

How to Perform a Detailed Analysis of Your Social Media Competitors

How to Perform a Detailed Analysis of Your Social Media Competitors

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you want better results from social media? Have you considered researching your competitors? If you're not getting the results you want from social media, a little research and the right tool can help you refine your social media strategy. In this article, you’ll discover how to perform a detailed competitive analysis and improve your social strategy. Why Competitor Analysis? Competitor analysis lets you discover how your competitors use social media. You can see how your competitors position themselves on social media, what they share and how their audience responds. You can also find out what social media networks work best for your competitors, what information you should include in your social profile and page bios and what types of status updates get the most engagement. Listen to this article: While you can gain these insights for free on your own, it takes time to find multiple competitors' social accounts, collect all of the data (followers, engagement, etc.) and then analyze that data. To show how using a tool can help you gather the data more quickly and present it in an easy-to-analyze format, this article uses Rival IQ as an example. Now, let's look at how to do social media analysis and apply what you learn to improve your social media strategy. #1: Create a Landscape With You and Your Competitors To get started, you'll want to sign up for a free 14-day trial of Rival IQ's service. If you're just doing a one-time analysis of your competitors' social media strategy, you should be able to get it done before the free trial period ends. Otherwise, you'll want to choose a plan that best fits your needs. For each company (including your own), you'll be able to analyze and monitor one account per social network (Facebook, Twitter, Google+, Instagram and YouTube). Once you set up your account, create your first landscape by clicking the + button under the Landscape drop-down menu at the top left. In the dialog box that appears, enter the name for your landscape and click the Create Landscape button. Next, enter the website address for your company and select it from the drop-down list if it appears. Then click the Add to Landscape button. This will allow you to compare your social media presence and content against your competitors'. After Rival IQ confirms that your company has been added, continue adding your top competitors. Enter each competitor's website address and click the Add to Landscape button each time. When you're finished adding companies, click Done Adding Companies. When you click Done, your screen will refresh to show your landscape's dashboard. Rival IQ will confirm the accounts it has found for your company and your competitors. If the companies are new to their system, it might take a little while to update, but usually no more than 24 hours. If you know that one of your competitors has an account on a network that Rival IQ didn't find, you can hover over it and suggest it to them. They'll usually add it within 24 hours. In the above example, the only accounts Rival IQ didn't find were the ones that didn't exist for the specified companies. Once everything is set up, you're ready to start your analysis. #2: Find Social Engagement Opportunities Begin your analysis with the social networks where your competitors have profiles and pages. This should tell you at a glance if you're missing a network that might be beneficial for your social media strategy. In this case, you might assume that out of all of the networks, Instagram is the least important because a few of your competitors don't have a presence there. But that might not always be true, which you'll see shortly. In addition to seeing what social networks your competitors are on, check to see which ones they have the largest audiences on. You can do this by clicking the Cross-Channel link in the left sidebar and then clicking on Detailed Metrics at the to...

Pinterest Marketing: How to Succeed on Pinterest

Pinterest Marketing: How to Succeed on Pinterest

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you use Pinterest for your business? Want to know what works on Pinterest? To learn how to improve your Pinterest marketing, I interview Jeff Sieh. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode I interview Jeff Sieh, the is founder of ManlyPinterestTips.com, a site designed to help guys understand the marketing power of Pinterest. He also hosts the Manly Pinterest podcast where he explores the latest in Pinterest marketing. Jeff will explore marketing with Pinterest. You'll discover why your Pinterest following matters, as well as Pinterest posting tips. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. How to subscribe on iPhone. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Pinterest Marketing Jeff's backstory Jeff has a digital marketing agency in Longview, Texas, where he builds websites and does video marketing. A couple years ago, he decided it was time to take the plunge into social media. Driving home from a long road trip, Jeff was listening to the Social Media Marketing Podcast episode with Cynthia Sanchez, and got intrigued by Pinterest. Once he started playing on the platform, Jeff noticed it was driving a lot of traffic to his relatively new blog. After Jeff's Google+ post, called Manly Pinterest Tip #1, about sharing a secret board with his daughter, did really well, he wrote Manly Pinterest Tips #2-5.  Jeff explains that his concept for Pinterest was a play on the fact that everyone thinks Pinterest is for women. His "manly" version really took off. Jeff did an initial version of his podcast with four other guys. They did seven episodes before switching formats. At the beginning of the year, Jeff brought back the Manly Pinterest Tips podcast as a solo, weekly show, and has interviewed Pinterest experts, like Peg Fitzpatrick, Rebekah Radice and Cynthia Sanchez. He's done about 30 episodes. Since the Manly Pinterest Tips podcast did well, Jeff embarked on an experiment in branding. He figured it took a year to grow a good, manly beard. So he decided he would launch the website and build the brand for a year. "If it doesn't work, I can shave the beard off, it'll be fine," he says. "Well, it worked." Jeff explains the concept of secret and group boards. A secret board is something that only you or you and other people you designate can see. They are a great way to gather info for yourself or for collaboration. You can also create public group boards. Jeff has a board with Peg Fitzpatrick about bacon and an Instant Instagram Tips. Listen to the show to hear more about Jeff’s secret boards. Men & Pinterest Contrary to popular belief, there is tons of stuff for guys on Pinterest. Jeff explains that men are the fastest growing demographic on Pinterest. In 2014 the number of men on Pinterest doubled. In fact more men use Pinterest in the United States every month than read Sports Illustrated and GQ combined. To make his point about good content for men on Pinterest, Jeff calls out boards from the National Hockey League, the National Football League and Major League Baseball. Jeff also mentions his popular woodworking board, DIY boards (from Lowe's and Home Depot, for example) and more. All of this content appeals to men. Listen to the show to discover why Jeff finds the stereotype about men and Pinterest funny. Buyable pins Buyable pins are a way for people to purchase products through Pinterest. It's rolling out this summer, starting mostly with major brands like Macy's, Neiman Marcus and Nordstrom, and ecommerce platforms Shopify and Demandware. Buyable pins will be huge for business,

Blog Comments Revisited: Why Major Bloggers Are Turning Comments Back On

Blog Comments Revisited: Why Major Bloggers Are Turning Comments Back On

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you have comments enabled on your blog? Have you ever turned them off? To discover why big bloggers turned their comment systems back on, I interview Michael Hyatt and Brian Clark. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode I interview Michael Hyatt and Brian Clark. Michael is author of Platform and co-author of the new book, Living Forward: A Proven Plan to Stop Drifting and Get the Life You Want. He's also an avid blogger at MichaelHyatt.com and host of the This Is Your Life podcast. Brian is CEO of Rainmaker Digital, founder of Copyblogger, host of the Unemployable podcast, and evangelist for the Rainmaker Platform. Back in May 2014, I had Mark Schaefer and Tim McDonald (who was with Huffington Post) on the show to talk about the trend of big blogs shutting down their comments. This was spurred by a controversial post from Copyblogger entitled, "Why We’re Removing Comments on Copyblogger" from March 2014. In January 2015, Michael Hyatt published, "I’ve Pulled Comments from My Blog-Here’s Why." Michael and Brian will explore why the initial decision to remove comments was made and why those comments are now back. You'll also discover tips for how to grow your email list. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Blog Comments Revisited Why Brian shut down comments Brian starts by saying he is not the one who made the decision to shut down or bring back blog comments. He left that up to his editorial team. On Copyblogger, a lot of the article feedback shifted to social media, while the product development feedback had moved over to their customer base. As you mature as a company, you really start listening to your existing customers, as opposed to those "out in the wild," Brian explains. At the time, they had 150,000 customers and their strategy was to pay more attention to them. Part of the decision to remove comments (not discussed in the post by Sonia Simone, who ultimately made the decision with input from the editorial team) was a situation Brian calls the six-month class of current commenters. When you publish a marketing blog, other marketers use commenting as a traffic strategy. You'd have six months of the same people showing up, leaving comments: some stupid, some thoughtful. Then they'd move on and a new group of people would come into the comments. The practical reasons for removing comments were the shift to social and to eliminate spam. It's a big deal to moderate comments and have the editorial team spend a significant amount of time trying to figure out whether something is spam or legitimate. Copyblogger's experiment to remove comments lasted for over a year. Listen to the show to learn why Brian left comments on their podcast network, Rainmaker.fm. Why Michael shut down comments Michael says his reasons for shutting down comments on his blog were similar to Brian's. Additionally, Michael noticed the number of comments per post had been going down for some time, so he decided to do a little research. He discovered that in 2011, he averaged about 195 comments per blog post. Then in 2012, while his traffic went up, his comments dropped to an average of 179. Traffic went up again in 2013, and the average number of comments went down to 114. In 2014 blog traffic was up 74% over the previous year, but the average number of comments had dropped down to about 62 per post. Michael adds he read Greg McKeown's book, Essentialism, and thought he had to pare stuff back. The final straw for Michael, who was and is using Disqus as his commenting platform,

How to Enhance Customer Experience With Social Media

How to Enhance Customer Experience With Social Media

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you have happy customers? Want to use social media to help keep them that way? Giving people an awesome experience on social media increases customer satisfaction and builds long-term loyalty. In this article you'll find five ways to improve your customers' experience with social media. Listen to this article: #1: Show Your Gratitude To keep your customers happy and gain a true edge over the competition, be sure your customers know they're seen and appreciated. Proactively reach out to fans and followers on a regular basis. Make your message truly resonate by keeping it personal. Innocent Drinks has more than 200,000 Twitter followers, and they take time to reply to and retweet fans who mention them. A treat is a great method to show your customers gratitude. Do customers regularly order from your web shop? Send them a thank-you note on social media. You can even offer them a small incentive, such as a personalized discount on their favorite items. While this will boost traffic to your website, your customers' happiness level will get an even greater lift. #2: Ask for Your Fans' Opinions Since the rise of social media, it's become a lot easier to reach out to customers and incorporate their preferences into your products and services. Your fans, especially your brand advocates, love to share their thoughts on their beloved products. So give them something to chime in about. #SamsoniteXLiberty - B-Lite or Cosmolite? pic.twitter.com/QV9CWTiMuW — Samsonite (@MySamsonite) June 26, 2015 One of the easiest, most straightforward means of asking for fan feedback is to create a short poll. While asking these kinds of questions on your website might be distracting for fans, social networks are the perfect arena for them. #3: Integrate Feedback When you stay in touch with your customers on social media, it's easy to see what does and doesn't resonate with them. General Mills learned through listening to their customers online and monitoring the right keywords on social media that families weren't just cooking with Pillsbury Dough. They also use it to make shapes and designs for fun as a family activity. By studying these insights, General Mills revitalized their brand and started focusing on the product's family activity value. This Pillsbury Dough holiday commercial is true to the brand. Gathering feedback is key, but it's meaningless if you don't do anything with it. Create a document or spreadsheet with all customer feedback, and then separate suggestions and complaints. Integrate the suggestions, deal with complaints (see #3), but also add them to your document so you can keep track of successful ways to handle them in the future. Review customer feedback regularly and integrate it into your brand activities. #4: Solve Issues Promptly Another way to keep customers happy and show them you care is to solve any issues promptly, whether it's a question or complaint. That means constantly monitoring social media accounts so you can see comments and reply as soon as possible. Set up a unique company policy with a step-by-step program to showcase how you want to handle complaints. Also, depending on the type of business you're in, decide how to rectify certain situations. For example, if someone is unhappy with your service, do you give a refund or a discount? Take it a step further and try to understand why your customer had an issue or question to begin with, and keep track of how frequently he or she contacts your business. When you make an unhappy customer into a happy one, you typically get a brand advocate as a result. Also, if your business finds itself in a social media crisis, no matter what the type or source, own up to it and address it immediately. Your customers' patience, and the customer experience in general, gets challenged the most during problem times. Identify keywords and set up alerts to stay on top of the situation.

6 Tips to Grow Your Pinterest Marketing Results

6 Tips to Grow Your Pinterest Marketing Results

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Is your Pinterest account working for you? Want to take your Pinterest marketing to the next level? Tailoring your profile, boards and pins to appeal to your target audience will grow your followers and increase engagement. In this article you'll discover six ways to improve your Pinterest marketing. Listen to this article: #1: Optimize Your Page The best way to convince visitors to follow you is to optimize your Pinterest page. Here are some key areas to focus on. Profile For the business name, use your company's name or your name (if it's for your personal brand). Upload a relevant profile image, such as your company logo or an image with your company's name. You want to make it easy for people to recognize your brand page. If it's a personal page, add a photo of you smiling or laughing. Match your username with your business name. If the username is already taken or is too long, choose something similar to it or use an abbreviation. Write a convincing bio. In 160 characters, describe your business and let people know about the types of images and content you share on your Pinterest page. Add your town or city and other location details. This will help you attract local followers. Add your website and social media details. Don't forget to add your website and Twitter account. This information will be displayed right below your profile image. Add your Facebook account only if it's a personal page. (You don't have the option to add a Facebook business page yet.) Boards Make sure that your page has at least 10 boards. Place your most important or popular boards in the top row. That way they're displayed above the fold, and people will see them immediately when they visit your brand page. Optimize your boards by adding good board names, descriptions and cover images. Shake Up Learning's Pinterest boards have relevant cover images that contain the name of the board and their logo. For your cover image, you can use an existing pin from the board or create a unique image, pin it and choose it as the board's cover image. In the image you can include the name of the board and a call to action asking people to check out the board or follow it. Another option is to use a technique similar to pricing tables, where one option (usually the most popular) has a unique color so it stands out. To apply this tactic to your boards, use similar cover images for all of your boards but choose a unique image for your most popular board (or the one you want to drive followers to). Also create a few secret boards so you can save images to pin publicly later on. #2: Design Content to Support Goals Before you can determine what to pin, think about your goals. They might be to drive engagement and build an audience or to drive traffic. Most businesses choose a primary goal (such as driving traffic) and a secondary goal that complements the primary goal (like gaining more followers). Once you choose your goals, you can determine what to pin by reviewing your Pinterest analytics. To access this data, click the gear icon and choose Analytics from the drop-down menu. Your analytics page has three sections: Your Pinterest Profile, Your Audience and Activity from [Your Website]. In the Your Pinterest Profile section, find out how your pins are performing. Your pins are categorized depending on the impressions, clicks, repins and likes they've received. Depending on your goal, choose the category you want to view. If you want to drive engagement, for example, look for pins that have been repinned and liked most. If you want to drive more traffic, take a look at clicks. Scroll down the page to see your most popular boards. You can also adjust the date to see how your pins have performed during longer or shorter time periods. Next, visit the Your Audience section to look at your followers' demographics and interests. Browse the Demographics tab to look at the coun...

Small Businesses Struggle to Prove Facebook ROI: New Research

Small Businesses Struggle to Prove Facebook ROI: New Research

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Are you using Facebook to acquire customers for your small business? Do you struggle to measure the return on your social media marketing investment? Despite a lack of concrete proof of sales, small businesses are devoting time and dollars to Facebook marketing. In this article you'll discover findings from recent studies focused on Facebook marketing. Listen to this article: #1: Most Small Businesses Don't See a Return From Their Social Media Efforts In April 2015, small business directory Manta surveyed 540 small business owners for their insights on social media return on investment (ROI). Fifty-nine percent report that they did not see ROI from their social media activities. Because the vast majority of small businesses puts most, if not the entire, social media budget into Facebook, this article focuses on that channel. Of the remaining 41% reporting that they did see returns, 17% received less than $100, and 57% received less than $1,000 for their energy and budget. One-third of that 41% (63 individuals) report outearning their social media marketing spend by more than $2,000. Social Media Examiner's 2015 Social Media Marketing Industry Report findings echo those in the Manta study. When the team asked 3,720 marketers whether their Facebook marketing is effective (which we can interpret as driving return to some extent), only 45% reported that it is. (Read here about how 60% of the respondents for the report were small business owners or executives. They either worked in companies with 2 to 10 employees or self-identified as solopreneurs.) The report also reveals that just 33% of the self-employed described Facebook marketing efforts as effective. Larger businesses have a slightly higher regard for their Facebook marketing efforts, with 50% pleased with their Facebook returns. B2C marketers also have a more positive take than B2B, with 51% of B2C marketers finding Facebook effective, compared to just 36% of B2B respondents. Key Takeaways: The significant 35% of respondents who are uncertain about whether their Facebook presence helps their business is telling. With barely enough time to keep up their Facebook page, small businesses typically lack the time and resources to gather the data needed to determine whether their Facebook efforts work. Gathering data requires that either the business owner or staff member learns or understands Google Analytics and Facebook Insights. Both of these tools require time and effort. Further, as Facebook's former Global Head of SMB Marketing Chris Luo explains in his March 2015 Fast Company article, effective Facebook advertising is moving away from the simple updates and boosting that small businesses could master easily: "Facebook has also introduced new, more sophisticated, advertising tools to directly target any user on Facebook in their newsfeed, but for the most part, these tools are used by savvy direct marketers at mid-sized or larger companies and not small businesses." #2: Small Businesses Are Reluctant to Invest Money in Social Media Small business owners are indicating their suspicion of social media marketing with their dollars. The Manta study mentioned above found that 47% of respondents invest less than $100 per month, and 40% spend between $100 and $1,000 monthly. Low spending numbers like these are surprising, given the hype Facebook marketing receives in the media. In a seeming contradiction, a recent poll of 547 small- and medium-sized business owners conducted by BIA/Kelsey and reported in The Wall Street Journal claims that social media marketing gets the majority of small businesses' ad budgets at 21.4% of total dollars. Further investigation, however, reveals that small businesses don't spend very much on marketing at all. A January 2015 BrightLocal survey of 736 small businesses revealed that 70% spend $500 or less per month on marketing. Fifty percent spend less than $300 per month.

Selling With Social Media: A New Direction for Businesses

Selling With Social Media: A New Direction for Businesses

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you use social media to grow your business? Are you wondering how social media can help you sell more products and services? To learn about why you need to rethink the sales process in this social age, I interview Tom Martin for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview Tom Martin, author of The Invisible Sale: How to Build a Digitally Powered Marketing and Sales System to Better Prospect, Qualify and Close Leads. His agency is Converse Digital. Tom shares the concept of painless prospecting and propinquity. You'll learn how to succeed in the changing social media sales landscape, and how your business can embrace these new strategies. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Selling With Social Media How the online world has changed the way businesses sell Tom believes it's more about how buyers buy than the way businesses sell. With the Internet, people can hide behind the anonymity of Google search. You can do all your pre-purchase research without having to talk to a salesperson. You only have to talk to a person once you've made a short list of companies you are interested in and want to close the deal. Today's buyer prefers this process, as it's easier and more efficient. With this in mind, companies have to adjust. In the early days, the power was with the salesperson, but with the knowledge available online today, the power is in the hands of the consumer. Tom says as a business, you have to stop thinking about how you sell because you don't really sell anymore. Instead you help buyers make a buying decision. When they make their decision, hopefully it will be in your favor. Although it won't always be the case. You'll discover how your system needs to be set up properly and the approach you need to consider. If you have a really good product or service, more often than not, you will win the conversion. Most people are turned off by people selling to them. The best way is to show them that you're willing to help and that you always have their best interests at heart. Listen to the show to find out more about how the approach to sales has changed. An example of a business that has embraced new ways to sell Tom talks about a camera store called Adorama based in New York that he used as a case study in his book, The Invisible Sale. Adorama only has one store, but does business in all 50 US states and 5 countries. Adorama has two sides to their business, B2C and B2B. Regardless of which side you look at, they approach it the same way. Their philosophy is to sell by sharing original educational content. Even though it's a photography store, they sell more than just cameras. They've built a Learning Center that includes Adorama TV, which is one of their huge content pieces. The Learning Center is a treasure trove of educational content. Although their approach is to educate, when you watch one of their videos, you'll notice easy-to-follow links to products below the video. You'll find out how they used YouTube to allow people to reach that product. In 2010, they saw a general growth curve, mainly due to the educational content they provide. The moral of the lesson is that if you can make your buyer smarter and better because they are doing business with you, then Tom believes you will succeed in selling more to that buyer. Listen to the show to hear why Tom relates it to fly-fishing and how it's the same with modern content marketing.

Social Media Visuals: How to Easily Create Visuals Without a Designer

Social Media Visuals: How to Easily Create Visuals Without a Designer

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you use visuals in your social media? Want tools and tips to help you create images? To discover how to create great social media visuals when you're not a designer, I interview Donna Moritz. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode I interview Donna Moritz. Donna is a visual marketing expert, and her blog Socially Sorted was recognized as one of Social Media Examiner's Top 10 Social Media Blogs in 2015 and 2016. Donna will share why social media marketers should care about visuals. You'll discover what to consider before you design images for social media and learn about new tools to help you. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Social Media Visuals Why care about visuals? Because the news feed is so busy these days, Donna explains, marketers need to do everything they can to capture attention. She says visuals catch that attention and typically drive users to take some sort of action because visuals support an emotional connection. Donna points out that the fastest-growing channels such as Periscope and Snapchat are highly focused on visual content, as are Instagram and Pinterest. She also notes that traditional platforms Facebook, LinkedIn, and Twitter are giving more attention to visual content and users are 44% more likely to engage with content that contains pictures. Video is also on the rise, Donna adds. Socialbakers research shows that brands are now uploading more video directly to Facebook than YouTube, and about 80% of all video engagement is coming from Facebook native video. And that's before Facebook Live is really being measured. Plus, she says, 110 years of video footage is watched on Periscope every day. According to the Content Marketing Institute, out of a range of priorities for content creators, visual content is in the top three. Visual content is a very important topic because it works. Marketers just need to find out where to start and how to produce and use images efficiently. Listen to the show to discover the current standard image format and how image sizes have changed. Getting started with images Before you start to design images, Donna says you need to think about what types of visual content get shared well on which platforms. Content that's effective on Facebook might be different from what works on Instagram, which might be different from Twitter. She's seen people get overwhelmed trying to do visual content on every platform, and advises that it's better to focus on visuals for one particular platform at a time. She also cautions that you shouldn't jump into visuals on a new platform until you have systems in place for visuals on the one before it. Donna shares her Visual Content Blueprint, which is five elements to help you create images that work. First, decide what the image is going to be in regards to what works on the targeted platform (more on this later). Then consider the call to action. It could be asking for more connection or engagement (likes or comments), driving more shares or click-throughs, or a combination. Next, think about your landing content (where people arrive when they click through or share). Will people get more information, blog content, a free download, or something else of value? After that, make sure users are achieving some sort of goal. Do you want them to sign up for something, read a blog post, or stay on your website? Donna recommends that every image be able to stand alone. That way, if something is pinned or shared out of context, people will still understand what you're offering and how to get it.

Smartphone Video Excellence: How to Film Like a Pro

Smartphone Video Excellence: How to Film Like a Pro

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you record videos with your smartphone? Want to make them look really professional? To talk about how to do video like a pro from your smartphone, I interview Justin Brown. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode, I interview Justin Brown, a video professional who specializes in helping marketers look great on camera. He's been a coach, producer, and cameraman for 25 years, specializing in extreme sports. You can find him at PrimalVideo.com. Justin explores how to use your smartphone to create excellent recorded and live video. You'll discover what tools you need to make your videos look professional. Share your feedback, read the show notes, and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Smartphone Video Excellence Justin's story When Justin was little, he recalls, his dad was always filming the family. As kids, they would grab the camera, make up mock TV shows, and watch them. His interest progressed and Justin eventually started editing video with the early versions of Windows Movie Maker and with Adobe Premiere. Later in life, while Justin was a lifeguard at his local beach, he became heavily interested in motorboat racing. He began to create highlight videos from the footage of boats flipping, people falling out, and other exciting occurrences, and found that he enjoyed editing high-paced action video. From there, Justin pivoted into doing underground mine training videos. Justin broke into extreme sports through an interview with professional big wave surfer Mark Visser. Justin ended up working closely with Mark and producing his documentary TV series: Justin filmed Mark surfing JAWS in Hawaii at 2 AM, solo skydiving, and throwing jet skis out of a plane to surf remote locations. It was full-on action sports video. httpv://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_jfM1Vsl70k Somewhere along the line, Justin found that he was more interested in teaching people to create their own video content, rather than shooting the video for them. The goal at Primal Video, which launched last year, is to help people get up to speed with video, allowing them to magnify their results by removing any barriers or excuses they have around creating videos for themselves. Listen to the show to hear more about Justin's career transition. Lighting Justin says there are a few simple elements that will help you create a professional-looking video using your smartphone. Proper lighting, he says, will dramatically increase the quality and professionalism of your video, no matter the situation. There are a couple options for lighting when capturing videos with your smartphone. One is to to use a rig mount with a light on it to illuminate your subject in the same way you would with a DSLR camera. Another option is to use a desk lamp or the lighting in your office or studio. The key is to use whatever you have to light up the person presenting the content (maybe that's you); make sure that person is lit well, and if you have the time and the ability, you can also light up the background. The goal is to have an even light across your entire face, so people can connect with you. Some shadow is good, because it creates depth on the face and you can see some details, but harsh shadows aren't ideal. If bright light is coming in through a window that's in your shot, do your best to reduce it by closing the curtains, shutting the doors, or lighting up the other side of your face to balance that light. When you film with a smartphone, you typically have three scenarios: selfie-style with you holding the phone yourself, someone using their phone to film you,

SEO Services Milton FL – Cheap prices SEO package

by Vick1974 @ The seo agency

Best Web Seo Company Milton FL – The Six Figure Challenge It should usually be end result-pushed. The motive is there’s a shortage of savvy internet entrepreneurs and every person who is any top does not need to cold name. internet marketers must be exact at, ahem, advertising . this may assist you decide what… Continue reading SEO Services Milton FL – Cheap prices SEO package

Artykuł SEO Services Milton FL – Cheap prices SEO package pochodzi z serwisu The seo agency.

How to Retarget With Instagram Ads

How to Retarget With Instagram Ads

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Are you retargeting people with Facebook ads? Want to know how to retarget Instagram users? Serving relevant Instagram ads to people who've visited your website helps increase sales and conversions. In this article you'll discover how to retarget your website visitors using Instagram ads. Listen to this article: #1: Install the Facebook Pixel on Your Website Before you can start using Instagram ads to retarget website visitors, you need to set up the Facebook pixel on your website. You can do this with Facebook Power Editor. First, open Google Chrome and then log into Power Editor. If you manage multiple accounts, make sure that you're logged into the Facebook ads account that corresponds with the website for which you want to implement Instagram ads retargeting. You can double-check which ads account you're logged into in the top-left corner of Power Editor. Next, click Tools and choose Pixels from the drop-down menu. If you haven't done so already, create your Facebook pixel by clicking the green Create a Pixel button. In the Create a Facebook Pixel dialog box, type in a name for the pixel and click Create Pixel. Next, you see a message that your Facebook pixel is ready. Click Install Pixel Now to see the pixel code. If you already have an active Facebook pixel, you can access it by clicking Actions and choosing View Pixel Code from the drop-down menu. Next, copy your Facebook pixel code and paste it between the head tags of your website code. For more detailed instructions for installing your pixel, check out this page. Now you need to make sure that your Facebook pixel is working. You can do that with the Facebook Pixel Helper, which is a free plugin for Google Chrome. Once you've successfully installed the Facebook pixel on your website, Facebook will automatically start tracking every person who visits your website. #2: Create a Custom Audience to Retarget Next, you need to create a custom website audience. To do this, go to the Facebook Pixel tab and click the Create Audience button. Now, create the custom audience you'd like to retarget. Select Website Traffic for the audience type. Then in the Create Audience dialog box, enter the details for your custom audience. The custom audience in the example below will retarget anyone who has visited my website in the last 30 days. Note that the domain option appears only if your Facebook pixel is installed on multiple domains. Keep in mind that it's a good idea to create audiences based on the action you want users to take when they see your ad, rather than broadly target every website visitor (as in this example). When you're finished creating the audience you want to retarget, click Create Audience. #3: Set Up Your Ad Campaign Now you're ready to create your ad campaign to retarget past website visitors. To do this, open Power Editor and click Create Campaign. Then enter a name for your new campaign and choose one of these objectives: Clicks to Website, Website Conversions, Mobile App Installs or Video Views. When you're finished filling in all of the details for your campaign, click Create. #4: Build Your Retargeting Ad Set Now you need to edit your ad set. First, set your budget and schedule. Then edit your audience so you're only targeting people who have previously visited your website. To do this, click the Edit Audience button. Then select the custom audience you created. Once you've done this, click Save. Next, select Instagram as your placement. Finally, confirm that the custom audience you selected and refined for Instagram actually has people in it. To do this, check that your potential audience (in the top-right corner of the Ad Set panel) has more than 20 people in it. If it doesn't, you may need to broaden your other targeting parameters. Alternatively, you can wait until your Facebook pixel has captured...

Starting a Podcast: What You Need to Know to Succeed

Starting a Podcast: What You Need to Know to Succeed

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you listen to podcasts? Are you interested in starting your own podcast? To learn why you should start a podcast and what you need to know to get started, I interview Cliff Ravenscraft for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview Cliff Ravenscraft, the world's leading evangelist on podcasting and founder of Podcast Answer Man. Cliff shares his knowledge and experience of hosting many different podcasts. You'll learn practical tips and advice you can use to start your very own podcast. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Starting Your Own Podcast Why is now a good time to start a podcast? Cliff believes that now is a great time to start a podcast. Recently, CNet reported that Apple is going to end up selling 1 billion iOS devices by 2015 and already 410 million of these devices have been sold. You'll learn about Apple's official Podcasts app and how this has had a very dramatic and positive impact on those podcasts that are listed in iTunes. And in September, CNet reported that 500 million Android devices have already been activated. Cliff shares why it's easy to get people hooked on podcasts. It only takes 5 to 10 minutes to install a free podcast app on a smartphone and it's easy to subscribe to your first podcast. You'll also learn some interesting numbers to note. For instance, 30 million people have a gym or a fitness club membership, and 97 million people in the USA drive to and from work every day alone in their car, with an average commute time of 26.2 minutes. Cliff believes podcasting is different than when it first came out because of the smartphone. The smartphone makes it easy for anybody to subscribe from their device. You don't have to be technically savvy anymore. Every time people go into their app, your latest episode is going to be there for them. Listen to the show to find out more reasons to start a podcast. What are the different types of show formats? Cliff believes there is no limit to the type of podcasts that can be created. Cliff  started podcasting as a hobby in the entertainment genre. He started out with the TV show Lost as a podcast, followed by fan podcasts covering the TV shows Heroes, Dr. Who, The Hunger Games, Twilight Saga and a soon-to-be-launched The Lord of the Rings podcast. These are podcasts that bring fans of existing shows together where they can share their interests with one another. You'll discover why Cliff loves this podcast format. Not only does Cliff do TV show–related podcasts; he and his wife also host one called Family From the Heart. It's a weekly show about behind the scenes with the Ravenscrafts. It's an authentic, real-life audio show. This type of show makes Cliff feel really nervous, but people love it. As for the Podcast Answer Man show, it's a show that stands out on its own. This is his brand where he teaches people about podcasting based on his experiences. Cliff has devoted more than 20,000 hours to podcasting in new media. This is double the number of hours required to become an expert, as referred to by Malcolm Gladwell. There are two shows that exist outside of Cliff's GSPN.TV "network": the Podcast Answer Man and the Virtual Assistant, which is similar to Podcast Answer Man in that it's Cliff sharing his experience and knowledge about becoming an expert in a field. Other show formats are: Solo Co-hosted Panel hosted Interview "Sound scene tours"

Content Creation Hacks: How to Quickly Produce Valuable Content

Content Creation Hacks: How to Quickly Produce Valuable Content

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you create content for your business? Looking for an easier way to make your content work for you? Discover easy ways to create and repurpose your content, courtesy of Nick Westergaard. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode I interview Nick Westergaard, host of the On Brand Podcast and chief brand strategist at social and content agency Brand Driven Digital. Nick is also the author of Get Scrappy: Smart Digital Marketing for Businesses Big and Small. Nick explores easy ways to create quality content. You'll also discover how to repurpose recent and historical material. Share your feedback, read the show notes, and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Content Creation Hacks Nick's story Westergaard Advertising began 35 years ago in Iowa when Nick's father and now business partner started what was a small, general, traditional advertising agency. Nick had worked with brands in the early days of online marketing, specifically for educational publishing companies when digital really started to grow. About 10 years ago, Nick started moonlighting as a freelancer for the family business. Eventually he would come in as a partner. In addition to changing the kind of work Westergaard Advertising specialized in, they morphed into brand-driven digital to help organizations build better brands online through social media and content marketing. Nick's book, Get Scrappy, came from a phrase he found himself saying often. Nick does a lot of public speaking, and says it was one of those experiences where he quickly dashed off a title for a new speech. Then when it came time to write it, the topic took root and excited him. Plus, he was able to draw on work he did with clients of all shapes and sizes. "Get Scrappy" was a common thread. Whether it's an entrepreneurial startup, solo small business, medium-sized business, or a larger marketing team, everybody's looking to get scrappy – to do more with less. For instance, Nick talks about working with nostalgic brand Schwinn Bikes, and how it's easy to think of them as a big brand, but they're really a small, scrappy team at the headquarters in Madison, Wisconsin. Nick talked with them about this idea of getting scrappy. Schwinn's social media manager Samantha Hersil summed it up best. "We could all use a few people and a few dollars more," Hersil said. That's really at the heart of the book. Listen to the show to discover how Nick's business has changed over the last 10 years. Why marketers object to creating content Content is a tricky animal, Nick explains, so it takes a content marketing mindset. Some of the obstacles marketers encounter are from lack of a sound content strategy. The Content Marketing Institute reports that many people fly blind when it comes to content strategy. It's both an obstacle and an internal objection, because companies are just jumping on the content marketing bandwagon. Both in terms of social channels and content, Nick thinks it's easy to fall into the trap of what he calls "checklist marketing." Marketers do everything they hear about: they have a presence on every network, create every form of content, and so forth. Nick thinks if people instead develop a strategy with a business objective, their content will be better aligned with their business. Content used to be driven by the written word, Nick explains. As people scoot up to that podcasting microphone and hit the Record button with video, they get scared. There's a ripple effect, as well. Subject matter experts may feel like they're not interesting enough, or else they believe they have interesting stor...

Auto Glass Shop near Houston

by @ Local SEO Company

Houston Mobile Windshield Replacement Houston, . (888) 434-3814 Auto Glass Shop offers mobile service, to your office or home at no extra charge. Call now and we'll supply you with a free quote. Auto Glass Shop does complete windshield repair and Auto Glass Repair in Houston, . What should be expected when you have got to change your windshield. If you've never had Auto Glass Repair done on your auto you may not know what to expect from the process. Below is a fast outline of the steps you can expect when your windshield is replaced. The glass technician will begin by checking its interior and exterior. This is a routine inspection to be certain everything is clean and in order. Next the floors, seats, and the exterior of your car will be covered to keep them from getting excess adhesive on them or worse yet scratched. The Auto Glass Replacement engineer will then begin to remove whatever the wipers, any windshield trim and the cowl as required before removing the old windshield. The consultant will examine the amount and sort of adhesive used on the old windshield to help assess how to proceed. He / she is going to cut most of the old adhesive down and the new adhesive will be applied the on top. With the adhesive applied the new windshield can be lifted into place. The cowl, wipers and trim will be replaced and the windshield will be cleaned and checked. Once the job has been completed you will be able to drive your car in no more than an hour though it'll take anywhere up to 24 hours for the adhesive to totally dry. We look forward to you call. We'd like your business. With our windshield replacement will make everything crystal clear again.

Tools to Optimize Your Social Scheduling When You Need a Break

Tools to Optimize Your Social Scheduling When You Need a Break

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Ever want to take a day off from posting on social media? Have you considered scheduling posts for weekends and holidays, or when you just can’t respond? Posting to Facebook and Twitter when many businesses are silent helps you stay top of mind with your followers. In this article you'll discover how to keep your social media accounts stocked with content when you’re on break. Why Post on Weekends? Some non-workdays are perfect times to be active on social media for certain types of businesses (think special offers for ecommerce sites during the holidays, for example). Simply greeting your followers on a holiday is a great way to build genuine likes and interactions. Listen to this article: Contrary to popular belief, social media posting on weekends is essential for your brand presence growth. The following studies show Saturday and Sunday posts can increase your interactions: Weekend posts on Facebook get more engagement than workweek posts. Weekend and Wednesday tweets are believed to be the best days for B2C companies. Weekend and afternoon tweets show the highest click-through rates. While posting on weekends and holidays can make sense for your business, the desire to take a well-deserved day off is understandable. Read on for some tips to keep your accounts active on those days. #1: Schedule Content Effectively If you'll be taking a weekend or holiday vacation, scheduling some updates for that time is a smart strategy. I recommend that you schedule updates with a tool like MavSocial because it's free and supports top social media networks. You can use the Post Manager feature to schedule your social media updates and check the Campaign Planner calendar to make sure you post each day of your vacation. Don't overschedule for holidays (especially if you are into ecommerce). Holidays can be risky: Customers wait longer for orders, and customer service is swamped. Downtime also tends to happen on holidays because hosting companies are understaffed. So it's not the best time for multiple social media updates. One timely update congratulating customers on the holidays is enough. Don't overschedule for time slots you won't be available to interact; one or two updates per day will be enough to maintain a consistent presence. I suggest a daily schedule like the one below for weekends or holiday absences: Schedule one Facebook page post: The purpose of this update is mostly to generate organic interactions rather than to convert, so post something entertaining and timely like a meme on a trending topic. You can also consider a post that acknowledges the holiday, a funny weekend picture or video, a joke or a visual quote. Schedule two to three tweets: Avoid asking questions, posting mini-contests or publishing tweets that may prompt questions or interactions you'll need to quickly react to. Instead, use this time to re-share important updates from the weekdays such as a special offer or an upcoming event reminder. #2: Tools to Improve Your Weekend Posting Although consistency is important to your success in social media marketing, so is including variety in what you share. Select an image from the MavSocial gallery to diversify your weekend and holiday social media updates on Twitter and Facebook. Unlike many other scheduling tools out there, the MavSocial Post Manager feature actually uploads your visual content to each network. To scale your entertaining content on Twitter for holidays, weekends or vacation time, use Tweet Jukebox to auto-post from a cool pre-built box you fill. I have a box of interesting quotes I use only for weekends. Simply register a free account and enable the box from My Jukeboxes. Sometimes updating your social media accounts in real time is unavoidable, which is why I like the idea of DrumUp so much. DrumUp has a great free mobile app for Android that you can use to make this process easier from your smartphone.

How to Get Results From Facebook Ads on a Budget

How to Get Results From Facebook Ads on a Budget

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Are you using Facebook ads effectively for your business? Do you want to get results without spending a lot of money? By selecting a well-targeted audience with your Facebook ads, you can reach your goals without breaking the bank. In this article I'll show you how to set up your Facebook ads to generate big results on a small budget. Listen to this article: Set Proper Goals Before you spend any money on Facebook ads, think about the objectives for your ad campaign. Once you've set your goals, you can better determine your budget. The four most popular Facebook campaign goals for businesses are building a targeted fan base, promoting owned content, generating conversions and promoting a local business. Here's a look at what you can do with a budget of 5 to 10 Euros or Dollars per day. #1: Build a Targeted Fan Base When you get started with Facebook advertising, growing the audience for your Facebook page is the logical first step. Fans are more likely to opt into your list, read your content and buy from you than non-fans. In other words, when highly targeted people like your page, it's an indication that they want to see your content. There are many ways to target Facebook ads to grow your audience. To get the most from a small budget, focus first on attracting the people who know you best. This audience has already invested in you and is likely to convert at a higher rate and lower cost than any other group. Target Your Email List If you want to create a custom audience based on your customer email list, go to Audiences in your Facebook Ads Manager. In the upper-right corner of the page, click Create Audience and select Custom Audience from the drop-down menu. Then click Customer List in the Create a Custom Audience dialog box. To create your custom audience, upload a .CSV file with your customers' email addresses. Facebook then populates the audience and gets it ready for you to target with your ads. Target Website Visitors One of the most powerful Facebook ad types is the website custom audience. The people who visit your website already know you and are more likely to respond positively to your ads. After you've targeted a custom audience for your email list (as described above), move on to promoting your page to website visitors. To create a website custom audience, you need to install a custom audience pixel in the header of your website. Facebook lets you create an audience based on traffic in the last 30, 60, 90 and 180 days. Set up an audience for each option. You might target this audience for people who have visited your site, but aren't yet fans of your page. Target a Lookalike Audience Depending on your website traffic, it's likely that you'll always have an audience to target. But if you want to expand your options, consider lookalike audiences. You can create lookalike audiences based on your custom audience of email subscribers or website visitors. Facebook will match your database within a 1% similarity, giving you a narrower audience to target. Access Audiences from the Ads Manager and then create a lookalike audience for the location you want to target. Target Interests If you're a new business with a small customer list and limited website traffic, you may be wondering how to target your Facebook ads. Interest targeting can be effective if you do it right, but overall it's generally less effective than the options above. The reason for this is that when you target a page or interest, Facebook gives you an audience that includes people who've expressed an interest or liked pages associated with your audience. If you ask Facebook to optimize your ads, they will show your ads to the people most likely to take action. Split-Test Your Audiences After you've set up your audiences, it's a good idea to test each one over a 72-hour time period. A good rule of thumb is to spend 5 to 10 Euros or Dollars...

5 Ways to Grow Your LinkedIn Group

5 Ways to Grow Your LinkedIn Group

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you want more people to join your LinkedIn group? Are you looking for tips to get more exposure for your group? LinkedIn groups are a great way to generate leads and increase influence within an engaged community. In this article, you'll discover five ways to quickly build a larger membership for your LinkedIn group. Listen to this article: #1: Optimize Your Group Description One way to attract more members to join your LinkedIn group is to optimize your group description. This is the description that appears on every group page. In your description, lead with the ultimate reason why people should join your group. This is the first piece of information they see, so it makes sense to highlight your value proposition in this section. Make sure you also spell out the purpose and benefits of joining your group. You'll want to include industry keywords to make it easier for people to find your group when they're searching for groups to join. Identify four to five keywords that are most relevant to your group and use these keywords to optimize your description. Don't forget to mention that self-promotional material is not allowed; otherwise, your group will receive a lot of spammy posts from members who are only there to promote their products or services. You're looking for members who can provide actual value to your LinkedIn group. LinkedIn has a built-in feature that flags posts that are potentially self-promotional or spammy, so even if people do attempt this you can still moderate their posts. #2: Invite Your LinkedIn Connections Because LinkedIn groups are now private, you'll need to manually invite your LinkedIn connections to join. To do this, go to your group's main page and click the Invite Others button. A search box appears where you can type in the name of individual connections who meet your group's criteria. Avoid inviting people who aren't likely to be interested in joining. You can usually tell whether they're suitable by viewing their profile and job title. You can select multiple connections to invite. If you plan to invite as many as possible, start with the letter A, and work your way down to Z. This is the only way to invite a large number of connections. It's important to note that inviting connections does vary by group type. For example, in standard groups, anyone can invite connections to join, but only group managers and owners can pre-approve members and invite them by email address. With unlisted groups, only owners and managers can invite members. Plus, an invitation is required to join unlisted groups. #3: Ask Colleagues and Peers to Promote Your Group Do you know someone with a massive database in your target market? How about someone who runs a digital publication in your niche? Consider asking relevant people to promote your group to their members, and offer an incentive in return. This is how mutually beneficial relationships work, and it could result in many new members for your LinkedIn group. You want to sound as human as possible when doing this type of outreach. Avoid using automation platforms, because most people can tell when you're using one. One-to-one email works best. When you compose your outreach email, start by suggesting you have a new channel that their audience could receive tremendous value from. Use bullet points when identifying this information to make it easier for the recipient to read. If you don't have many industry contacts, consider spending more time working on your personal brand. #4: Send a Newsletter to Your Email Database The importance of growing an engaged email database is well documented. In fact, according to the 2016 B2B Marketing Outlook Report, 60% of marketers are set to conduct more email marketing campaigns in 2016, highlighting its importance. As when doing influencer outreach to your target market, you should create one-on-one emails that are short and to the point an...

6 Steps to Updating Your Social Media Profiles During a Rebrand

6 Steps to Updating Your Social Media Profiles During a Rebrand

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you need to update your social identity? Are you looking for a simple way to make sure all your social channels are consistent? In this article you’ll discover a checklist that will help you rebrand your social media profiles. Listen to this article: #1: Give Your Audience a Sneak Preview Some companies purposefully keep their rebrand under wraps until the last minute. While this shock-factor approach will likely generate press, it can be risky if people react badly. To stay on the safe side, give your audience a sneak preview of your rebrand. To do this, post something from your new company (your new logo or images from a new marketing campaign, for example) on social media. Announce the change and ask people what they think. This makes your audience feel like you value their opinion and allows you to gather feedback before launching the rest of your rebrand. It also gives your audience time to adjust to the idea, and you'll generate anticipation and excitement for the launch. In the example below, Cultures for Health uses a sneak preview photo that offers enough information to generate excitement, without giving it all away. Once you've launched a new visual identity, it's a good idea to get feedback on what your audience thinks about it. This isn't about whether people like your logo; it's about more tangible things that can affect revenue. Is your new blog easy to navigate? Does your audience relate to your brand story on social media? You can post a quick survey on Twitter or Facebook to ask these questions and then use the results to make improvements. #2: Update Your Social Media Profiles Have you designed a sleek, modern visual identity to accompany your rebrand? Great! Now it's time to show it off. Be sure to update your profile photos and hero photos on all of your social media accounts or add them to new accounts if you've completely scrapped the old ones. This isn't just about profile photos. It's about making sure your social media sites visually represent your company's new identity. For example, you may need to change your Twitter theme to match your new colors. Or you may want to create a new Pinterest board showcasing elements such as your packaging design or imagery. In addition to standard social media profiles like Facebook and Twitter, make sure you edit review sites such as Yelp, Foursquare and TripAdvisor. If you don't have a presence on these sites, now is your chance to create one. If you're a B2B company, you might have reviews on sites like Capterra or G2 Crowd. You also might have a presence on directories like Angie's List, so it's important to be thorough with this search, no matter your industry. It will only add to your brand consistency and boost awareness. You also need to update your social media profile handles. This seems like a no-brainer, but you'd be surprised how many companies get this wrong. When creating new social media usernames, here are two important points to keep in mind: Choose a handle that's spelled correctly and arranged sensibly. This makes it easy for users to locate your new accounts. It also makes your account names more memorable, which means your audience will be more likely to engage with you. Create a consistent social media name across all channels. Before you do this, make sure your desired handle is available on each social platform. You don't want to change half of your usernames only to find out another company already owns it on one channel. #3: Revamp Your Google Business Page If you don't have a complete Google Business profile, you could be missing out on opportunities for new customers. Make sure your Google Business page is up to date with your most current information so local customers can easily find you. The first thing you want to do is create a customized URL. Then add photos or images and include information about your company such as your address,

SEO Services Leonard MN – Cheap prices SEO package

by Vick1974 @ The seo agency

Google Local Seo Service Leonard Minnesota For Fun this can help you decide what it approach to have a long term campaign and what link constructing, key-word optimization, and content control is all approximately, that are just a number of the principle factors of accurate seo Leonard MN. The cause is there’s a shortage of… Continue reading SEO Services Leonard MN – Cheap prices SEO package

Artykuł SEO Services Leonard MN – Cheap prices SEO package pochodzi z serwisu The seo agency.

Charles City man arrested after high speed chase in Mason City

by Bob Fisher @ AM-1300 KGLO — Your Hometown News Station

MASON CITY — A Charles City man was arrested this morning after attempting to flee from law enforcement in Mason City. The Mason City Police Department says shortly before 3:50 this morning, an officer attempted to stop a car at State Highway 122 and Pennsylvania for speeding and a stop sign violation. The driver refused

5 Creative Ways to Use Snapchat Geofilters for Business

5 Creative Ways to Use Snapchat Geofilters for Business

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Looking for new ways to increase your Snapchat visibility? Have you thought about using Snapchat geofilters? When applied creatively, Snapchat geofilters can help you increase brand awareness, engage your community, and reach new audiences. In this article, you'll discover five unique ways to use Snapchat geofilters for business. Listen to this article: Why Geofilters? Snapchat's rise has been meteoric. Over 100 million users watch 10 billion video clips daily. The platform has transformed video storytelling, and its native tools have incredible social media marketing value. Now, you can create your own specific geofilters and use them to advertise to your audience. Snapchat geofilters are the perfect way to harness your audience's attention, because they're already digesting your content. Geofilters make it easier for your audience to engage and promote your product or brand organically. Here are some ways to use Snapchat geofilters for your business. #1: Announce New Product Launches When launching a new product, you want to encourage your community to find out more about it and ultimately make a purchase. By using a Snapchat geofilter, you're showing your audience that your products are important and worthy of branded filters. You're also adding a marketing element that connects the audience emotionally to the brand. Everlane's Elevate Summer used branded geofilters for its summer collection. The company also partnered with magazine editors for Snapchat takeovers. On the Everlane Snapchat account, the editors gave their opinions on collection favorites. With this approach, you can showcase the importance of a new product line and give real-time insights to your community on what products to check out. When you want to catch the eye of your audience for new products, create a Snapchat geofilter. #2: Share Company Culture To promote company culture and your business offerings, you can create a Snapchat geofilter for your office. Employees could become your biggest digital advocates as they use the geofilter to share with their communities. You can encourage employees to share behind-the-scenes events at your company or interview colleagues about their favorite parts of their job. This one-to-many sharing can impact your company in a positive way and your reach will be exponential. Sharing your company's strengths to a larger audience will encourage top talent to want to join the team. For Partner Day, HubSpot created a special geofilter using their signature orange hue. Employees and partners used the geofilter to highlight the best moments of the day. To encourage sharing, design a geofilter as a digital name tag that will allow users to insert text about who they are and what they do. Empower your employees to engage on Snapchat with a branded geofilter. It will help boost company morale and audience reach. #3: Promote Charity Events Using geofilters for live events creates an inclusive element that bonds the community. For charity events, they can help build awareness for a cause. Creating Snapchat geofilters for events will add an element of surprise and delight for your guests and will allow people to share the event in real time. They can also increase visibility and messaging in a fun and effective way. Imprint.City, a non-profit focusing on cultivating community through art, hosted a masquerade charity event to raise awareness. Because the attendees were already going to use social media at the event, organizers created a Snapchat filter to make the event more digitally accessible. Many community influencers used the filter, which helped spread the word about the organization and its cause. You can also use the snaps taken by your guests for future marketing materials. Promote them on other social networks or in pamphlets for fundraising efforts. #4: Support Your Presence at Trade Shows Getting prospects to your booth at trade shows can be a str...

How to Use Your Social Media Team for More Than Just Marketing

How to Use Your Social Media Team for More Than Just Marketing

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Are you fully leveraging the power of your social team? Have you considered using social for more than just marketing? Your social team can do more than manage your online community. Your team can also support the goals and functions of other departments in your business. In this article you'll discover four ways your social media team can contribute to the success of your business. Listen to this article: #1: Inform Planning Decisions Whether your business is working on annual or seasonal campaigns across traditional or digital channels, your social team can offer useful data and information on: Positioning and the opportunity to meet gaps in the marketplace Data and information that can fuel new ideas or positioning Ask for a briefing well in advance, so you can give your team time to get a firm grasp on the information that will be beneficial at the planning meeting. For example, if your business is planning a holiday campaign, have members of your team use social monitoring tools to conduct research that sheds light on successes and challenges with past holiday campaigns, the competitive landscape, and overall sentiment for a specific category or campaign. Or if a new brand position is being discussed, your community manager can reach out to key influencers who are active and loyal to test their perception of and receptiveness to proposed approaches. Additionally, your team can design a social media survey and target a larger pool of relevant audiences to test whether new ideas and messaging are on track and positively perceived. #2: Support New Initiatives When integrated with other distribution methods such as programmatic media and search engine marketing, social media can drive awareness for new initiatives, such as a product launch. Your social team can create visibility for the launch through paid social media ads to hyper-target potential customers, as well as through partnerships with influencers and brand advocates. To make working with brand advocates easier, you can use tools such as Crowdly to identify individuals who have previously engaged with your content beyond a "like," so you can leverage them to reach additional audiences. Regardless of which methods you combine, remember to align your messaging and timing to drive impact. #3: Extend the Life of Key Content Assets Brands spend tremendous resources building content, and often don't prioritize distribution. Your social team is ideally placed to ensure this content is seen and shared by the right people at the right time. Make it a priority to break long-form content or creative into short-form content snippets and shareable photos that will stay in circulation long after the initial publication release. #4: Develop Thought Leadership Positioning Many brands have an opportunity to leverage social to build thought leadership, by way of brand-owned channels or through key internal leaders who can serve as industry and brand advocates. Authenticity can be tricky though. It starts by taking a non-branded approach where content is positioned around challenges and solutions, instead of around promotion. Social media team leaders can oversee thought leadership training and governance internally to ensure that when executives develop a social presence, it is properly managed and set up for long-term success. Collaborating with the communications team is instrumental to ensure there is a clear delineation of roles and responsibilities. Share the Strategic View Brands continue to look for the best ways to connect with their customers across all digital channels, meeting them where they already live online. With an overwhelming number of platforms and marketing vehicles to choose from, the challenge remains: How do brands tell cohesive stories across digital channels that create a seamless experience for the consumer, while maximizing each channel's potential?

How to Create a Snapchat Geofilter for Your Event

How to Create a Snapchat Geofilter for Your Event

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Have you heard of Snapchat geofilters? Want to use them to promote an event or your business? Snapchat On-Demand Geofilters let you design custom filters people can use on their snaps based on a custom location you define. In this article I'll explain how to create two types of Snapchat On-Demand Geofilters and explore several ways marketers can use them for business. About On-Demand Geofilters for People and Businesses Snapchat offers two types of On-Demand Geofilters: one type for people and one for businesses. The area for on-demand geofilters must be between 20,000 and 5 million square feet and they cannot be active for more than 30 days. Listen to this article: In Snapchat's submission guidelines, the distinction is that On-Demand Geofilters for people cannot include any branding, business marks, business names, business logos, or other promotional content for a business or brand. They're meant to be used for birthday parties, graduations, and other personal celebrations. On-Demand Geofilters for businesses, on the other hand, are those that promote brands or businesses and must include a business name, which will be shown to let Snapchat users know that your business submitted the filter. On-Demand Geofilters for businesses can use branding, business marks, business names, business logos, or other promotional content for a business or brand. They cannot, however, use photographs of people, URLs, phone numbers, emails, drug-related content, or content that you don't own or have the authorization to use. The content in any On-Demand Geofilter must also adhere to all of Snapchat's Terms of Services, Advertising Policies, Privacy Policies, Community Guidelines, and other On-Demand Geofilter Terms and Conditions. How to Create On-Demand Geofilters for Snapchat To get started, you'll need to go to the On-Demand Geofilters page and click on the Create Now button. You'll be asked to log into your Snapchat account. Then you'll be given the option to download templates for your On-Demand Geofilter and to read the submission guidelines. The templates provided by Snapchat are offered in both PSD and AI format. You can use these templates to quickly create your On-Demand Geofilters if you have Adobe Photoshop or Adobe Illustrator. You need to create a PNG file that is 1,080px wide by 1,920px tall with a transparent background that is under 300KB in file size. You can do this without Photoshop or Illustrator. For example, let's say that you wanted to create the image in Canva. You would use the Custom Dimensions option to create an image that is exactly 1,080px wide by 1,920px tall. I could add a shape at the bottom to create a banner effect. Then add text or upload a logo. You can download the image as a PNG file. Then open the PNG file in GIMP and use the Select by Color option to select the white area of the image. Then use the Color to Alpha option to take the white selection and make it transparent. Overwrite the PNG file you downloaded, creating a geofilter with a transparent PNG background that's under 300KB in file size. When you upload the file to Snapchat, you'll see a preview of what it would look like as an On-Demand Geofilter. This will allow you to edit your file accordingly until you get it just the way you want it. When your design is finished, click Next to choose the dates you'd like your On-Demand Geofilter to be active. Then you choose the area Snapchat users must be in to use your On-Demand Geofilter. You'll then draw a geofence around your precise location. This fence must be a minimum of 20,000 square feet. At this stage, you'll get a pricing estimate based on the size of your fence and the date range you've selected. On the final screen, you can confirm your order details including payment information and choose whether your On-Demand Geofilter is personal or business.

5 Twitter Tools to Boost Your Productivity

5 Twitter Tools to Boost Your Productivity

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you struggle to keep up with your Twitter activities? Interested in tools to improve productivity? Managing your Twitter account doesn't have to consume all your time. There are tools that can make the work easier. In this article you'll discover five Twitter tools to boost your productivity. Listen to this article: #1: Schedule Content via Tweet Jukebox Tweet Jukebox is a free scheduling tool that allows you to load a "jukebox" with content, schedule when you want tweets to go out and then sit back and let it do the job for you. You can create more than one jukebox, load it with thousands of tweets and then send out as many as 100 tweets per day. Your account comes preloaded with two jukeboxes, one with photo content and one with quotes, to get you started. You have the option to tweet jukebox content once, regularly or until a specific date. Tweet Jukebox allows you to set schedules for different times on different days of the week. When it runs out of content, it automatically starts tweeting again from the beginning. The scheduling engine is very flexible. Set a scheduled tweet once a year on a specific date (think holidays and annual events), or choose to tweet by frequency. You can also set a time for each tweet to go out, depending on user engagement. Tweet Jukebox also lets you track who has mentioned you. This can be visualized by the tweets themselves, or shown in a graph format. Choose from mentions in the last 7 days, 30 days, month or previous month. The Jukebox Store allows you to download preloaded jukeboxes with content from other high-profile users. Another handy feature is the ability to thank up to 50 users every Friday. #2: Create Text Overlay for Images Using Spruce Spruce is a free, easy-to-use tool that allows you to quickly create images with custom text for Twitter (and Facebook). Choose an image from the library, add your text, preview your post and publish it. It's as simple as that. Spruce allows you to upload your own images and download completed images for later use. You can check the post and add text before publishing it. Keep in mind that you don't have to tweet using the service, so you can create and add them to your scheduler, too. #3: Manage Followers With ManageFlitter ManageFlitter is a highly useful tool for managing your followers and posts. The functionality of the free account is pretty good. Or you can choose from two levels of paid accounts to get more features, including analytics. In the left column of the main dashboard, find out more about your followers by exploring different views, such as Not Following Back, No Profile Image, Inactive, Fake (Spam), Influence and Muted Users. This allows you to easily unfollow accounts that don't offer any benefit, identify spam followers and more. For example, suppose you want to find people you're following but who aren't following you back. Choose the Not Following Back option to see a list of users to check out and unfollow if necessary. Hover over a user's name to bring up details about that person, including his or her bio, location, language and average number of tweets per day. You can use ManageFlitter to post using the PowerPost feature, which tells you the best times to post based on users' activity. Additionally, you can post suggested content that's based on your niche, add an RSS feed to find further content (although you can't post it directly to Twitter) and view your queued content so you know what's scheduled. You can also connect your Google+ account so that it posts straight to Twitter for you. #4: Manage Relationships Using Commun.it Commun.it is a Twitter relationship management tool. There are three paid plans to choose from, depending on the features you need. You can also access and use the free account, with limited functionality. The dashboard is full of useful information.

Why Things Catch On: The Science of Why People Share

Why Things Catch On: The Science of Why People Share

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you want to understand the science behind why people share? During this fascinating interview I explore these very concepts. To learn the reasons why people widely share content, I interview Jonah Berger for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview Jonah Berger, author of The New York Times bestseller, Contagious: Why Things Catch On. He's also a marketing professor at the Wharton School and columnist for BusinessWeek. Jonah shares the reasons behind why people engage with word of mouth and why marketers should pay attention to this. You'll learn about the 6 principles that drive people to share. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Why People Share How Jonah become fascinated by the reasons people engage in word of mouth As a scientist, Jonah thought it would be interesting to study why things go viral or why certain stories circulate around the water cooler. He grew up studying math, chemistry, computer science and material science and thought it would be interesting to apply these hard science tools to social science problems. It was after reading the book The Tipping Point that he was inspired to think about these things and soon realized there hadn't been a lot of research done on the subject. Listen to the show to find out why he spent his academic career trying to study these things and bottle the phenomena. Why social media marketers should pay attention Jonah starts with how a lot can be done with social media and that there are tons of content out there already from many brands and organizations. Some content does better, but it's not about luck and it's not random. Jonah and his team spent a decade doing research to try to understand why people share word of mouth. With the 6 principles they discovered, you can make it more likely for your own posts to be contagious. People will share them and pass them onto others. You'll find out what the research entailed and how it led to the discovery of the psychological drivers behind sharing. Word of mouth can be over 10 times as effective as traditional advertising. People trust word of mouth more. It's also more targeted than traditional advertising. Plus it's cost-effective, if you can get it to work. It doesn't cost you anything to get people to talk about your brand. However, it requires you to understand why they are talking about some things rather than others. Following the rigorous academic research, Jonah decided to write the book Contagious to help people apply the insights, so their products and ideas could take off. Jonah explains how when the science was applied to a number of different companies to increase word of mouth in a given campaign, there was an increase of 20-50%. You can definitely guarantee more views and more shares when you follow the 6 principles. Listen to the show to find out what you need to do to help activate your existing customers and get them to spread that message to more potential new customers. The 6 principles in Contagious Jonah gives the high-level of each principle, which is called the STEPPS framework. These 6 principles drive people to talk and share. Social currency Triggers Emotion Public Practical value Stories These steps are based on psychology. It's about being able to understand the motivation or the drivers that cause us to pass things on. Some people wonder if you need all 6 principles for it to work.

Google Analytics and Social Media: What Marketers Need to Know

Google Analytics and Social Media: What Marketers Need to Know

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you track the return on your social media activity in Google Analytics? Want to discover some valuable shortcuts? To explore cool hacks for Google Analytics, I interview Annie Cushing. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode, I interview Annie Cushing, Google Analytics expert and chief data officer at Outspoken Media digital marketing agency. She's a total analytics geek who loves teaching other marketers how to make the most of their analytics data. Annie explores Google Analytics, social reporting, dashboards, and more. You'll discover how to customize Google Analytics reports for yourself. Share your feedback, read the show notes, and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Google Analytics and Social Media What's New in Google Analytics Starting May 15, 2017, Google Analytics will allow people to do remarketing across multiple devices. Annie explains that if someone visits your site on their mobile device and then comes back to it on their laptop, as long as they're logged into Google in both places, you'll be able to target them across their devices. This new capability is a huge step forward for remarketing audiences because few people shop only on their computer, tablet, or phone. Annie explains that Google previously relied on user IDs to offer remarketing features, but most businesses couldn't implement the technology very easily. Only advanced analysts could set it up for sites where users were highly incentivized to log in. Because most businesses don't have sites like that, this new ability is groundbreaking. Annie says one issue she regularly sees with clients is they seldom use Google Analytics for retargeting. Instead, they use AdWords and DoubleClick. However, Google Analytics enables marketers to get much more granular with targeting. For instance, you can serve an ad to someone who visited a certain page but didn't convert or to someone who put something in a cart but didn't check out. Hopefully, multiple-device retargeting will incentivize more people to take advantage of Google Analytics. Listen to the show to discover how a retargeting ad saved Annie last Christmas. Google Optimize Google recently announced they were releasing Google Optimize, a free tool for A/B testing. For example, say you want to experiment with product page design, such as the placement of the price or Buy button or different font colors or text. In an A/B test, you run two versions of your page and compare how each version performs. Up until this point, Optimizely has been the industry standard. At Social Media Examiner, we use Visual Website Optimizer. Annie believes Google Optimize is perfect for small- to mid-sized or even large businesses. (Google Optimize 360 is the enterprise-level version.) Annie recommends that businesses get what they can from the free version first. Then as your organization develops more sophisticated testing needs (for instance, reducing the bounce rate or increasing the conversion rate), consider paying for more advanced features. Annie also notes that Google Optimize is user-friendly. To move things around, you simply drag and drop. You don't have to ask a developer to customize the page for you. Listen to the show to hear my description of how optimizing tools work. Ad Blockers and Do-not-track Technology Annie explains how ad blockers and do-not-track tools impact your analytics data differently. If you run display ads on AdWords, then ad blockers will impact your overall effectiveness. As people choose to block ads, impressions and conversions will decrease. A lot of publishers,

Best Seo Rawlins Wyoming

by @ topresults.site

Best Seo Rawlins Wyoming SEO = Search Engine Optimization, basically it is being able to rank on the top of ANY search engine for a given search that a potential client is looking for. The higher you are ranked in … Continue reading 

5 Steps to Improve Your Customer Service Using Twitter

5 Steps to Improve Your Customer Service Using Twitter

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do your customers use Twitter to ask questions and request support? Need a better way to manage your Twitter support? By following the steps in this article, you'll deliver a superior customer service experience on Twitter. In this article, you'll discover how to create a better Twitter customer service process for your business. Listen to this article: #1: Create Internal and External Policies Create two policies: one to clarify what's expected from internal staff, and the other to address customer expectations and how to ensure their concerns are being heard. Some key considerations and questions to answer include: What Is the Journey When People Tweet You or Your Brand? Think about the entire journey from the tweet to response and then action. Without someone constantly monitoring Twitter, it can be very easy to miss tweets sent to your brand. How Will You Respond and What Will You Say? Customer service can be tricky. Often tweets are sent from heightened states of emotion. Before reacting, set up an internal policy for team members to outline how to react to any tweets that are time-sensitive, have delicate subject matter, or involve a complaint. Decide whether to discuss customer concerns within Twitter or move them offline. Twitter's tweaks to its direct messaging platform mean you can choose to allow anyone to direct message you, even when you aren't following each other. This feature is off by default, but you can turn it on within your Security and Privacy settings. This is a great way to allow customers to get in touch in a more private way. Secondly, Twitter now allows the creation of deep links within tweets. This allows you to embed calls to action such as "Send a private message." By offering this within a discourse, users can move seamlessly between regular tweets, mentions, and private messaging. Customer service is more ubiquitous. Lastly, crafting the perfect customer service response can be difficult to do in 140 characters. Many brands and businesses use tools that allow you to link to longer tweets. For customers, however, this disrupts the experience of staying within Twitter to deal with the issue. One way to get around the 140-character limit is to use a simple Twitter hack that allows you to link a series of replies. Once you write a tweet, click Reply to that tweet, remove your Twitter handle that appears automatically (you don't need it), and type out the second response. When users click on one of the tweets or choose View Conversation, they'll see the string of replies. Then the conversation is joined up and you haven't had to go into private messaging or another tool to get around the character limit. This is a great Twitter hack for customer service, where you often need more space to take care of your customer. What Is Your External Policy? As great as it is to get your team members all on the same page for customer service, it's important to inform your customers so they know what to expect. If your Twitter handle is answered around the clock, great! However, you can also set hours of business where your team can respond quickly to queries on Twitter, and then add this information to your Twitter bio or as a pinned tweet. That way, customers know where to turn at any hour of the day and are given an option for any high-priority communication. #2: Assign Role Responsibility Whose job is it to manage your customer service online? If the responsibility lies with just one person, it's fairly easy. However, if there are multiple customer service advocates for your brand, or the number changes on weekends and holidays, then you need a structure for areas of responsibility. You can use a calendar or Google sheet to assign responsibility and show who's in charge and when. You can enhance it by using color-coding or a tagging system. If you use a customer service tool, it's even easier.

Medium: Why Bloggers Should Consider Publishing on Medium

Medium: Why Bloggers Should Consider Publishing on Medium

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Want to position yourself as an authority on a specific subject? Have you considered publishing your blog posts on Medium? To explore how Medium can benefit bloggers and marketers, I interview Dakota Shane. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers, business owners, and creators discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode, I interview Dakota Shane, a social media columnist for Inc.com. He co-founded Arctiphi, a social media agency for breweries and restaurants. He's also a top writer in the social media category on Medium. Dakota shares how to maximize your content's reach using Medium. You'll discover tools and tactics for building your email list with Medium articles. Share your feedback, read the show notes, and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Medium Dakota's Story Right after Dakota graduated from college in 2015, he and his brother launched their agency. Dakota was learning all he could about marketing, social media marketing, and content marketing from podcasts, books, and client experience. Dakota comes from a family of creative people and grew up writing stories. In his career, this writing bug stayed with him and he wanted to write about what he was learning as a marketer. At the time, his two choices for housing content were the blogosphere and LinkedIn. Although the blogosphere was the gold standard, Dakota felt that the landscape was saturated and it would take too much time and effort to gain a following while also working a full-time job and running a business. The articles Dakota wrote on LinkedIn flopped, and the platform also seemed a little too formal for his voice. When Dakota found out about Medium, he was excited because it looked like a place where he could talk and write the way he wanted. Based on everything he'd learned since college, Dakota wrote an article titled 200+ Podcasts, 100+ Articles, and 20+ Books in 11 Bullet Points. Then he dug up the personal Twitter handle of the editor of his favorite Medium publication (The Mission) and sent him the link. The editor replied, saying the article looked great and would be published in the morning. The next day, Dakota woke up to a slew of notifications: hundreds of people shared and thousands of people had already read the article. He saw the power of Medium as a platform and realized his life and business were about to change for the better. Dakota has been seriously writing on Medium for the last year and a half, and his consistency on the platform has led to opportunities with niche social media blogs. To get those opportunities, he gathered links to his highest-performing works on Medium, wrote a pitch on why he would be a good fit for their publication, saved it as a draft, and kept sending it out. After landing spots on bigger social media blogs, Dakota used those credits as leverage to get his first speaking gigs and podcast interviews. On his third try pitching to Inc.com, he landed a column and has been writing for them for the past few months. Listen to the show to discover who shared Dakota's first Medium post. Why Write on Medium? There are four reasons to write on Medium. First, Medium provides a ready-made audience that most writers, creators, or marketers don't have and that would take years to build. Second, and most importantly, Medium presents an opportunity right now because it's at that sweet spot between an emerging platform (which could be a risk) and an established platform (which could be saturated). Since it's in this position, Medium can open doors for a creator, writer, or marketer to brand themselves as an authority on a specific subject. Although Medium has kept recent metrics to themselves, as of late 2016 there were 60 million monthly use...

Twitter Marketing: How to Use Twitter for Business

Twitter Marketing: How to Use Twitter for Business

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you use Twitter for your business? Are you wondering how Twitter can help you build relationships? To learn about Twitter marketing and how it can help your business, I interview Mark W. Schaefer for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview Mark Schaefer, author of Return on Influence and The Tao of Twitter. He's also a marketing faculty member at Rutgers University and he blogs at Grow. Mark shares how he uses Twitter to create stronger business relationships and improve customer service. You'll learn about the best Twitter tools and how they can fit into your marketing strategy. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Twitter for Business Where Twitter fits into the marketing strategy for businesses Mark explains that the amazing thing about Twitter is that it can do many different things. It's a great learning tool and a place to keep up with the news. And the best approach to using Twitter is personal networking. When he talks to clients, he asks them, "Are you the type of business that can benefit from going to a Chamber of Commerce meeting or a local networking meeting?" If you are, then yours is the right kind of business to be on Twitter. If you are the type of business that can benefit from personal networking, Twitter should be something you consider. Small talk on Twitter goes a long way toward building brand loyalty. The unique aspect of Twitter for business is that you can find people. It's difficult to find people and build a following for your blog or on Facebook. On Twitter, it's easy. In Mark's book, The Tao of Twitter, there's an entire chapter dedicated to finding relevant targeted people to follow on Twitter. They don't even have to follow you back. You can start to build your audience on your own and learn from people and connect with them. Just add a comment here and there. There is great power in being able to retweet. "Retweet" simply means you re-share someone else's content that they posted in a tweet. When you do this, it does a couple of amazing things. First of all, it's like saying, "Thank you! Good job! I appreciate this content!" and second, it helps you to get on their radar. If you do a good job of surrounding yourself with a relevant targeted audience, this audience will provide you with great content. You're now able to create value for your audience through the content of others. After you retweet someone a couple of times and make an attempt to engage, they're going to notice you. It's a wonderful way to build your audience, network and connect. It's networking on steroids. Mark's policy is to follow people back because you never know where it's going to lead. The great thing about Twitter and social media in general is that you can make it into anything you want. There are no rules. The strategy that Mark follows is that if you're a legitimate person trying to connect, the other person will follow you back because that's the real value of Twitter. Listen to the show to find out about how the code in the Retweet button works. Mark's favorite Twitter tools Mark feels that there are many great tools out there, but the main one he uses is HootSuite. Twitter can quickly become an unmanageable wall of noise. To help with this, Mark's advice is to segment your Twitter followers into lists. This way you can avoid missing anything from the people you learn from. It's a very powerful platform.

Launch Strategy: A Case Study in How to Move People to Action

Launch Strategy: A Case Study in How to Move People to Action

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Are you planning to release a book, podcast, or other product? Want to make your launch a success? To discover how he launched his latest bestselling book, I interview Michael Hyatt. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode I interview Michael Hyatt, author of Platform and co-author of the new book, Living Forward. He's also the host of the This Is Your Life podcast and he blogs at MichaelHyatt.com. In his prior life, Michael was the CEO and chairman of book publisher Thomas Nelson. Michael explores how he launched his latest Wall Street Journal and USA Today bestseller, Living Forward: A Proven Plan to Stop Drifting and Get the Life You Want. You'll discover how to create a launch plan for any project. Share your feedback, read the show notes, and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Launch Strategy Why write a physical book in the digital age? Michael has Living Forward available as an audio book, an ebook, and a print book. Since everyone talks about digital books, you'd think physical books are obsolete, Michael says. The truth is ebooks are only 25% of the market; the other 75% are physical books. Publishing only in digital format would mean missing the vast majority of the potential market. Furthermore, as of now, you don't really have a chance to reach any of the major bestsellers lists unless you publish a traditional book, he adds. The New York Times has an ebook bestsellers list, but those are really only for digital editions of physical books. You also don't have much chance of getting any major media unless you publish a physical book, because most of the gatekeepers in traditional media want to see a print book. Finally, an ebook doesn't have the same cultural authority as a traditional hardcover book. There are a lot of reasons to write a book, but Michael doesn't know of anything that can give you more authority in your niche than having a published book. An ebook is better than nothing, but it's not as good as a traditionally published hardcover book, he says. There are other benefits to being a bestselling author. If you're a speaker, you can be introduced with that moniker. It also enables you to increase the prices of whatever you're selling and helps with distribution. There's a limited amount of shelf space in conventional bookstores. They are risk-averse in what they order, because they get stuck with books they can't sell. Even though they can return unsold books to the publisher, it's just a hassle, he says. Once your book gets on the bestsellers list, the retailers that didn't initially order your book have to have it all of a sudden. Listen to the show to learn more about Michael's 35-year background in publishing. About Living Forward Michael says Living Forward is about creating a life plan. Michael wanted to help people stop drifting through life, become intentional, and start designing the outcomes they want. He learned these things when he started working with an executive coach around 2000. After he became a divisional manager at Thomas Nelson, Michael and his team were working like crazy to build up the division. They got to number one in 18 months, but the cost was life balance. When Michael told his friend, author John Maxwell, that he was looking for a coach, John introduced him to Daniel Harkavy, the CEO of Building Champions. Daniel became his coach for a decade, as well as a good friend. One of the first things Daniel taught Michael was how to create a written life plan. His life plan was so transformational that Michael began to write about it on his blog. A while later,

4 Little-Known Tools to Curate and Publish Content

4 Little-Known Tools to Curate and Publish Content

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Is curated content part of your social media marketing? Looking for new ways to collect and share curated content? New tools are changing the way marketers compile and deliver handpicked content to their social media audiences. In this article you'll discover four unique ways to curate social media content on Medium, Twitter, SlideShare, and your blog. Listen to this article: #1: Select Stories on Medium Medium is a great platform for marketers because it allows you to distribute content quickly. You can write long-form articles, short pieces and tweets, and upload videos to share with the Medium community. When you publish articles, they're shared with your followers and a network-wide feed where people find content based on tags and the amount of engagement posts receive. Medium also offers a content-curation opportunity that many people overlook. You can create your own publication and curate articles from authors around the web. To create a publication, go to the Publications page and click New Publication. From there, fill in the details for your publication and design the layout. You can choose the layout style (Grid, Stream, or List) and how many stories to include on the homepage. To curate content, search Medium for articles that are aligned with your publication's message. If your publication is about satire, for example, research "satire" and look for relevant posts. Once you find an article that you want to republish, scroll to the bottom of the story and click the ellipsis icon. Then select Request Story from the drop-down menu and choose the publication you want to publish it to. Once you've selected the publication, you'll see a request email to send to the story's author. If the original author decides to let you use the story, they will submit it to your publication. You'll receive an email from the author, and can click through to the story. From there, click on Edit at the top of the page then click on the Publish button. Now the story is added to your publication. #2: Collect Tweets on Twitter Some of the most popular Twitter accounts don't necessarily share their own content. They seek out the best articles, videos, pictures, and stories related to a specific topic and share them with followers. To curate content on Twitter, you can share links or curate tweets from others. The first approach is the most popular. You find links to content online and share them as tweets on your account. The second approach is to use Twitter's Curator platform. With this tool, you type in a few keywords, hashtags, or individual users and Twitter will deliver the most relevant or engaging content in a real-time stream. Once you've identified content you want to curate, you can publish your curated content directly to Twitter. #3: Clip Slides on SlideShare SlideShare recently rolled out their Clipping tool, which lets you clip and save the best slides from presentations to view or share later. It's a great way to keep curated content organized by topic so you can deliver only the best insights. To get started, sign in to SlideShare and click My Clipboards in the SlideShare navigation bar. On the next page, click Create a Clipboard. Now enter a name and brief description for your clipboard and choose whether to make it public or private. Your clipboard name should be related to the story you're going to tell with your slide collection. Once you've saved your new clipboard, it's time to find slides to add. When you're browsing SlideShare and find a slide that you want to save, hover over the top-right corner of the slide and click Clip slide. The slide is then added to your clipboard. Once you're satisfied with the content you've curated, you'll want to organize your content to tell the story in a compelling way. Include some of your own slides in the clipboard to achieve some of your objectives.

Selling With Story: How to Make Your Customer the Hero

Selling With Story: How to Make Your Customer the Hero

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you know what your customers really want? Want to discover how to share the solution they want and need in terms they understand? To explore how to connect with your customers through story, I interview Donald Miller. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode, I interview Donald Miller, a story for business expert. He's CEO of StoryBrand, which helps businesses clarify messaging via workshops and consulting. Donald also hosts the Building a Story Brand podcast. Donald has helped more than 1,000 businesses improve their messaging. Donald explores how story is used to sell, and today you'll discover Donald's seven-part story framework. Share your feedback, read the show notes, and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Selling With Story Donald's Story Donald had a successful career writing memoirs. Before that, he ran a publishing company. Essentially, his business background got hijacked by his writing career. When he went back into business, he started a conference company. Although he sold millions of memoirs, not many people attended his conferences. Donald figured out the conference invitation was too vague. His message was not pointed, understandable, or accessible. It didn't hit a perceived need, so nobody could figure out why they should come. Donald needed to simplify his message so people would say, "I need that. I'm going to show up. I'm going to buy it." To do that, Donald created a framework based on the elements of story. Since he studied story to write books and screenplays for more than a decade, he knew story was the most powerful tool to compel the human brain. He took the seven most popular elements in every story, the seven things that happen in Tommy Boy, Star Wars, Bridget Jones's Diary, The Hunger Games, Moneyball, and The King's Speech, and put it all on a whiteboard. Donald discovered how to filter his marketing messages through this seven-part framework. Applying this framework, the conference grew from 350 people to 970 people to 1,200 people to 2,000, through word of mouth. People finally understood what he had to offer, Donald says. This evolved into StoryBrand. They let the conference company go because StoryBrand took off from there. Donald has worked with more than 2,000 companies, helping them clarify their message. They all struggle with the same thing. They don't know how to talk about what they do, since they're too close to it. Story is based on 2,000-year-old formulas that have been refined over time, Donald explains. And story is tested every week at the box office. Story, like music, is formulaic. The difference between music and noise is formula. Since story is such a powerful tool, Donald realized it's useful to clarify marketing messages. There's no benefit to a business getting its story out. Customers only care about their own stories. StoryBrand helps people understand the story that their customer is living and what role their business needs to play within that story. Listen to the show to discover which companies and people use story and get responses. Why Story Is Powerful Why is story so powerful? Donald says that's a question that people like Christopher Booker, Robert McKee, and Joseph Campbell have all tried to answer. Donald thinks story comes from within. People self-identify as the hero in a story that's trying to accomplish something and overcome challenges. People believe intuitively that some things come together that would create a climactic or obligatory scene that will resolve the conflict in their life. These are well-worn paths in the human subconscious.

Facebook News Feed: How to Respond to Facebook Changes

Facebook News Feed: How to Respond to Facebook Changes

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you use Facebook to promote your business? Are you curious how to respond to the recent changes to the Facebook news feed? To learn how to navigate these important changes to Facebook's news feed, I interview Mari Smith, the "Queen of Facebook." More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode, I interview Mari Smith, who is the world's leading Facebook marketing authority. She's authored the books, The New Relationship Marketing and Facebook Marketing: An Hour a Day. This is her fourth appearance on the show! Mari explores what you need to know about marketing with Facebook, and in particular the news feed. You'll discover the importance of native links, why micro-video should be key to your Facebook posting strategy and how Atlas will change the way you do online advertising. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Facebook News Feed What marketers need to think about this next year when it comes to Facebook marketing Mari shares that over the next year, marketers will have to embrace the idea of paid amplified posts. According to Mari, most businesses on Facebook will have to bite the bullet and allocate dollars to paid posts this coming year. Mari shares that another Facebook trend is the push for micro-video and user-generated content. You'll hear more about this in the show. The next big consideration is connecting with your mobile users. With 75% of Facebook users accessing the site from mobile devices, your content must be effective on a mobile feed and able to direct people to a mobile-friendly landing page. Listen to the show to find out why community managers are more important than ever to your Facebook marketing strategy.  Review your posting strategy With Facebook clearly giving preferential visibility to consumers rather than brands, marketers now have to rethink their posting strategy. Especially with all of the latest updates to the news feed. Mari explains that some of the changes have been around links, and as marketers we are all about the images. In the past we have been told that posts with photos get the best visibility in the news feed. Mari explains that marketers have tried all kinds of clever ways to circumvent the news feed ranking algorithm. When you wanted to include a link in your post, you could use an image and include the link in the description. Now what Facebook calls native link posts give you a bigger image preview on your posts. You type or paste a link into your publisher on your page or profile, and it automatically generates a preview with a large image. You'll hear the huge advantages of this type of post, and why you need to consider it for your posting strategy. Listen to the show to find out why Mari recommends you change up your posting strategy to integrate more links. How Facebook's Save feature works and its advantages At the end of July 2014, Facebook introduced a new Save feature, which lets you to save items found on Facebook to check out later when you have more time. Available on both mobile and desktop, the Save feature was initially only meant for native link posts, but Facebook quietly upgraded it to allow any post with a link, video, photo or status update to be saved. Even if a post has multiple links in it, you can save all of the links at once with this tool. Mari recommends that you remind your fans from time to time of how to save and retrieve their saved items. Although publishers don't have access to the metrics right now, Mari's educated guess is that this feature might ultimately have value and give priority...

Animated Visuals: How to Bring Still Images to Life

Animated Visuals: How to Bring Still Images to Life

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you use visuals on your blog and social media? Have you considered animating them? To explore how to use animated visuals in your content, I interview Donna Moritz. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode, I interview visual marketing expert Donna Moritz. Her blog Socially Sorted was recognized as one of Social Media Examiner's Top 10 Social Media Blogs in 2015, 2016, and 2017. Donna explores three popular types of animated images. You'll discover tools to easily animate your own images. Share your feedback, read the show notes, and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Animated Visuals Why Animate As people scan their social media feeds, they're making lightning-fast decisions about what content they'll pay attention to. In this context, animated visuals add a little bit of movement that can attract the eye and add value in a short, snappy way. Donna explains that short animations can be less intimidating to create than video. Animation is simply combining drawings, photographs, text, or computer graphics to make them move. You don't need to talk in front of a camera. Short animations can also be a way to develop your audience. Donna says if you can make a strong first impression with a short animation, that animation can encourage viewers to watch longer videos and further engage with your content. Listen to the show to hear Donna discuss the findings of a small MIT study that investigated how quickly people interpret images. Popular Formats Donna says that quick animations aren't divided into formal types, but you do tend to see a few common approaches. In a one- to three-second animated image, the background is typically fixed and only text is animated. For example, she points out, Social Media Examiner does these on Instagram. She says you might also see a mini slideshow. "Video is your window of opportunity to get seen the Facebook news feed." - @mari_smith #SMMW17 #marketing #socialmedia #business #entrepreneuer #socialmediamarketing #smm #socialmediatips #smallbusiness #new #socialmediaexaminer #professionaldevelopment #smb #socialmediastrategy #businesstraining #quote #quoteoftheday A post shared by Social Media Examiner (@smexaminer) on Feb 8, 2017 at 4:58pm PST A GIF is a silent animated loop often used to convey a feeling. GIFs have become hugely popular on social media. GIFs started appearing in blog posts and emails but have spread to messaging apps like Slack and Facebook Messenger. For example, in a blog post about social media strategies that drive her crazy, Donna says the only way she could express her frustration was with a Muppet GIF from Giphy. Another type is a 3- to 10-second video, which you could create with something like the Ripl app. (More on that below.) Finally, Instagram and Snapchat stories enable you to blend and share quick successions of images or videos. All of these types of content are easy to create because so many tools are available. Listen to the show to hear about audio in short video. The Pros and Cons of GIFs In blog posts and in email, GIFs are a great way to highlight particular emotions, add humor, or simply break up the content. Donna says she once sent out the wrong email to her subscribers, so she used a GIF to apologize. However, you need to be careful about how you use GIFs. Donna recommends using GIFs sparingly. In a blog post, use no more than two GIFs, and in email one is enough. Donna says too many GIFs are like strobe lights going off at a nightclub. When you insert a GIF in an email, Donna suggests checking the file size and compressing the GIF bef...

5 Unusual Tips to Improve Your SEO With Social Media

5 Unusual Tips to Improve Your SEO With Social Media

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you want to rank higher in search engines? Interested in ways to use your social accounts to improve your SEO? Social media has a significant impact on your search results, and a strong social presence can boost your search rankings. In this article you'll discover five ways to use social media to improve your search rankings. Listen to this article: #1: Build Links With Your Social Channels Google used to put a high value on link building in their search rankings, no matter what quality of links you were building. When people figured this out and started manipulating rankings with fake or low-quality links to their site, Google started to focus on higher-quality links. Links on social media are often considered higher-quality links, because social sites have a high web authority from the get-go. Even if your Facebook page is new, it's likely to rank highly (and maybe even surpass your website) thanks to Facebook's overall high authority. It may sound obvious, but make sure that you include a working link to your website not only in your content, but also in every social profile you have. In addition to increasing traffic to your site, it's also highly valuable for link building. When it comes to link building within content, post content like new products or blog posts to your social profiles to encourage sharing. For example, you could create a relevant YouTube video for each blog post and embed it in the post, capitalizing on the high web authority to send traffic to your site and increase search rankings. #2: Grow Your Follower Base Pages with a lot of high-quality followers rank better in searches. High-quality followers are real followers on your social channels, and a large percentage of them engage or interact with you in some form. This interaction might be repinning pins, retweeting your content or sending you a tweet, placing reviews on Google+ or engaging with your posts on Facebook. Social signals are a very real factor when it comes to SEO. Search engines look at social signals to find out how often you're posting to your social media accounts, how many people interact with you and if there are social-sharing elements available to visitors to your site. There's no point in trying to outsmart the algorithms with fake likes on Facebook. Low-quality followers are not good for you. Not only will Facebook penalize you for fake likes, search engines like Google will punish you with lower rankings, too. So, make sure you're steadily gaining a solid base of followers that are interacting with you and your content, and encourage them to share, engage and interact with you. #3: Make Your Content Searchable and Sharable Pinterest is a great example of a social platform that makes your content both searchable and sharable. Pinterest encourages sharing to a great extent. Users post pins they like to their boards, and share them with other Pinterest users. Many social accounts give you the option of keeping your content private, or relatively so. On YouTube, you can have unlisted videos, and only people who have links to the videos can watch them. Pinterest allows secret boards, and Twitter gives you the option to have a private profile. When it comes to your business, you want all of your social accounts to be public, and you want all of your content to be searchable. For example, for your Facebook profile, you have the option to make your posts searchable in search engines. To do this, go to your Facebook privacy settings and enable the option Do You Want Other Search Engines to Link to Your Timeline?, shown here. The more people who see your posts, the more people who might share it. Encouraging sharing (including through methods like Facebook contests) is a great way to increase your search rankings. #4: Use Keywords in Your Posts Keywords are important for your website, blog and paid ad campaigns,

Google+ Hangouts: What Marketers Need to Know to Get Started

Google+ Hangouts: What Marketers Need to Know to Get Started

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you use Google+ hangouts for your marketing? Are you wondering how hangouts can help your business? To learn how to get started with Google+ hangouts, I interview Brandee Sweesy for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview Brandee Sweesy, who is a Google+ hangouts marketing expert. For the last 20 years she has been helping entrepreneurs grow a following with video. Brandee shares how you can use hangouts to promote your content. You'll learn the different techniques to help brand your hangouts and the best ways to promote attendance. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Google+ Hangouts Marketing What is a Google+ hangout? Brandee states that first of all, it's free. Google describes it as a unification of their video, chats and messenger service all in one place. It was a replacement for Google talk and Google chat. Hangouts can either be private or you can stream live to your YouTube channel with Hangouts on Air. Brandee explains that if you're a consultant or coach, you can use hangouts like you would Skype. The quality of the video is amazing. If you want to record your private hangout sessions, then you will have to use Camtasia or ScreenFlow. These hangouts are great to use for team meetings, consulting, coaching or when you privately advise people. With a hangout on air, you can host yourself and up to nine other people. You can all be on the video at the same time, where you can chat and give a presentation. This can be done with private hangouts and hangouts on air. You'll discover why you need to keep control of the sound-activated screen and what you need to do. Hangouts on air stream live to your YouTube channel. It's linked to your Google+ page. If you have a Google+ profile or a Google+ business page, you link it to your YouTube channel. You need to have your YouTube channel verified for uploads of more than 15 minutes and most hangouts run longer than that. The great advantage when you stream live to your YouTube channel is that at the end of the broadcast, you have unlimited YouTube content. You'll find out what you need to add once you have finished the live stream to be able to optimize your video marketing. When you stream live, it also runs on your Google+ profile page at the same time. Once you start a hangout on air, you can take the embed codes and share them on a Facebook tab, website or blog post. You can then direct people to watch it there. There's also a Hangouts on Air page that lists all of the hangouts that are currently on air. Listen to the show to learn about how you should name your hangouts to grab people's attention. How does a hangout differ from a webinar? Brandee first saw hangouts as a possible replacement for webinars. A lot of the webinar platforms are expensive and if you only do a few, it can be hard to justify the cost. Many webinar platforms base their price on the number of viewers. But with a hangout on air, you have unlimited viewership. Brandee explains how she has done webinars by herself with a slide presentation embedded on a website that has unlimited viewers. With hangouts on air, you don't need to buy expensive plugins for your website. People can enter their email address and then flip over to a Watch Live page. You'll discover the best option to help build engagement and keep viewers from getting distracted. The advantage with hangouts is you have the opportunity to share an image wit...

Abstrakt Marketing Group Makes the Inc. 5000 List for the 3rd Time

by Melanie Clark @ Abstrakt Marketing Group | B2B Lead Generation Solutions

Inc. magazine has ranked Abstrakt Marketing Group NO. 3676 on its 36th annual Inc. 5000, the most prestigious ranking of the nation’s fastest-growing private companies. Of the tens of thousands of companies that have applied, only a fraction have made the list more than once; of those, only one in five have made the list three times. […]

The post Abstrakt Marketing Group Makes the Inc. 5000 List for the 3rd Time appeared first on Abstrakt Marketing Group | B2B Lead Generation Solutions.

Court of Appeals affirms Hampton man’s murder conviction

by Bob Fisher @ AM-1300 KGLO — Your Hometown News Station

HAMPTON — The Iowa Court of Appeals has turned down the appeal of a Hampton man convicted of murder. 62-year-old Ronald Rand was convicted of first-degree murder in the shotgun death of 51-year-old Michelle Key in Rand’s home on December 13th of 2015. Authorities had said Rand told police he and Key were arguing before

Twitter Marketing: How to Succeed on Twitter

Twitter Marketing: How to Succeed on Twitter

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you use Twitter for your business? Are you wondering how to get more out of your Twitter marketing? To learn how to successfully market your business using Twitter, I interview Mark Schaefer. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode, I interview Mark Schaefer, the author of The Tao of Twitter, Return on Influence and co-author of Born to Blog. He's a college educator, blogger, consultant and speaker. This is his third appearance on this show! Mark explores what you need to know about using Twitter for your business. You'll discover the path to Twitter success, how to utilize everything Twitter has to offer to market your business, and manage your followers and lists. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Twitter Marketing How Mark got started with Twitter  Mark believes that you really need to immerse yourself in the social web in order to truly understand it, or be successful as a consultant or teacher. Mark immersed himself in Twitter 7 years ago, when he started his own consulting business and started to teach. Mark admits that he was not an early fan of Twitter. It took him months to figure out that this platform was more than just the advertising, technology, mentions or hashtags. Once he understood the powerful human aspect behind Twitter, it changed his life and he wanted others to understand it too. Mark calls Twitter the greatest networking tool ever created. Many of the connections he's made around the world would not have been possible without Twitter and his blog. Listen to the show to discover more about Twitter's powerful ability to connect you with potential clients and opportunities.  The three elements of the Tao of Twitter Mark identifies tao as the Chinese word meaning path. He explains that there is a certain path to success. Behind every Twitter success story, perhaps behind every social media success story, there are 3 essential elements to this path: meaningful content, a targeted audience, and authentic helpfulness. You'll hear Mark discuss each of these three elements in detail and how they work to create meaningful connections for your business when you use Twitter. According to Mark, there is no better way across any social media platform to create an audience than Twitter. It offers so many ways to find the right people for your business. Listen to the show to discover how these three elements work together to lead to success on Twitter.  How businesses can use Twitter  In The Tao of Twitter, there is a chapter called "25 Ideas to Toast Your Competition". Mark offers a few examples of this in the show. He thinks that Twitter is under utilized by businesses today, yet it has the power to transform your business. For instance, Twitter search can be the most powerful source of marketing research available to you. It offers users the ability to target an audience down to a specific zip code, sentiment, or keyword. Twitter's Advanced Search allows you to find potential clients, conduct competitive research, track trends, or provide customer service, all in real-time. Mark explores the benefits of paid promotions and ads on Twitter. According to Mark, this is a great time to try Twitter advertising. The inventory is high and the cost is relatively inexpensive at the moment, but Mark projects that this may not be case for long, as more people learn to leverage this opportunity. Listen to the show to discover a little known trick that makes Twitter advertising especially attractive to marketers.  Broadcast content versus being helpful

SEO Services Vance SC – Cheap prices SEO package

by Vick1974 @ South Carolina – The seo agency

Search Engine Optimization Company Reviews Vance in South Carolina – It Never Ends! this will assist you determine what it means to have a long term marketing campaign and what hyperlink constructing, keyword optimization, and content material control is all about, that are just a number of the primary factors of suitable search engine optimization… Continue reading SEO Services Vance SC – Cheap prices SEO package

Artykuł SEO Services Vance SC – Cheap prices SEO package pochodzi z serwisu The seo agency.

Online Reviews: How to Respond to Fraudulent Reviews

Online Reviews: How to Respond to Fraudulent Reviews

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do people review your business online? Ever receive negative or fraudulent reviews? To discover what to do when you receive a review that's not what you were expecting, I interview Dan Lemin. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode I interview Daniel Lemin, the founder of One Good Brand. He is also a strategist for Convince & Convert, and author of the brand-new book, Manipurated. Dan will explore online reviews and how to deal with bad and fraudulent reviews. You'll discover why online reviews are so important. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Online Reviews Dan's backstory Dan started his online career with Google's corporate marketing team and saw the emergence of black hat SEO (search engine optimization). He explains the distinction between white hat (good) and black hat (bad) SEO, and talks about link farms as an example of black hat tactics. Google came to love Yelp's fresh content and Dan says that's how the rating and review platforms attracted shadowy SEO characters. They saw the opportunity to continue "tricking" consumers through new platforms. Listen to the show to discover why the owners of small- and medium-sized businesses need to know the dynamics of the SEO industry. Why reviews are important Dan shares that nearly 90% of consumers say they trust reviews as much as they trust their friends and family. Since so many people make decisions based on online reviews, the vast majority of a business's prospective customers are filtering through review sites. Since Google favors this type of content, reviews are a new SEO tactic, and that's why site owners are adding some type of rating and review component. For instance, a lot of hospitality businesses like Starwood Hotels have added reviews to their websites. He says one review will not necessarily make or break a business, but cautions that the presence of the review industry can make or break small businesses, because they don't have all the tools and techniques a large company like Chipotle might have. When asked which review sites matter most, Dan explains his research found it really depends on the business category. For example, Gondola Adventures in Newport Beach, which is in a super-specialized industry, says Yelp matters, but TripAdvisor is even more important. Dan says companies can track reviews manually by going to each review site, but it's very time-consuming. To help, there's a whole cottage industry of companies such as ReviewTrackers and ReviewPush that do review tracking for businesses. Listen to the show to learn how much traffic Yelp gets from Google. The purpose of fake reviews Dan shares that there are different layers to the purpose of fake reviews. He first discusses fake positive reviews and says that several weeks ago, Amazon filed an unprecedented lawsuit against 1,100 people. They accused anonymous people on Fiverr of selling reviews for profit on Amazon. For his book, Dan interviewed a young lady who writes reviews for a living, and says it's very difficult to distinguish her reviews from legitimate ones. Dan discusses fake reviews that are created to injure the reputation of a business. Dan also shares an example of another type of fake review, a scam that targeted wedding photographers in the Bay Area. After responding to what looked like a legitimate inquiry from their websites, the photographers would get an email saying "I decided not to hire you" or "we changed the date." The email would go on to say, "I work in the online reputation business,

Facebook Mobile Apps: A Guide for Marketers

Facebook Mobile Apps: A Guide for Marketers

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you manage your Facebook marketing on the go? Are you looking for mobile apps to help you? Facebook mobile apps make it easier than ever for marketers to manage their pages and respond to customers in real time from their mobile device. In this article, you'll discover the key things marketers need to know about using Facebook mobile apps. Listen to this article: #1: Manage Your Page With the Pages Manager App Rather than use the native Facebook mobile app to manage your page, use Facebook's Pages Manager app. The app lets you manage up to 50 pages from your smartphone or tablet, and it's available for both iOS and Android. Manage Admins Facebook lets you assign five different types of admins: Editor, Moderator, Analyst, Advertiser, or another Admin (full access). To use the app to assign an admin role to someone, tap Page Settings and then Edit Page Roles. Next, tap Add Person to Page at the top of the screen and type in the person's name. Then select a page role for that person and tap Add. If you want to change someone's role, tap the pencil icon to the right of his or her name (as shown above). Then select a new role and tap Save to save your changes. Create Posts, Schedule, or Save Drafts Sometimes Facebook business users get confused about whether they're posting and commenting as themselves or their page. There is no confusion when using Pages Manager, because you need to sign directly into the app as your page. Even if you have your post attribution set to your profile by default, in Pages Manager, your default will be the page. Similar to the regular Facebook mobile app, you can create and publish all types of posts: status update, photo, video, share a link, or create an event. Plus, what many page admins might not realize when using the Pages Manager app is that you can schedule posts or save as a draft to come back and complete later. Just tap the three little dots in the lower right once you've created your post. These same features are available on desktop. Add Comments and/or Private Message One of the coolest new functions for Facebook pages in general is that you can respond to comments on your page, reply via direct message, or both. It used to be you had to wait for someone to direct message your page before you could reply via direct message. Now, you can message a user directly in response to a comment on your page. The message will come through as your page, whether you send the message via the regular Facebook mobile app or the Pages Manager app. This new feature is especially helpful for pages that receive comments of a particularly sensitive or negative nature at times. Being able to private message the person who made the comment can quickly defuse the situation and take it offline. I recommend also that you leave a comment so anyone viewing the comment thread can see you've clearly taken matters offline with a private discussion. Reply to Messages The ability to private message a page is optional. However, I strongly recommend that you have this feature enabled. Facebook wants Messenger for business to be the new 1-800 number. In fact, disabling the Message feature on your page is like publishing your phone number and then unplugging your phone. Facebook is moving towards a more integrated ecommerce and customer service experience with Messenger for Business. The more prompt and thorough your responses to private messages, the more you'll be able to set your business apart from the competition. Facebook encourages page owners to respond to all messages as promptly as possible, usually within five minutes, which can certainly be a challenge for busy business owners. To access your page messages through Pages Manager, tap the message icon at the bottom of the screen. You can view and reply to private messages as your page. You can also access the Saved Replies feature,

Publishing eBooks: How Marketers Can Get Started

Publishing eBooks: How Marketers Can Get Started

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Have you ever considered publishing your own eBook? Are you wondering what the advantages are for marketers? To learn more about publishing your own eBook, I interview Jim Kukral for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview Jim Kukral, founder of Digital Book Launch and Author Marketing Club, and author of the book Attention! This Book Will Make You Money and many eBooks including Book Marketing for Kindle Authors. Jim shares his experiences with publishing in print and digital form. You'll learn about the various book publishing options and what it could mean for your business. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: The World of Publishing Jim explains why marketers should care about what's happening in book publishing. You'll learn how books can increase your credibility and help you close business deals. You have to give people enough information to incite them to give you their business and publishing a book can help you do this. A book is the best business card you will ever have. It's a game-changer. Listen to the show to discover why now it's easier than ever to publish a book in print or digital form. The benefits of an eBook Before Content Management Systems (CMS) existed, the only people who could put content online were those who could write HTML. Today anyone can put their thoughts and expertise out there. Jim explains that to publish a book today, you don't need to have a publisher and you don't need to print books that sit in a warehouse. Publishers are in the business of paper and the world is changing to digital. Of course you can still do print and print-on-demand. But why print 10,000 to 20,000 copies of a book to sit in a warehouse, when publishing an eBook is so much easier? According to Jeff Bezos, there are currently more digital books than print books. Listen to the show to find out why nonfiction is still outselling fiction. Where consumers find eBooks Jim talks about how consumers find eBooks on Amazon and other websites like Smashwords, Barnes and Noble and Apple. There is also a growing number of websites that recommend their favorite Kindle books. And if you already like an eBook, you can recommend it or loan it to someone through your Kindle device. Amazon has the Kindle Direct Publishing Select Program. On this program, authors give Amazon a 90-day exclusive right to sell the eBook. In return, Amazon allows you to give your eBook away for free for up to 5 days during this 90-day period. Jim shares how to discover the top 100 free eBooks on Amazon. Listen to the show to find out the benefits of giving away your eBook. How your book can be a lead-generator You'll learn how to use your book to bring in business. Giving your book away for free is a great lead-generation tool. As a marketer, Jim has calls to action in his books. You'll learn how he uses this tactic to leverage lead generation with his free books. When someone reads your book and reaches out to you, they are usually "warm leads."  They are more likely to do business with you. Another benefit is that people feel they know you after reading your book. This makes it easier for you to connect with them. Listen to the show to find out how books are lead-generators. How the financials work from the author's perspective You'll learn about the money you can earn with your book, depending on how you publish it. For printed books,

3 Ways to Use Psychology in Your Social Media Marketing

3 Ways to Use Psychology in Your Social Media Marketing

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Looking for ways to connect with fans on a deeper level? Have you thought about using psychology in your marketing? Implementing basic psychological marketing principles in your social media activities can help you attract, engage, and form emotional bonds with your target audience. In this article, you'll discover three ways to use psychology in your social media marketing. Listen to this article: #1: Give Gifts to Encourage Responses If you give people something they find valuable, they'll typically feel indebted to you. To incorporate this neuromarketing tactic in your social media marketing, you can offer a small gift like a discount, free trial, or free resource guide to your fans. Whatever you decide to offer, the goal is to answer the question: "What's in it for me?" On their Facebook page, Spanish soccer club Real Madrid recently offered free shorts with the purchase of a kid's shirt from the team's official store. In just an hour, the post received over 16,000 reactions and 63 shares. Although Real Madrid's massive Facebook following played a role in the success of their offer, this tactic can help drive engagement for businesses of all sizes. If you don't have the luxury of spending money on giveaways, you can drive engagement using free gifts. Anytime Fitness offered their Facebook followers a free downloadable calendar to plan their activity in and out of the gym and track progress toward their fitness goals. To use the reciprocity tactic on your social channels, take a closer look at your audience to better understand what they like and expect. Figure out what compels them to engage and come up with an offer that they're likely to share with friends. Offer something that's valuable to your audience while ensuring that they give you something in return. For example, give a 5% discount or a free trial of your product to anyone who shares and comments on your post. Or host a giveaway contest in which followers with the most shares and social media engagement receive a free product. In the tweet below, users are offered a free design course in exchange for being a beta tester and providing feedback on the course. Users can reciprocate by clicking on the link to apply. They might also want to share the good news with their Twitter followers, which is a form of engagement. The idea behind the reciprocity tactic is to compel the action of engaging with your brand by making people feel obligated to you. While you can't offer a giveaway every day, you can always post useful, shareworthy information related to your business. For example, if you're in the fitness industry, share articles and tips about exercise and healthy eating. #2: Use Emotional Triggers to Create Authentic Connections Connecting with your audience is one of the most basic ways to increase your social media engagement. This neuromarketing tactic makes use of the emotional reaction that's triggered when people feel connected to you. When people feel close to you and can relate to you, there's a great chance they'll engage with your company. To form an emotional connection, you need to start interacting with followers in a meaningful way. Laughter is one of the most effective tools for forming a strong emotional bond with people. Like Chipotle does here, you can use wit and humor to connect with your Twitter followers. The Mexican grill has a deep understanding of their target audience and the kind of humor they'll likely appreciate. This helps them avoid using humor that their followers might find offensive or lame. Chipotle also posts humorous replies to tweets from their fans. Your tweets can show enthusiasm toward your products with the right mix of humor. This works well for driving social media engagement. Here's how you can pull off this neuromarketing tactic to connect with your fans: Study your audience to see what kind of humor they like.

Failure: Why Taking Risks and Failing Is the Path to Success

Failure: Why Taking Risks and Failing Is the Path to Success

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Have you experienced a failure in your business (or your life)? Would you like to discover how to turn failures into success and real growth? For this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast, I'll explore why failure is important and the lessons I've learned from a major failure that happened to me this year. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. You'll discover the importance of failure in your work and your life, reasons you should embrace failure, and how the lessons and discoveries you make can help you succeed. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Embracing Failure Why a show on failure? As C.S. Lewis said, "Failures are finger posts on the road to achievement." As we fail, we are pointed in a direction. We learn a lot from failures because they can help us get better. We focus so much on success stories and what works that we often overlook the unmentioned road of failure, challenges, errors and mistakes that inevitably led to every single one of those success stories. In 2014, I had a really big failure. In fact, it was my biggest failure ever. Many people don't know about it and this show is the first time I've spoken about it publicly. I would like to share what went wrong, the lessons I learned and the importance of failure to your business, marketing and life. Listen to the show to hear why failure is so important to your business and life. The importance of failure and reasons to embrace it Henry Ford offers this great quote: "The only real mistake is the one from which we learn nothing." The path that we go down is meant to have challenges and mistakes. It's what strengthens us and makes us better. Here are three reasons you should embrace failure: 1. It's part of the entrepreneur's journey. Whether or not you consider yourself an entrepreneur or business owner, this lesson applies to everyone. Nearly every definition of "entrepreneur" focuses on the word risk. Risk is at the core of all business breakthroughs and success. With risk comes failure. It's inevitable and it's okay. 2. Nothing ventured. Nothing gained. If you're not willing to float a new idea for your company, experiment with your marketing or launch a new venture, the opportunity that sits in front of that idea will never manifest. It will never come true. You'll never really grow. Social Media Examiner is my third major business venture in the last 18 years. It followed a design agency and a white paper writing consultancy, both of which were very successful and have since shut down. In 2009, I started the media company which you now know as Social Media Examiner. Along the way, I tried and failed at a lot of things. You'll hear four examples of my terrible failures, and why I didn't let these failures stop me or get me down. 3. New discoveries are born in the ashes of failure. The most important reason to embrace failure is that it makes way for new opportunities to grow into awesome things. There's no better time than right after you crash and burn to reflect on what you've done wrong and really learn from it. I love this quote from Zig Ziglar: "It's not how far you fall, but how high you bounce that counts." You have to try, experiment, fail and do it over and over again. In summary, failure is a necessary part of the process of making new discoveries. Listen to the show to discover how two of America's most famous businessmen never gave up on their discoveries and why their persistence paid off. My story In July 2013, I launched My Kids' Adventures,

Dow breaks through 18,000 for the first time

by Wayne Faulkner @ Biz Picture

The Dow Jones Industrial Average pushed past 18,000 Tuesday for the first time as the Commerce Department reported that the economy grew by 5 percent in the third quarter.… Read More »

Twitter Chats: How Marketers Can Benefit From Twitter Chats

Twitter Chats: How Marketers Can Benefit From Twitter Chats

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you participate in Twitter chats? Want to discover how to get the most out of them? To explore how marketers can benefit from Twitter chats, I interview Madalyn Sklar. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode, I interview Madalyn Sklar, a Twitter marketing expert. She's host of the Twitter Smarter podcast and hosts a weekly Twitter chat at #TwitterSmarter. She blogs about Twitter at MadalynSklar.com. Madalyn explores the power of Twitter chats and how to benefit from them. You'll discover tools to make marketing with Twitter chats easier. Share your feedback, read the show notes, and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Twitter Chats Madalyn's story Madalyn had been doing online marketing for a long time, and when social media came about she was hooked. Twitter was her favorite, because the 140-character limit forces you to be concise. She shares that whenever she traveled to different events and conferences, she asked people what was their favorite platform and why. She was amazed at how many people said they didn't like or understand Twitter. As a result, she went on a mission: to help people become Twitter Smarter. She began using the hashtag #TwitterSmarter as she developed online classes and eventually launched Twitter chats. Listen to the show to discover how Madalyn and I first crossed paths. What's a Twitter chat? The most simple description of a Twitter chat is a group of people coming together on Twitter for about an hour each week to have a conversation that revolves around a pre-determined hashtag. As long as people include the hashtag in their tweet, they're part of the conversation. It's a great way to meet lots of like-minded people, as well as receive and give advice, Madalyn explains. She encourages people to learn from her chats, but also to chime in and share their own expertise. A common approach, the one Madalyn takes, is to host a guest who does a Q&A for each Twitter chat. Listen to the show to hear my analogies to Twitter chats. Why participate? Madalyn says that last year, she made it her mission to participate in as many Twitter chats as possible. She confides that it's not been easy; it takes effort to be a regular participant in several hour-long chats each week. Twitter chats are great for helping you connect and network with people. For example, when Madalyn started going to #MediaChat, she didn't know anybody. She started to connect with people and ended up having a side conversation with Matt Diederichs from Hootsuite, which is one of her favorite platforms for scheduling tweets. Later on, she hosted Matt as a guest on her podcast and her Twitter chat. Side conversations are a common occurrence during Twitter chats, Madalyn adds. You're still actively participating and using the hashtag, but you're also creating a small community within the big community. It's a great way to make valuable, strong connections. Listen to the show to hear why Madalyn refers to Twitter chats as "cocktail parties." Where to find Twitter chats Madalyn finds that it works best to run a Google search for your topic and "Twitter chat" in Google search. Another option is to type in "Twitter chat," and you'll find some directories. Since directories aren't always reliable or up to date, Madalyn also recommends looking for chats on Twitter (you can identify them by the repetitive hashtag). Once you dip into a chat, you'll hear about others. She says you can also find out about specific chats in Twitter bios, because many times hosts will mention them there.

8 Social Tools to Listen and Interact With Customers

8 Social Tools to Listen and Interact With Customers

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you engage with customers online? Are you looking for tools to help manage and monitor customer relationships? From product discovery to purchase and support, tools have emerged to help your business manage the social customer experience on whichever channel your customers prefer. In this article you'll discover eight tools to help your business provide a seamless social customer experience. The Evolution of Customer Experience Social customer experience is not built purely on old foundations such as ticketing systems. Nor is it designed only to support customers on Facebook, Twitter, and other social media platforms. Today, social customer experience is a hybrid of the two. What started off with a simple model of customer support ("Email us and we'll help.") has since evolved to include ticketing systems, live chat, and social media. Listen to this article: For a while, there were no tools available to support the customer experience, so companies responded directly to customers on each social network. However, that made tracking a challenge. Fortunately, a number of social listening tools have cropped up to meet this need. While social is still where customers feel they're being heard most (especially when reaching out to companies that haven't humanized their culture outside of a social media platform), not everyone wants to seek support publicly on Twitter or Facebook. This fact gave rise to a newer social customer experience phenomenon: in-app messaging for websites and blogs. Read on to explore both types of tools and find out which ones can help you deliver a solidly social customer experience. Tools for Social Listening So what are the social tools catering to this great evolution in the customer experience? Here's a hint: They're not necessarily the tools you'd think to use, especially if you come from a marketer's school of thought. The idea behind these tools is engagement, follow-up, and (truth be told) reactivity. Let's take a look at some of the social listening tools that might work for your business. #1: Sparkcentral Sparkcentral is a customer service tool that lets you communicate with your customers across Twitter, Facebook, and Instagram in real time, supporting needs as they arise. The company calls itself a channel-agnostic customer engagement platform because it can focus on social media while also supporting in-app messaging for team members. Although Sparkcentral is similar to many of the other tools in this article, it's geared toward the enterprise and priced accordingly. #2: Sprout Social While Sprout Social is touted as a tool for social media marketing, it also has a deeply involved component for social customer service. You can see Tweets and Facebook posts on a dashboard where team members can respond to them. It will also allow service teams to access data such as customer history and their involvement. Think of these support issues like "tickets," which can be hidden away once they're acted on. Real-time tracking and a beautiful interface for reporting ensures that everyone is accountable and on the same page. #3: Respond Respond by Buffer is possibly the simplest user tool exclusively for social customer service, and focuses only on Twitter. You can respond to customers, review previous chat history, and follow/block users. It has an easy-to-use interface for teams and lots of accountability. httpv://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yiAiOFjnG2U If you've used Hootsuite (typically the first step in the social media customer service game, discussed below), Respond is the next step up to give you an edge on your social customer service. It can support both small and large teams looking for simplicity and no other frills. Pricing is also more accessible to smaller businesses. #4: Lithium Like many of the other tools on this list, Lithium is intended for managing customer service at scale. It will allow your representatives to respond di...

How to Automate Your Tweets: 3 Useful Twitter Apps

How to Automate Your Tweets: 3 Useful Twitter Apps

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Does tweeting take up a lot of your time? Do you want to share content automatically? There are tools you can use to automatically tweet your best content when your followers are most active and engaged. In this article you'll discover how to automatically schedule your tweets at optimal times. Why Automate Twitter? Putting together a Twitter content calendar can be a time-consuming task. You've likely experienced times when you've run out of ideas or had trouble finding articles to curate. A great way to keep your posting schedule full is to automate Twitter. You can schedule your posts automatically when the engagement and potential reach are higher. Listen to this article: Keep in mind that only a small portion of your followers will see your content the first time you post it. That's why it's a good idea to share the same content more than once. With smart scheduling and automation, you can reshare your content without being a Twitter spammer. This guide will help you schedule your best content when your followers are most engaged. #1: Find Out When to Tweet With Tweriod Before you start scheduling content on Twitter, take the time to analyze your followers' activity. You want to find out when your audience is most active and engaged on Twitter. This is a necessary step to maximize engagement. There are a number of analytics tools you can use to identify these peak periods. One free and easy-to-use tool is Tweriod. It shows you the intervals when your Twitter followers are most active. To get started, go to Tweriod and sign up with your Twitter account. Note that the time zone is determined according to your Twitter profile's settings, so make sure it's correct. After signing in, go to your dashboard and click on My Analysis to get a free premium analysis. On the results page, you'll see which time periods give you the most exposure on weekends and weekdays. For example, the Twitter account below has the most exposure on weekdays from 5 to 7 PM and 8 to 9 PM. On weekends, this account gets the most exposure from 5 to 6 PM and 8 to 10 PM. On your dashboard, you can also see when your followers are online. The results below show that followers are active between the same time periods on weekdays and weekends. Now you know the peak time periods for your followers on weekdays and weekends. In the next section you'll discover how to schedule tweets for these periods. #2: Set Up a Posting Schedule in Buffer A scheduling tool like Buffer can save you a lot of time with your Twitter account. Here's how to set up your own scheduling plan. After you sign in with your Twitter account, click on the Schedule menu. Make sure the time zone matches the settings of your Twitter account. According to when your followers are most active, set up a posting schedule for weekdays and weekends. It's up to you to decide how often you want to post content. You may want to experiment with different posting schedules to see what works best for you. Buffer has a beta feature that will identify the best times to post during the day by analyzing your past 5,000 interactions (likes, favorites, clicks, etc.) and similar profiles in the same time zone. On the Schedule page, scroll down and click on the Try Our Optimal Timing Tool (Beta) link. You can specify how many times you want to post per day, and the tool will calculate the optimal times for posting. Click on the Submit button. Next, you'll see a list of optimal times for you to post on Twitter, according to Buffer. Pro tip: Revise these peak times regularly, since your audience changes over time. Focus on optimizing your posting schedule by using data from Twitter analytics and Buffer. Before you move on to the next step, spend some time scheduling tweets. Here is a great guide to finding high-quality content to share on Twitter. #3: Fill Your Buffer Queue Using IFTTT

SEO Services Darlington SC – Cheap prices SEO package

by Vick1974 @ South Carolina – The seo agency

Best Online Seo Company Darlington in South Carolina Predictions For Future The reason is there’s a scarcity of savvy internet marketers and all of us who’s any correct does not want to cold name. if so, large black mark. It need to constantly be end result-pushed. some degree of paid-link driven optimization is first-rate, but… Continue reading SEO Services Darlington SC – Cheap prices SEO package

Artykuł SEO Services Darlington SC – Cheap prices SEO package pochodzi z serwisu The seo agency.

How to Optimize Landing Pages to Boost Social Media Conversions

How to Optimize Landing Pages to Boost Social Media Conversions

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you want more conversions from your social traffic? Are you using landing pages? Directing targeted social media traffic to relevant landing pages helps you convert visitors into leads. In this article you'll discover how to optimize landing pages to boost social media conversions. Why Landing Pages Rather than direct social media traffic to your home page, landing pages let you send visitors to a page that facilitates the conversions you're after. Landing pages are web pages that are built for a specific purpose, such as obtaining leads or getting signups for an event, and are accessible through a specific link. You use this link in social media posts and ads, thus making it easy to attribute the traffic that comes to the page from your social media channels. Listen to this article: You should create separate landing pages to target segments of your audience with different offers. You can also split test the copy, layout and more so you can see which version is most effective in earning and converting leads. Here's how you can get more social media conversions by using landing pages. #1: Tailor Landing Pages to Offers and Audiences Think about who your ideal target market is. Consider their demographics, geographic locations, likes and needs. Then target these people through social media. Facebook, Twitter and now Instagram offer amazing targeting capabilities. For example, say that you sell organic, easy-to-prepare dinners. You decide your target market consists of 35- to 45-year-old women with careers who live in metro areas, and are conscious about their diet choices. When targeting, talk to your audience in their language and show that you understand what they want and need. Mention that you know they're always short on time but want to make the right choices for their families. Include a call to action to learn more about how "fast" and "healthy" don't have to be mutually exclusive. Solidify your success with a landing page that further explains the benefits of your product, why they need it and how to get it. Include relevant images of happy, healthy families and a short video testimonial from a stylish happy mom who has two preteens. Include a special offer where people can receive a free dinner just for signing up for your newsletter. After you've crafted your targeting, messaging and offer, watch your conversion rates go up. #2: Split Test Landing Page Variations While you might know a lot about your target audience, there is always more you can learn. Suppose people aren't 100% sold on your business and don't want to receive your newsletter. Split test by creating another offer with a 20%-off coupon that they can use in any grocery store that carries your product. Or maybe you want to experiment with the length of the text. You might be wondering if you should go into detail about your product and its benefits or write brief copy that simply encourages people to try the product. Or instead of pictures of a happy family, you think your audience would be more inspired by images of stylish, successful businesswomen. You can gradually split test as many variables as you want and gain more insight into your buyers' psychology. It's best to test only one or two variables at a time to zero in on a cause-effect relationship and track the differences in data. Discover What Makes a Good Landing Page Effective landing pages consist of a brief punchy description, clear benefits, a few striking visual elements (such as images or a short video), a testimonial and a strong call to action. Most importantly, they tend to focus on one offer or one goal. Here are some tips for building a successful landing page: Keep your page crisp, clear and to the point. Focus on the benefits of a single offer. You can also tailor the page for visitors from a specific social network. For example, Pinterest is known for its inspirational, highly visual content,

Social Sharing: How to Get More People to Share Your Content

Social Sharing: How to Get More People to Share Your Content

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you publish content online? Want more people to share your content? To learn how to get more people to share your content, I interview Mark Schaefer. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode I interview Mark Schaefer, author of The Tao of Twitter and Social Media Explained. His blog Grow was awarded #2 on our top 10 blogs of 2015. Mark also co-hosts the Marketing Companion podcast. His latest book is called The Content Code: Six Essential Strategies for Igniting Your Content, Your Marketing, and Your Business. In this episode Mark will explore why people share via social media. You'll discover what you can do to improve your chances that people will share your content. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. How to subscribe/review on iPhone. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Social Sharing How Mark got into content and blogging Around 2008, Mark started his own business doing consulting and teaching. He realized if he was going to talk about Twitter, blogging and Facebook, he had to use them. So he started a blog as an experiment. It took him about 9 months to find his voice, Mark recalls. It dawned on him that all of his contacts and business were coming through his blog, so he needed to pay attention to it. The blog really started kicking in around 2010, and has been building ever since. The turning point happened when Mark started to write posts that were more authentic and had personality. Instead of finding his audience, Mark's audience found him. Mark tells new bloggers "To stand out, you need to be original. And to be original, you need to have the courage to tell your own story and have your own voice." In 2009 Mark wrote a post that was a little bit controversial, called The Social Media Country Club. As a new blogger, Mark felt like an outsider. He says it seemed like all of the influential bloggers were in this club, where they never said anything negative about each other. Mark was thinking, "How are we going to grow if we don't challenge each other?" Coming from 27 years of marketing experience, Mark expected any channel used for business to be measurable, while others felt it was all about the conversation. Though nervous, Mark started speaking his mind. The reaction was supportive and positive. His audience was grateful somebody finally said it. Listen to the show to discover what Mark blogged about at first and how he felt about it. Why marketing with content is so difficult today Whether you're an individual blogger, working in a business or working for a brand, many niches are getting crowded with content and social media activity. This makes it very difficult to compete. Mark feels this was predictable. He says when the Internet first started, everyone needed a website. If you were the first one with a website, you had an advantage. Then you needed to be found. If you were the first one to figure out search engine optimization, you had an advantage, because you're going to be at the top of the search rankings. However, after your competitors figured it out, it got harder and more expensive to be in marketing. He says it's the same thing with blogging. It's hard to be seen, because people are figuring it out. People are trying to stand out, but creating more or better content isn't necessarily the answer. For the last year, Mark has been obsessed with figuring out how to maneuver in this very crowded world. And that's why he wrote The Content Code. Listen to the show to hear my Times Square analogy. Mark's code for success Mark explains how all conversations are about content: creating more,

Senator Grassley says ‘bump stocks’ were made legal in Obama administration

by Bob Fisher @ AM-1300 KGLO — Your Hometown News Station

DES MOINES — Senator Chuck Grassley is joining two of his colleagues in the Iowa Congressional delegation in calling for the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms to take another look at its rule allowing so-called “bump stocks.” Those devices were used by the sniper in last week’s mass shooting in Las Vegas. Grassley, a

Get Seo Deaver

by @ 1Rank

Best Seo Deaver SEO = Search Engine Optimization, basically it is being able to rank on the top of ANY search engine for a given search that a potential client is looking for. The higher you are ranked in ANY search engine… THE MORE MONEY YOU MAKE!  

Auto Glass Shop near Carlsbad

by @ Local SEO Company

Carlsbad Autoglass Repair Carlsbad, . (888) 434-3814 Auto Glass Shop offers mobile service, to your office or home at no further charge. Call now and we'll supply you with a free quote. Auto Glass Shop does complete windshield repair and Auto Glass Replacement in Carlsbad, . What should be expected when you need to change your windshield. If you have never had Auto Glass Replacement done on your car you may not know what to expect from the process. Below is a quick summary of the steps you can expect when your windshield is replaced. The glass mechanic will start by checking its interior and exterior. This is a routine inspection to be sure everything is clean and in order. Next the floors, seats, and the outside of your automobile will be covered to keep them from getting excess adhesive on them or worse yet scratched. The Auto Glass Replacement technician will then begin to remove whatever the wipers, any windshield trim and the cowl as necessary before removing the old windshield. The expert will examine the amount and sort of adhesive used on the old windshield to help appraise the best way to proceed. He / she will cut almost all of the old adhesive down and the new adhesive will be applied the on top. With the adhesive applied the new windshield can be lifted into place. The cover, wipers and trim will get replaced and the windshield will be cleaned and checked. Once the job has been completed you may be able to drive your automobile in no more than an hour though it'll take up to twenty-four hours for the adhesive to fully dry. We look forward to you call. We want your business. With our windshield replacement will make everything totally clear again.

Facebook Groups: How to Nurture a Community on Facebook

Facebook Groups: How to Nurture a Community on Facebook

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you have a Facebook group for your community? Are you considering starting a Facebook group? To learn how to use a Facebook group to build a loyal community that helps your business, I interview Jared Easley. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode I interview Jared Easley, host of the Starve the Doubts podcast and co-author of Podcasting Good to Great. He's also co-founder of the Podcast Movement, the industry-leading conference for podcasters. In this episode Jared will explore how he uses Facebook groups to cultivate an active community of podcasters. You'll discover the benefits of building a Facebook group, as well as tips for getting started. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. How to subscribe/review on iPhone. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Facebook Groups How Jared's podcasting conference got started In January 2014 Jared and co-founders Dan Franks, Gary Leland and Mitch Todd were at New Media Expo when they overheard several attendees asking why there wasn't a podcast conference. The group realized if they didn't take a step to create something, someone else would. They decided to move forward, even though there were plenty of things that could have prevented them from even getting started. Jared explains how they reached out to a few people who had put on large events, and asked for their perspective and advice. One person who gave them a lot of feedback was Phillip Taylor, who does a conference for financial bloggers. Armed with information, they turned to Kickstarter to crowdfund the conference. They just needed a small amount ($11,000) to validate the idea, and they weren't sure if it would take 30 days to raise the money or if they'd even get it at all. They asked the podcast community if they would support the conference, speak at it and share it with their network. A lot of people said yes, Jared shares, "but it's one thing to say yes and it's another thing to vote with your wallet." When the campaign was published, they hit that $11,000 within 9 hours. At the end of the 30 days, they had over three times the amount needed, which was more than enough validation to sell tickets, pursue sponsors and follow through. Six hundred people came to the first Podcast Movement Conference. Listen to the show to hear more about the Podcast Movement Kickstarter campaign. Why Jared started a Facebook group The Podcast Movement created a Facebook page so they could do ads and other promotions leading up to the conference, but they didn't initially have a Facebook group. Although they went to other podcast-focused Facebook groups to spread the word, they had to be careful, because some of the groups had a smart but strict policy on self-promotion. As soon as the first event was over, there was so much excitement that they realized they needed to create a way for the attendees to continue conversations. That's when Jared and his co-founders started the Facebook group. Not even a year later, the group has 1,600 members and is growing every month. The group is called Podcast Movement - Past, Present, and Future Attendees, so it's open to all past and potential attendees. This way, anyone who is interested in podcasting can be involved in the community and the conversations. Listen to the show to learn the original intent of the group. How the two Facebook communities have helped Jared's business The Podcast Movement group and page have served two different purposes. The Facebook page has been essential for Facebook ads and for getting the word out to people who might not already know about the conference.

3 Social Media Engagement Techniques That Work

3 Social Media Engagement Techniques That Work

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Need some new social media marketing ideas? Looking for ways to jumpstart your engagement? Whether your goal is to spread awareness or grow your audience, better engagement is your key to success. In this article you'll discover three ways to improve engagement for your social media accounts. Listen to this article: #1: Personalize Your Approach Your audience is the greatest asset for your campaign. To run a successful social campaign with plenty of engagement, you have to know your audience and what they're likely to respond to and enjoy. To gain these insights, you'll need to do some research. Find out which social media channels the people you want to reach spend the most time on. Discover what topics they care about and what hashtags they use. Don't just listen to your audience, but communicate with them. When you show your fans that you're interested and you care, and they'll show you what makes them happy. Once you know what they're looking for, you can launch a social media campaign that they'll embrace. Many brands have leveraged Pinterest to run successful social campaigns, including Kotex's Woman's Inspiration Day. The company looked at the Pinterest boards for 50 inspiring women to see what interested them. httpv://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UVCoM4ao2Tw Kotex then brought their inspirations to life by creating handmade gifts and sending them to the women as virtual gifts. If the women then posted something about their virtual gift, they received a real gift from the company in the mail. Almost all of the 50 women responded, generating 2,284 interactions and 694,853 impressions on Pinterest. The campaign was a huge hit because Kotex was able to hyper-target a specific audience and what they want. This is just one of many examples of how you can use Pinterest to launch a successful social campaign. #2: Put the Product in Your Fan's Hands Remember the core goal of social media is to be social, so it's important to cultivate relationships with your fans and followers. This is an essential step to launching a successful social media campaign. Yes, your ultimate goal is to sell your product and your brand, but for the purposes of your social media campaign, take a step back on the selling and simply share. Don't force your product or your brand on your audience or they'll stop listening to you. Opt for subtlety instead. Give people a way to share your product in a fun and unique way and let your audience come to it. Ford's Fiestagram Instagram campaign created buzz for the release of their new Fiesta model by asking fans to post pictures that related to different campaign hashtags. Each hashtag was a buzzword describing one of the features of the new Fiesta car, such as #music, #entry, #hidden, etc. Ford then chose the best pictures for each hashtag and displayed them on digital billboards. They also awarded weekly prizes to fans who submitted photos for the campaign. More than 16,000 photos were submitted to the Fiestagram campaign and Ford gained 120,000 new fans on their social media pages. Lay's launched the clever Do Us a Flavor campaign on Facebook that asked fans and consumers to come up with a new flavor of potato chip for the company to create and sell. That year, nearly 4 million people submitted their flavor ideas via Facebook or text message. Once the finalists were chosen, Lay's asked fans to vote for the winning flavor on Facebook, receiving over 1 million votes. The prize for the winning flavor was $1 million (or 1% of sales for the chip flavor). The first campaign increased Lay's sales by 12% and was so successful at generating engagement for the brand that they continue to run it each year. If you offer your fans a chance to showcase their creativity and connect it to one of your products, you can establish a respectful relationship with your audience, linking their personal creations to your company. #3: Play the Tag Game

Messenger Chatbots: How to Get Started

Messenger Chatbots: How to Get Started

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Wondering if Messenger chatbots are right for your business? Want to know how to build your own chatbot? To explore why and how to create Facebook Messenger chatbots, I interview Ben Beck. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode, I interview Ben Beck, a bot expert who writes a weekly column for ClearVoice.com. He has an online course focused on generating leads with chatbots. Ben explores what you need to know to get started with chatbots. You'll discover the best tools for creating chatbots. Share your feedback, read the show notes, and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Messenger Chatbots Ben's Story Ben's relationship with bots started when he was a teenager in the mid-1990s. He chatted with ALICE, the first bot to use natural language processing. ALICE had a rudimentary interface that worked via the Internet. You typed into a little box and a response showed up. Although Ben looked at the code for ALICE, it was too complex for him to figure out how to tinker with it. However, ALICE sparked Ben's interest in chatbots and he's been watching them ever since. Fast-forward to 2004. Ben got into online marketing, starting with SEO and online advertising. Over the last six or seven years, his interest shifted to marketing automation and email marketing. In the last five years, Ben has been using systems like HubSpot and Marketo to do email drip campaigns and as robust solutions for lead generation. Last year, Facebook released the option to use chatbots inside of Facebook Messenger. People naturally converse with these bots to get information about a business, submit information, get help with booking vacation plans, and more. Ben thinks bots will be the new lead generation method. Although bots may not unseat email, they'll be just as big. Listen to the show to hear my thoughts on the impact of Facebook. What's a Chatbot? A chatbot is a software application built to simulate a human-like conversation. Ben believes it was Matt Schlicht, the creator of Octane AI (a chatbot-building platform), who compared chatbots to a game of tennis. For the longest time, chatbots have followed a chat-reply, chat-reply sequence (or hit it over the net, receive, hit it back). Chatbots are now starting to take on human-like capabilities. The range of a chatbot's abilities can be huge. For instance, if you were planning a family trip to Disneyland, you could visit their site and type questions into their pop-up box like, "What time does the park open on September 12?" and a chatbot could give you the answer. In this hypothetical example, the bot watches for certain patterns in a string to determine the response. An advanced chatbot could use the best in artificial intelligence (AI) technology to learn. For example, Disney could take their conversations with customers over the last five or six years and feed them into their AI platform. The chatbot could become more human-like by studying questions and responses between an actual person and a park guest. However, the way a bot learns through AI capabilities has the potential backfire. About a year ago, Microsoft released Tay, a chatbot that learned by interacting with people on Twitter. For the first day or two, tons of people interacted with Tay, but as a result of people's communications, the bot became racist and picked up other bad conversational habits, so Microsoft had to pull it down. Listen to the show to learn more about Microsoft's chatbot fail. Facebook Messenger Chatbots Currently, Facebook Messenger has more than 1.2 billion users and Facebook is putting a lot of money into getting people on the platform.

Auto Glass Shop near Paramount

by @ Local SEO Company

Paramount Mobile Windshield Replacement Paramount, . (888) 434-3814 Auto Glass Shop offers mobile service, to your home or office at no further charge. Call now and we'll supply you with a free quote. Auto Glass Shop does complete windshield repair and Auto Glass Repair in Paramount, . What to expect when you have got to change your windshield. If you've never had Windshield Repair done on your vehicle you may not know what to expect from the procedure. Below is a quick outline of the steps you can expect when your windshield is replaced. The glass technician will start by checking its interior and exterior. This is a routine inspection to be certain everything is clean and in order. Next the floors, seats, and the outside of your vehicle will be covered to keep them from getting excess adhesive on them or worse yet scratched. The Auto Glass Replacement technician will then begin to remove whatever the wipers, any windshield trim and the cowl as necessary before removing the old windshield. The consultant will examine the amount and kind of adhesive used on the old windshield to help evaluate the best way to proceed. He / she is going to cut most of the old adhesive down and the new adhesive will be applied the on top. With the adhesive applied the new windshield can be lifted into place. The cowl, wipers and trim will be replaced and the windshield will be cleaned and inspected. Once the job has been finished you should be able to drive your vehicle within an hour though it'll take as much as 24 hours for the adhesive to totally dry. We're looking forward to you call. We'd like your business. With our windshield replacement will make everything crystal clear again.

Twitter Chats: How to Create a Successful Tweet Chat

Twitter Chats: How to Create a Successful Tweet Chat

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Are you familiar with Twitter chats? Wondering how Twitter chats can help market your business? To learn more about Twitter chats and what they can mean for your business, I interview Pam Moore for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview Pam Moore, founder of Marketing Nutz, an agency specializing in social media marketing. One of Pam's areas of expertise includes Twitter. Pam shares why businesses should host Twitter chats and the marketing benefits of running them. You'll discover how to get started, where to find participants and ways to promote your Twitter chats. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Twitter Chats What Is a Twitter Chat?  A Twitter chat is a way to get people together at a predetermined time and talk about a subject. Their purpose is to organize conversation and connect people. Pam says that if you're new to social media, and to Twitter specifically, then Twitter chats are a great way for you to learn how to use it. Twitter chats not only allow you to form a deep connection with a community, but Pam has also seen people empower their lives and businesses faster than they thought possible. When you plan a tweet chat, you can make them formal or informal. You'll find out why Pam recommends that you have a combination of both. You can also do tweet chats in a series, which can help with your brand's positioning. With this type of tweet chat, you need to put together a strategy over several months. One of Pam's clients, IBM, recently held an event called IBM Connect in Orlando, where they hosted tweet chats with some of the influencers and speakers for the event. The aim of these tweet chats was to generate awareness and excitement for the event, plus drive registration. This particular chat had over 40 million impressions over the course of a few days, and included 2500 tweets. Nearly 600 people took part in the conversation. You'll find out what comes after the tweet chat that is just as important as the chat itself and why you are left with a social asset. Listen to the show to find out what IBM added to the front and back ends of their tweet chat for IBM Connect. Why host a tweet chat? One of the marketing benefits when you host your own tweet chat is that you can start to a build a community around it. You can capture the mindshare of that audience for a specific time on a regular basis. This gives you an opportunity to communicate and support your marketing objectives. Your core goal is to focus on the needs of your audience. When you provide great content, which can bring good people to the community, then they'll begin to depend on you and want more. Pam has seen so many people—clients included—grow their businesses and make connections and partnerships. It easily puts you in a leadership role. Listen to the show to discover how a tweet chat can easily go viral. How to prepare for a tweet chat Pam says that the process includes both art and science. As the chat leader, you need to provide some framework, but you don't want it to look like you have planned everything that you say. You have to balance structure with flexibility and agility. In a structured-style tweet chat, you have a list of questions. Pam usually creates a list of questions and has a specific topic to talk about. Pam is the leader of the GetRealChat, which is held weekly to educate and help the audience. As the leader,

How to Partner With YouTube Influencers: 6 Tips for Success

How to Partner With YouTube Influencers: 6 Tips for Success

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Is YouTube part of your marketing strategy? Do you team up with influencers for video campaigns? Potential customers turn to YouTube influencers to discover products and get reviews, tips and tutorials on everything from makeup to their next mattress purchase. In this article I'll share six tips to help you partner with influencers on YouTube to get the word out about your company. Listen to this article: #1: Find Authentic YouTubers The beauty and power of word-of-mouth marketing is in finding the right influencers for your brand, and then allowing them the creative freedom to position your product organically in their videos. When a video feels fake, forced or scripted, potential customers can't click on the Back button fast enough. Find YouTubers who already embody your brand and truly love your product, and then let them do what they do best: be themselves. Remember, most YouTubers are not actors. People don't go to YouTube to watch commercials; they go to search for information and see their favorite video personalities give advice and offer interesting information. #2: Hire by Fit, not Followers When hiring YouTubers to work on a campaign, it may seem enticing to simply go for the ones who have the largest following or view counts. While this makes sense in theory, if you don't have the right fit, your message and product will likely go unnoticed. httpv://www.youtube.com/watch?v=H-YnOvpxHRU The YouTuber behind Secret Life of a Bionerd is a natural fit for beauty-related products and services. Brands working with small- and mid-sized influencers tend to have more success, because those personalities have a tight-knit community as the target market for the brand. In particular, smaller influencers who have a highly engaged audience around a niche subject are invaluable. They have greater impact and are often more cost-effective, due to their audience size. #3: Track Response to Links To determine the success of a campaign, create and provide a custom tracking link for each influencer, which leads back to your website, blog or product page. This may seem like common sense, but it's a mistake brands frequently make. When you track activity in this manner, you can see which influencers were most effective, and determine which ones you do and do not want to work on your future campaigns. Ask your campaign influencers to add your tracking link to the top of their video description, so viewers can easily find and click the link. YouTube allows minimal space for text before a viewer has to click Show More to see the rest of the video's description. You want your link to appear in that prime real estate. #4: Offer Coupon Codes It's notoriously difficult to track video conversions on YouTube. For example, viewers search for your company organically by opening up a new browser tab, which doesn't show up in your campaign results. Or they watch your video on certain devices, such as Apple TV, which don't allow you to click description links. A coupon code is an excellent way to track ROI and entice customers to take immediate action. If a potential customer isn't sure about your product or service, especially if your brand isn't well-known yet, a coupon code helps sway them, while giving you a video conversion to track. Since YouTubers have established relationships with their audience, when they provide a "special code" to use at checkout, it proves to their audience they're true ambassadors. YouTubers also get more excited about promoting products with special discount codes, because they want their audience to see that they're getting them a great deal. #5: Create Titles That Drive Views Come up with an interesting and catchy title for the video in your campaign, just as you would write the title of a blog post or book. Work with your influencer to create a headline that makes sense for your product and fits seamlessly with the type of titles and content the ...

Autoglass Repair near Mission Viejo

by @ Local SEO Company

Mission Viejo Windshield Replacement Mission Viejo, CA 92692. (949) 371-8787 Auto Glass Shop offers mobile service, to your office or home at no extra charge. Call now and we'll supply you with a free quote. Auto Glass Shop does complete windshield repair and Auto Glass Repair in Mission Viejo, CA. What can be expected when you must change your windshield. If you've never had Auto Glass Repair done on your auto you may not know what should be expected from the process. Below is a quick outline of the steps you can expect when your windshield is replaced. The glass technician will start by checking its interior and exterior. This is a routine inspection to be certain everything is clean and in order. Next the floors, seats, and the outside of your car will be covered to keep them from getting excess adhesive on them or worse yet scratched. The Auto Glass Repair engineer will then start to remove whatever the wipers, any windshield trim and the cowl as obligatory before removing the old windshield. The expert will examine the amount and kind of adhesive used on the old windshield to help assess how best to proceed. He / she will cut almost all of the old adhesive down and the new adhesive will be applied the on top. With the adhesive applied the new windshield can be lifted into place. The cowl, wipers and trim will get replaced and the windshield will be cleaned and inspected. Once the job has been completed you may be able to drive your car within an hour though it will take anywhere up to twenty-four hours for the adhesive to fully dry. We look forward to you call. We'd like your business. With our windshield replacement will make everything crystal clear again.

How Content Can Help You Build a Loyal Following

How Content Can Help You Build a Loyal Following

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Are you trying to build an engaged loyal following that loves you and your business? Have you tried to use video, podcasting or social media to build engagement? I explore these questions with Pat Flynn for our new Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This New Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a brand-new show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode, I interview Pat Flynn, founder of Smart Passive Income. Pat shares insights into his tactics and strategies and how social media content contributes to the success of his business. You'll learn how to create content to publish on different social media platforms to connect to a large audience. And you'll discover the techniques to use to build a loyal fan base. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Social Media Content for Business The business strategy behind Smart Passive Income  Pat explains how content plays a key role in his business. You'll learn why his focus is to provide valuable content for those looking for information. You'll hear how you can do this when you share content based on your own experiences. Pat shares the results his business has had from his different content platforms: blog, video and podcast. Listen to the show to discover Pat's personal stories behind his successful business. How to make a personal connection with your audience Pat talks about the different ways he shares personal information about himself to connect with his audience and how he incorporates this into his business content. Pat shares the reason why he gives his audience strategic insights into his personal story. Pat shares how he connects with his audience on Facebook. You'll find out the strategy behind the different components of Pat's Facebook page photo and how this strategy helps him connect with his audience. People like to connect with people. You'll pick up some useful tips on how to build affinity online. Listen to the show to discover why Pat leverages his "trifecta" content creation strategy (blogging, video and podcasting) to connect with a wide audience. httpv://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bJIJ_6G9Z84 Pat's video strategy YouTube is the #2 search engine in the world. Pat explains how he uses videos to respond to questions from his audience. Pat explains how this strategy works well for his business and drives traffic back to his website. Listen to the show to find out how Pat intentionally uses keywords in his videos for great results. Pat's blogging strategy Pat blogs three times a week. He publishes content based on his own experiences and explains what he does wrong, what he does right and the results he gets. He's very transparent with all of the different processes. Pat talks about the Niche Site Duel, where he was challenged to build a website from scratch. Pat publicly displayed the process and how it reached #1 in Google. Pat explains the role email marketing plays in his business model and why it's crucial for business. You'll discover why email is still the best tool to use to connect with people in a direct and personal way. Listen to the show to discover insights into the business strategies behind Pat's successful blog. Pat's podcasting strategy You'll discover how Pat was surprised by the extent that podcasting helps his brand. Learn how Pat discovered that 20% of his readers find his website through his podcasts. Find out how to train your podcast audience to get to your blog with calls to action in your podcast. Pat uses the Pretty Link Pro plugin and domain names for easy redirect URLs to get podcast listeners to come to his site.

How to Use Facebook Ads to Boost Your Best Content

How to Use Facebook Ads to Boost Your Best Content

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you use Facebook ads? Have you considered creating Facebook ads from your top-performing organic posts? To explore how to identify and boost your best Facebook content, I interview Larry Kim. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode, I interview Larry Kim, the founder and chief technology officer for WordStream. He's a frequent blogger, pay-per-click expert, and social advertising ninja. Larry explains how to improve the performance of your best content with Facebook advertising. You'll discover how to budget for Facebook ads. Share your feedback, read the show notes, and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: How to Use Facebook Ads to Boost Your Best Content Larry's Backstory Larry's company, WordStream, does search engine and social media advertising, and Larry believes that it's important for businesses to do both types. For instance, B2B software companies build new features, functions, and solutions that nobody is searching for yet. However, with social ads, these businesses can target people who are likely to buy their software based on demographics, interests, or behaviors. Unlike an individual advertiser who has data about only one business, Larry is able to spot trends and patterns in online advertising because WordStream manages approximately $1 billion of ad spending across Facebook, Bing, and Google and runs thousands of campaigns for different clients. WordStream analyzes all of these campaigns to figure out data such as the typical cost per click and typical engagement rates. Listen to the show to discover the percentage of WordStream's clients using Facebook advertising. How Algorithms Work To understand the algorithms, Larry says it's important to think about the context in which your ad appears. (Our conversation focuses on Facebook, but Larry says the same is true for ads on Twitter and other social media platforms.) When you sponsor or promote a post, you're one of thousands or even millions of companies going after the same audience. Larry explains that the Facebook algorithm is designed to handle that volume in a way that keeps Facebook engaging for users so they come back. To determine which posts to show users and how much to charge the advertiser, Larry believes that the algorithm looks at many different factors, but the main one is engagement (clicks, likes, comments, or shares). A post with low engagement has an engagement rate of 1% to 2%. (Only 1 or 2 people out of 100 engage with the post.) A high-engagement post has a rate of 10% to 15%, and the average is around 2.5% to 3%. Larry emphasizes that Facebook doesn't want users' news feeds filled with ridiculous updates that no one cares about. A company trying to promote garbage content with low engagement rates will be dinged with very few ad impressions. The ad might not even be shown. If the ad does show, the click-through rate will be expensive (a few dollars per click versus a few cents). The reverse is also true. Facebook rewards companies that promote interesting content by showing their ads and charging only pennies per click. Listen to the show to hear Larry's thoughts about how engaging ad content needs to be compared to organic content. Unicorns Because algorithms reward engaging content, Larry believes that the winning advertising strategy is simple: promote your unicorns. These outlier posts do spectacularly well. They get three to five times more traffic than the average post and are among the top 1% to 3% of your most engaging content. For instance, a unicorn post might have a 20% engagement rate,

How to Optimize Your Social Profiles for Search

How to Optimize Your Social Profiles for Search

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Have you thought about optimizing your social accounts for search? Do you know where to use keywords in your social profiles? In social media, there are two search engines you have to optimize for: the search function within each social network and Google search. In this article you'll discover where to use keywords in your social profiles and pages so you are found when people search. Listen to this article: Anatomy of Google Search Results First, take a look at the anatomy of a result in Google Search. There are three things you can usually (but not always) control in Google search results for your website and social profiles and pages: the title, page URL and description. The title is shown first in a search result. This is made up of 50 to 60 characters generally found in the SEO title of a page. The SEO title for Social Media Examiner (as shown in the Google search result above) is: Social Media Examiner: Social media marketing how to, research, case studies, news and more! | Social Media Examiner The URL of the page is shown below the title. On social networks, your URL is usually the social network's domain name followed by your chosen username. The description of the page is shown below the URL. This is the 155 characters generally found in the meta description of the page. The meta description for this website is: Social Media Examiner helps businesses master social media marketing to find leads, increase sales and improve branding using Facebook, LinkedIn, Twitter, Google+, Pinterest and YouTube For Google search results, also note that Google can only pull information that is available on your public profile. This means you need to log out of each social network completely to see what your profile or page looks like. Anything that isn't publicly viewable won't be indexed by Google. Here's how to use keywords in your social profiles and pages to improve your visibility in search results. #1: Optimize Your Facebook Page When it comes to Facebook pages, you'll see that most pages appear in Google search results like this. Google's search results use the Facebook page name, short description, number of likes and number of people talking about the page. In terms of keyword optimization, Facebook pages with keywords in the page name generally rank higher in Google search, as you can see below in a search for "cars on Facebook." Although Toyota is a top brand for cars, their Facebook page doesn't appear in the first page of search results. Facebook search, on the other hand, uses more than just your page name. When you start a search for "cars," you'll see an option to click on Cars Pages. When you click on Cars Pages, you'll get pages in the Cars subcategory, found under the main brand or product category for pages. If you switch your search term to just the keyword "cars" (without selecting Cars Pages), you have the option to find search results for that keyword under People, Photos, Pages, Places, Groups, Apps and Events. If you're a local business owner, note that your page will appear in Facebook search under Places based on your proximity to the searcher and the category of your page. In this case "car" or "cars" must be in the subcategory. Key takeaway: If you want your page to come up in Google search for a keyword, that keyword needs to be in your page's name. To come up in Facebook search, that keyword needs to be in your page's subcategory. #2: Optimize Your Twitter Profile When it comes to Twitter profiles, you'll see that most profiles appear in Google search results like this: Instead of using the Twitter bio as the meta description for your profile in search results, Google pulls one of your latest tweets along with your profile name, username, number of followers, number of photos and videos and number of tweets. In terms of keyword optimization,

How to Promote Your eBook With Social Media

How to Promote Your eBook With Social Media

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you have an ebook that needs exposure? Want tips to promote your ebooks via social media? Social media can help you build visibility and generate leads with ebooks. In this article you'll discover six ways to promote your ebook on social media. Listen to this article: Why eBooks? The purpose of an ebook is to capture leads. Turn highly valuable content that can't be found in a simple online search into an ebook, and your prospects are likely to give you their contact details in return for access to the ebook. While half of content marketing with ebooks is the creation stage, the other half is promoting your ebook to increase ROI. Here's how to promote your ebook on social media to generate valuable leads. #1: Create Social Teasers Understandably you'll want to promote your ebook across your social platforms. Tease your audience with snippets from the ebook, and you're much more likely to create buzz around the content you're promoting. Post an engaging image from the ebook, an interesting stat or a stand-out quote to attract your audience's attention so they want to click to your content. Publi.sh posted an attention-grabbing stat to generate interest in their ebook. Also, use a popular hashtag that is relevant to your ebook content in your posts. Explore hashtagify.me to discover suitable hashtags. #2: Pin a Tweet The Pin feature on Twitter is a little-known, yet effective, tactic that gives you the ability to pin a tweet to the top of your feed. Thus the pinned tweet will always be the first one a visitor sees. Find or create a tweet you want to pin that highlights your ebook. Then right-click on the Further Options icon and select to Pin to Your Profile Page. HubSpot pins tweets to promote their ebook content. Pinned tweets are free and perfect for promoting content like an ebook. #3: Design Social Banners Since social banners and covers instantly grab attention when someone visits your social pages, they can be especially helpful for promoting your ebook. For example, create a cover photo for Facebook and Twitter that promotes your ebook. Although there's no way to enable a clickable link back to the ebook content, it's still worth including the URL so your audience knows where to find it. The dimensions for a Facebook cover are 851 x 315 pixels. Twitter covers are 1500 x 421 pixels. #4: Leverage Influencers Social media influencers can really help accelerate your promotional strategy. Explore platforms such as BuzzSumo to find influencers within your industry. Then connect with them to see if they'll share your content. Influencers are always looking for valuable information to share with their audience. For example, Darren Rowse shared a link to an ebook in this tweet. If you're struggling to find influencers to share content from your site, ask if they're open to you writing a guest post for them on their site. Create a post that's topically related to your ebook, and link to it in your article. #5: Post in Communities Google+ and LinkedIn are both home to a variety of different communities where marketers discuss the latest trends within their niche. After you join a community, take some time to get to know other members before you start promoting your ebook. Take part in discussions, and like and comment on their posts to build long-lasting relationships. Take a look at the Groups Directory on LinkedIn to find relevant groups for your industry. Or, if you'd prefer, create your own group and talk about the content of your ebook to an interested audience. Also, on Google+ you'll find hundreds of communities to join. The Google+ platform makes it incredibly easy to promote content with the option to include links, images and videos within your post. #6: Pay to Promote Posts To guarantee your ebook will get in front of an audience that actually cares about your content, consider paying for a sponsored post. For example,

3 Steps for Adding Video to Your Social Media Marketing

3 Steps for Adding Video to Your Social Media Marketing

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Is video part of your social media marketing mix? Looking for tips to get started with video? Making the right decisions in three key areas will help you create videos that engage people. In this article you'll discover three steps to add video to your social media marketing. Listen to this article: #1: Choose a Video Type The great thing about social media is that you can create many different types of videos to keep your publishing schedule interesting and your followers engaged. Eighty-eight percent of businesses say that video is an important part of their marketing strategy. However, the biggest struggles are to stop recycling old content and choose the right type of video content. Here are five ways that you can include video in your social media marketing. Grab Attention With Pre-roll Video Pre-roll video ads are short 15- to 30-second videos that grab the viewer's interest in a product or service. You can use them on social media sites such as YouTube, Facebook, Twitter and Instagram. The secret to a successful pre-roll video is to gain the viewer's attention quickly, as most people naturally gravitate towards the Skip button or scroll past videos on their news feed. This pre-roll video from Geico pulls the viewer in by showing a runaway vacuum. Use humorous tactics like this to make your video stand out in the news feed and compel viewers to watch the whole thing. (Editorial Note: This video was removed from public view after this article published.) httpv://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Xmzm1JCOqtU Show Viewers How to Do Something One way to produce highly targeted content is to teach your audience how to do something. This helps you improve shares and attract new followers. Fitness trainer Kayla Itsines regularly produces videos that teach her target audience how to do various fitness moves. Content like this has helped her become an influencer in the fitness industry, gaining her 4.4 million followers on Instagram. Her videos are easy to follow and they feature content that people would normally expect to pay money to see. http://www.instagram.com/p/_XYsJfACNp/ "How to" video searches on YouTube are up to 70%, with over 100 million hours watched on the platform. Problem-solving content is valuable and video is one of the best ways to offer it. Capitalize on Trending Topics Marketers are always hoping to create the next viral video, but with so much competition, it's not as easy as it sounds. That's why it's important to take advantage of the trending topics across social platforms. The Trending Topics sections on both Twitter and Facebook are popular sources of news content for social users. If you create a video related to a trending topic, you can potentially tap into a huge market. Jimmy Fallon created an a cappella video to celebrate the new Star Wars movie. Creating content around a popular event helped this video to secure millions of shares across social media. httpv://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZTLAx3VDX7g Take a look at the events likely to create a buzz during the calendar year and incorporate these into your video marketing strategy. Go Behind the Scenes Showing people what goes on behind the scenes at your company is a great way to connect with your audience on a personal level. It helps close the gap between brand and customer, which is important in the world of marketing. In this video, Ben and Jerry's introduces one of their Flavor Gurus and gives viewers a brief look at what goes into creating their products and what it's like to work for the company. http://www.instagram.com/p/39m2aMRkLn/ Showcase Products When it comes to video content, 76% of consumers say that they would share a video if it's entertaining. When you incorporate a product video into your social strategy, it's important to strike a balance between promoting your product and keeping the tone light, fun and informal.

Provide Your Clients Valuable Content

by Marketing Team @ WolfNet

There are five phases in the consumer journey: Awareness, Consideration, Purchase, Advocacy, and Loyalty. The objective of advocacy is to stay relevant with your customers and to anticipate and surprise them by being helpful. Just like the purchase phase, your objective here is to provide value. While the name of the game here is to keep providing value to your clients […]

The post Provide Your Clients Valuable Content appeared first on WolfNet.

5 Ways to Use Snapchat for Business

5 Ways to Use Snapchat for Business

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Are you thinking of adding Snapchat to your social media marketing mix? Interested in ways to use Snapchat to strengthen your brand? With Snapchat, you can increase community engagement and brand awareness through innovative marketing campaigns. In this article you'll discover five ways to use Snapchat for business. Why Snapchat? With over 100 million daily active users and 400 million snaps per day, Snapchat is one of the fastest-growing social networks. As you might already assume, 71% of Snapchat's U.S. users fall into the 18 to 34 age range. Even if your audience doesn't fall in that demographic, Snapchat is becoming a vital part of global marketing strategies. Listen to this article: Brands and content creators are using Snapchat to produce daily stories that engage and excite audiences. Snapchat stories, which last only 24 hours, are a string of snaps used to create a video narrative. There are over 1 billion views of Snapchat stories each day. You can have a lot of fun with the platform's native tools and features by adding filters, geofilters, text, emojis, music and more, all from within the platform. Here are five ways you can use Snapchat to surprise and delight your audience and grow awareness for your brand. #1: Provide Access to Live Events Snapchat is perfect for real-time social media marketing because it can give the audience direct access to live events. You can use it for product launches, trade shows or one-of-a-kind events like the 1,000th customer to shop in your store. Snapchat gets your audience excited because you're providing a different, more authentic view of what's going on at the event. The NBA has used Snapchat in a variety of ways including at the Draft, All-Star Game and Finals. At the 2014 All-Star Game, the NBA launched their presence on Snapchat, and fans were able to watch videos from L.A. Clippers star Chris Paul, and up-close snaps of the Slam Dunk Contest. During the 2014 Finals, the NBA posted a backstage video clip of Boston Celtics legend Bill Russell with San Antonio Spurs star Kawhi Leonard. #2: Deliver Private Content You can also use Snapchat to provide special content to your audience that they might not receive on other digital platforms. Think of something unique to surprise your community of followers. Fashion brands like Rebecca Minkoff and Michael Kors have used Snapchat to debut their collections to followers before they hit the runway. At a Valentino show for Fashion Week in Paris, actors Ben Stiller and Owen Wilson took it a step further and reprised their Zoolander roles as Derek Zoolander and Hansel for a runway walk-off. They even had a "Blue Steel" geofilter at the fashion show. The use of Snapchat at Fashion Week made consumers feel included in an exclusive world, and by doing so, they felt like they were part of the event. #3: Offer Contests, Perks or Promotions Everyone loves social media giveaways and promotions, so think of ways you can keep your followers coming back for more. For example, you could offer promo codes or discounts to the fans who watch your entire Snapchat story, or ask them to take a snap while holding your product. GrubHub succeeds in Snapchat community engagement with a variety of promotions, exclusive deals and contests. In fact, they were the first brand to execute a Snapchat scavenger hunt. Each day during the five-day campaign, they asked their followers to post a daily snap, whether it was a food selfie or a food doodle. This innovative campaign showcased GrubHub's brand personality and created two-way communication between consumers and the brand. The company was able to capture user-generated content while increasing loyalty, which is a recipe for Snapchat success. #4: Take People Behind the Curtain With Snapchat, you can provide behind-the-scenes content to your community, which helps create and engage a strong following.

Social Sharing: How to Inspire Fans to Share Your Stories

Social Sharing: How to Inspire Fans to Share Your Stories

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you use stories to market your business? Are you wondering how you can get people to share your content? To learn how to inspire your fans and followers to share your stories via social media, I interview Simon Mainwaring for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview Simon Mainwaring, author of We First: How Brands and Consumers Use Social Media to Build a Better World. He's a consultant who's worked with brands like Nike and Motorola. Simon also hosts the upcoming We First Social Branding Seminar in West Hollywood in a few days. Simon shares the importance of tapping into the power of your fans to share your story. You'll learn how you can create a story and the kind of content you need to use to succeed. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Social Sharing Why is it important to tap the power of fans? Simon states that the power of social media is not in the ability of a brand to sell directly to a customer; it's more to inspire a customer who made a purchase to talk about your brand to others. With traditional media, it was "one to many." A television commercial would reach many people. Whereas with social media, it's about "one to one to many." Kevin Kelly, co-founder of Wired magazine, said, "One member of those thousand fans and those thousand fans will promote you to so many other people." Apple's marketing looks effortless, but they do very conscious things to build their rabid fan base. They celebrate the customer through the priority they give to the user experience. There is no other brand out there that spends so much time and attention to make sure their customer experience is so well-captured in the product itself. Apple really listens to their customers and the marketing is done in a very human way. The video below shows the campaign for the iPod, which was done in very simple language. httpv://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TaVFCdwT0hk You'll discover what else Apple does to tap into the human dynamics and how they have a raving fan base. Not everybody has the brilliance of what Apple has built and Simon says there is a fundamental shift that every brand needs to make. The shift is for companies to market themselves not as the celebrity of their customer community but rather as a celebrant. You have to stop talking about yourself. Instead talk about your customers. Now thanks to social media, there is real-time dialog between brands and consumers. If you want to inspire your fans to promote your brand and build your business, you need to reframe your marketing as a celebration of your customer community. You'll hear the questions you need to think about that get customers to share and what gives you the power of one to one to many. You can then use your marketing platform to celebrate your customers. There are many entrepreneurs and big brands that transform their experience with social media. Brands have changed their positioning and it's become a benefit to their customers. Coca-Cola's marketing used to be "The Real Thing." Now they've changed it to "Open Happiness." Pepsi was "The Joy of Pepsi," and now it's "Refresh Everything." You'll hear how Sharpie celebrates their customers and what Intel did to make it all about their customers with the launch of the Museum of Me. Listen to the show to find out how the direction of conversation has reversed between brand, company and customer. What's happening in the PR and advertising industry to bring about t...

Overcoming Fear: How to Break Through and Get Stuff Done

Overcoming Fear: How to Break Through and Get Stuff Done

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Is fear holding you back in your business? Are you wondering what you can do to face your fears? To learn about the kinds of fears we deal with as marketers, I interview two small businesses owners for this 52nd episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, it's a panel discussion with Pat Flynn, founder of Smart Passive Income, and John Lee Dumas, the host of Entrepreneur on Fire. Both Pat and John share the fears that could have held them back in their businesses. You'll learn about the common fears marketers face and practical steps you need to implement. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Overcoming Fear John, what were some of your doubts when you had the idea of starting a podcast? John says that he had many doubts and fears when he had the idea for his Entrepreneur on Fire podcast. The idea for the podcast came about when he was on a commute to work as a commercial real estate agent. He liked to listen to podcasts and soon ran out of content to listen to. At the time, Pat Flynn had his Smart Passive Income podcast, for which he released one episode every two weeks. John soon realized that if he was running out of content, then so were others. He had the idea to start Entrepreneur on Fire as a 7-day-a-week podcast featuring interviews with today's most inspiring and successful entrepreneurs. In the beginning, John approached Jamie Tardy, The Eventual Millionaire, for mentoring. She agreed but thought he was crazy to commit to 7 days a week. Jamie thought it would be too much for his listeners to consume. John also joined Cliff Ravencraft's Podcast Mastermind and was told the exact same thing. You'll hear what John did with the advice from mentors and people already in that space. Listen to the show to hear the fears and doubts John had, and still has today. Pat, in the early days what were some of your fears? Pat shares the fears he faced when he first started out. One of the them was that the work wouldn't be appreciated or seen and whether it was the right thing to do. One of the biggest was the fear of failure and looking bad. When he was first let go from his job, he had the fear of not being able to provide for his family. He wanted to go down the path that was good for his and his family's future. You'll discover the kind of support Pat received from his wife, family and mentors. It helped him face the fear, doubt and resistance he encountered and got him to take action. When he wrote his first ebook in 2008, which was aimed at the architecture industry, he feared that nobody would buy it. This is one of the things that could have easily stopped him from writing the ebook. The take-home message is that you may not know John, Pat or me, but one thing is certain: We have all dealt with significant fear. We have all overcome it and gone on to do some pretty exciting things. Listen to the show to hear my story of when I put my idea for a social media blog out to some extremely influential people. My idea became Social Media Examiner. What about the fear of missing out? John believes the fear of missing out is prevalent. As entrepreneurs, it's the bright, shiny object syndrome. You see all these amazing platforms that you want to try. With all this going on around him, John always tries to remain focused. His passion is for podcasting and interviewing entrepreneurs. So his focus is to follow one course until he succeeds and it has stood him well.

Email Sales Funnels: How to Automate Your Sales

Email Sales Funnels: How to Automate Your Sales

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you have an automated way to market to your email list? Are you thinking of creating a sales funnel? To explore how to automate your email marketing, I interview Yaro Starak. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode, I interview Yaro Starak, a blogging expert who specializes in helping people turn their blogs into profitable businesses. He's the author of the ebook Blog Profits Blueprint. Yaro also is an expert in building automated email sales funnels. Yaro shares what you need to know to build successful email sales funnels that sell for you. You'll discover how to create a successful automated email sequence. Share your feedback, read the show notes, and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Email Sales Funnels Yaro's Backstory Yaro discovered blogging in 2004 after someone suggested he start a blog for his editing company. While many bloggers were spending a lot of time writing content, Yaro knew of people who generated $30,000 using email. To avoid becoming one of those bloggers who was trapped writing 20 posts a day and to automate the sales process for his course, Yaro built what he now calls a blog sales funnel. He set up a series of blog posts to go to his email newsletter once a week for 52 weeks. Then at intervals throughout the email delivery process, he would include a sales message for his course. Yaro notes that it took him six months to write a year's worth of messages, so he recommends starting smaller. He's spent the last few years building and perfecting his process. Listen to the show to discover when and why Yaro first went online. How an Email Sales Funnel Works Email sales funnels deliver sequenced pieces of content to anyone who opts in, Yaro explains. When automated, those emails (autoresponders) let marketers deliver trust, educate, and sell their product on autopilot. Businesses have customers at different levels of interest, he points out. Some people are ready to buy a $30 ebook but aren't ready to invest $1,000 in a course. Some want to purchase everything you offer, while others just want to explore your free information. After you set up an email sales funnel, it automatically meets the needs of all of those different people. As each person goes through the email sequence and various product offers, they self-select to enter the next sales level. Yaro now markets a range of ebooks, his membership site, and a flagship course. Because he set up a range of email sequences to market each one, he's free to spend his time blogging and doing podcasts. When someone new discovers him via a blog post or a podcast, his sales funnel automatically goes to work. Listen to the show to hear Yaro discuss the old-school way of doing email newsletters. Examples of Successful Email Funnels Yaro shares that he uses an event-based direct selling launch sequence, similar to that of the Jeff Walker school of marketing, to sell his flagship course. The launch includes a series of free videos and a free copy of his Blog Profits Blueprint report. At the end of the launch, he delivers an offer to join his course. To automate that process, he's set up an email sequence that's triggered when someone visits his site and opts to receive a copy of the Blog Profits Blueprint report. Once people opt in, they receive a series of video trainings over three weeks via an automated email sequence. On the fourth week, he invites people to enter his course. Comparing the two processes, Yaro says it's not necessarily changing the way you sell; it's applying automation to create a more hands-off business process.

Building Business Ideas That Succeed: How to Preflight Your Ideas

Building Business Ideas That Succeed: How to Preflight Your Ideas

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you have a great idea for a business? Is there a new product you want to create? To discover how to improve your chances for success, I interview Pat Flynn. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode I interview Pat Flynn, the host of the Smart Passive Income Podcast, who blogs at smartpassiveincome.com and helps hundreds of thousands of entrepreneurs and aspiring entrepreneurs build their dream businesses. His latest book is called Will it Fly? How to Test Your Next Business Idea So You Don't Waste Your Time and Money. Pat will explore how to increase the likelihood that your next product idea is successful. You'll discover ways to test and validate your ideas. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Building Business Ideas That Succeed How Pat's architect background has helped him in business When Pat started in online business, he taught architects how to take the lead exam. He shares that people reached out to him and thanked him for helping them in their careers, and he says that feeling was different from anything he experienced in the world of architecture. Pat talks about what he did and didn't like about working as an architect, and how the long-term process of breaking a giant project down into chunks helped him when he started in entrepreneurship. He says the process of working hard on a building, planning ahead, and not knowing what it will be like until people are actually using it all translate to building and launching product. Architects and entrepreneurs go through similar processes, Pat says. Each of them are building a solution for a client's problem. As you build it, you make changes, you pivot and you learn as you go. To be successful in any business you need to learn how to adapt and solve other people's problems. Listen to the show to learn what software skill Pat used in architecture that he still uses in business. Why Pat wrote a book about the pre-launch phase In addition to Pat's weekly Smart Passive Income podcast, he does a show called AskPat, during which he answers a voice mail question submitted from his audience via SpeakPipe. One of the most common questions asked is "How do I know if this idea I am working on is worth spending the time?" He tried to answer this question on both shows and found there wasn't enough time for him to cover the topic. The topic was validated through an audience survey (Pat uses SurveyMonkey) in early 2015, when he segmented the people who said they had yet to start a business. By far, their number one concern was not wanting to waste time on something that might not be successful. That's when Pat decided he needed to write a book to people with amazing ideas, that might be life-changing products or services, move forward. Listen to the show to hear the reason behind the title of Pat's new book. Making mistakes Assumptions are great because they are ideas, Pat explains. However, if you act on those assumptions without knowing whether it's something people would actually pay for, that's when you have an issue. Pat shares how a couple of WordPress plugin ideas he had turned into a $15,000 mistake. He didn't discuss the ideas with anybody because it was such a good idea, he didn't want to share it. Plus, he wanted to keep it a secret in order to have an awesome reveal on launch day. Had he simply discussed these ideas with his target audience and people in his mastermind groups, it would have been clear that the idea was merely a starting point. He could have gotten feedback and turned it into something that would actually wo...

Mobile Marketing: Are You Ready for the Revolution?

Mobile Marketing: Are You Ready for the Revolution?

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you have a mobile strategy for your business? Are you interested in discovering what the future of mobile marketing has in store? To learn how to market your business with mobile, I interview Tom Webster. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode, I interview Tom Webster, the Vice President of Strategy and Marketing at Edison Research. He's authored studies such as The Social Habit and Twitter Users in America. He's co-authored a new book with Tim Hayden called The Mobile Commerce Revolution: Business Success in a Wireless World. Tom explores how mobile marketing impacts your business. You'll discover why successfully mobile marketing goes beyond technology, how consumer behavior is already being shaped by mobile, and how to respond to the mobile commerce revolution. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Mobile Marketing Why Tom wrote his new book  Working in consumer behavior and market research, Tom has tracked human behavior for decades. He helps brands figure out why humans do what they do. His particular area of interest is to capture the opinions and study the behavior of people out of their homes and on the go. For Tom, understanding mobile marketing goes beyond the technology. It's about being able to understand people's needs, wants, and desires while they are in transition, out and about, and away from home. This idea was the impetus behind his new book, The Mobile Commerce Revolution: Business Success in a Wireless World Listen to the show to learn how it's been possible for Tom's company, Edison Research, to study mobile behavior for decades.  What is the mobile commerce revolution Every year, experts in various trades are asked if this is going to be the year of mobile when, in fact, the year of mobile has already happened. According to Tom, the mobile commerce revolution is already upon us. You'll hear Tom describe the Starbucks mobile app as an example of how much consumer behavior has already been shaped by mobile. There's no special technology to the Starbucks mobile app. It's nothing more than a bar code on your phone that's tied to a method of payment. Yet it's eliminated the need for a wallet and made it simpler to purchase items using something Starbucks customers already have in hand: their smartphones. The use of this smartphone app has become such default behavior that it’s prompted customers to make a purchase at Starbucks when they otherwise might not have. If you base your mobile strategy on the technology, then you will not make it. Mobile isn't about technology. It's about being able to understand and enable human behavior. Listen to the show to hear what companies with successful mobile strategies are doing that others aren't. How marketers should respond to the mobile explosion  It's easy to be lulled into thinking that big data and clickstream analytics will give you everything you need to know to develop your mobile strategy. However, the first step when you develop a successful mobile strategy is to examine human behavior. Tom describes the mobile web as having three distinct eras. We've moved past the first two eras of optimizing for mobile and responsive design. We are now moving towards a new era of contextually relevant experiences based on a customer's unique needs and wants in the context of their specific location. Mobility enables this capability to happen. There is a serious measurement gap between the online and the offline interactions because our focus has either been on search or on purely technology solutions.

Snapchat or Instagram? Deciding Which Platform Is Ideal for Your Visual Content

Snapchat or Instagram? Deciding Which Platform Is Ideal for Your Visual Content

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Is visual content part of your social media marketing? Are you trying to decide whether to use Instagram or Snapchat? Snapchat and Instagram share the same basic purpose. While many businesses want to know which is better for marketing, the truth is both have value. In this article you'll find insights to help you decide whether your visual content campaigns should be on Snapchat or Instagram. Snapchat and Instagram Stats Instagram and Snapchat have more similarities than just being photo sharing platforms. They also have some commonality in how they both appeal to younger age groups, are mobile-driven and have large portions of their audience use the apps daily. Listen to this article: When determining which platform to use for your next campaign (or even in general), learn the important metrics for each to make an informed decision. Snapchat Metrics Snapchat launched in 2011, though it's only recently that businesses and brands started to use it as a marketing tool. Snapchat has 100 million daily active users, and there are 400 million snaps per day. More than 60% of Snapchat users in the United States are 13 to 34 years old, and 37% are between 18 and 24 years old. The platform is particularly popular among college students; 77% of them use it daily. Engagement on Snapchat, if any, is private. Snapchat's images (which do not have to be high-quality) are only temporary, and only 2% of marketers are currently using Snapchat.   Instagram Metrics Instagram was launched in 2010, and quickly picked up steam, especially since Facebook purchased Instagram as their new sister company. Instagram has more than 400 million monthly users, and there are more than 80 million photos posted daily. The platform also skews young: 53% of Instagram users are 18 to 29 years old; 25% are 30 to 49 years old, and 11% are 50 to 64 years old. Engagement on Instagram is public, and comes in the form of hearts, comments and shares. Instagram now offers ads, partnered with Facebook Ads. Instagram heavily utilizes hashtags, has a wide international reach and incredible click-through rates. Instagram allows cross-posting to Facebook, Flickr and Twitter. #1: Snapchat Marketing Snapchat allows users to either send snaps (photos and videos) to specific individuals or share them with all contacts through "stories." These images and videos aren't professional; they're "snapped" with a phone's camera. You can edit snaps with the platform's basic features, which include the ability to add text. When you share a snap individually, it disappears quickly; an image lasts 10 seconds and a video only for its duration. Since only 1% of businesses currently use Snapchat as a marketing tool, there's a lot of room for businesses to grab hold of their audience without worrying about the looming competition. If you aim to target college students, Snapchat can be incredibly valuable. With Snapchat, it's all about the timing. Businesses that have done well on Snapchat understand how to harness good timing and urgency in promotions. Businesses Using Snapchat Taco Bell, GrubHub and 16 Handles are examples of businesses and brands that have done well on Snapchat. Taco Bell, which knows their target audience well, followed users to Snapchat. They successfully take advantage of the timely feel of Snapchat: snaps and stories are temporary and the audience doesn't linger. Taco Bell has been known to send out stories late at night, when nothing else is open and college students have the munchies. Considering there's a Taco Bell on or close to most college campuses, and almost no one sleeps normal hours at major universities, this is near genius. It has brought them success. GrubHub also takes advantage of the urgency of Snapchat. They'll send out coupon codes, updates and deals, which are sometimes hinted about on Twitter, but require Snapchat to obtain. The codes are temporary,

SEO Services Smackover AR – Cheap prices SEO package

by Vick1974 @ The seo agency

Best Seo Companies For Healthcare Smackover In The Future – Predictions It have to always be end result-pushed. The purpose is there is a shortage of savvy internet marketers and every person who is any exact does now not want to cold name. net marketers must be accurate at, ahem, advertising . this may assist… Continue reading SEO Services Smackover AR – Cheap prices SEO package

Artykuł SEO Services Smackover AR – Cheap prices SEO package pochodzi z serwisu The seo agency.

SEO Company Mills NE – Become #1 in Web

by Mucas1972 @ Local seo help

The 3 Really Obvious Ways To Ecommerce Seo Magento Mills NE Better That You Ever Did You have to additionally ask about their pricing scheme for his or her search engine optimization consulting offerings Mills NE and talk to them about doing an best search engine optimization software to assess the exact wishes of your… Continue reading SEO Company Mills NE – Become #1 in Web

Artykuł SEO Company Mills NE – Become #1 in Web pochodzi z serwisu Local seo help.

How to Boost Your Influence Using Your LinkedIn Profile

How to Boost Your Influence Using Your LinkedIn Profile

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Is your LinkedIn profile working for you? Want to build a presence that supports your company role? While many people think of LinkedIn as a place only for jobseekers, salespeople and recruiters, LinkedIn can help employees build influence around any business role. In this article you'll discover three ways to build a LinkedIn presence to boost visibility for both you and your business. #1: Align Your Personal Message With Your Company's Your LinkedIn presence is unique on social media, because while it is your personal profile, the fact that it highlights your professional activities means that it is enmeshed with your employer's online presence. Listen to this article: Many companies fall flat with their social media approach to employees because it's top down (for example, "put this corporate marketing copy in your profile" or "share this status update"). And understandably, people resist. But incorporating your employer's brand message can help you, because part of your value as a professional is the team around you. Plugging into that larger message expands your capability and credibility. Incorporate Company Marketing Copy in Your Profile If you copy and paste wholesale from your employer's website, your profile will look sterile and untrustworthy. But if you pull in key phrases and ideas, you reinforce your message. Companies spend a lot of money figuring out the best way to communicate their message, and you can piggyback onto that. The Summary paragraph above is from a Dell executive's LinkedIn profile. It's a great example of how to mix a personal viewpoint with the overall company focus. Support Your External-Facing Team You may not deal with clients and prospects on a daily basis, but someone in your company does. In the online landscape, your profile is just a click away. Take look at your colleagues' profiles and see what they're talking about to make sure you align with that message. One of the easiest ways to show your teammates some love is with the social tools on LinkedIn. If you want to make coworkers look better to their audiences (and by extension, yours), click the Like and Share buttons on their posts. This will also extend the reach of your colleagues' messages. #2: Clearly Define Your Role Don't assume the people you work with already know what you do, because they likely don't. The bigger your company gets, the harder it is for coworkers to know the experience and skills you bring to the table. Whether it's through your profile or a status update, share your unique perspective so that others know how you can help them. There might not be a direct line between your social media activity and your audience (unless you're a salesperson or recruiter), but your core message needs to be clear. As a professional, you have a unique value that you bring to your work. Think of the people you serve, and share information that is relevant to them. Connect With Your Target Audience Your audience might be internal employees you support, or clients and partners who rely on your work. Be very clear about whom you need to "talk to" online. Use your headline to share information that answers questions people might have about you and how you can help them. Here's an example of effective LinkedIn profile headline from an employee of the company above. Be sure to include keywords throughout your profile that resonate with your audience. Think of it as SEO for humans. For example, if you're the compliance officer for a financial services firm, and help your employees stay on the right side of the law, include that in places like your profile headline and experience. Publish Your Ideas The ability to share long-form content through LinkedIn Publisher is a fantastic opportunity for internal employees to build a following. More importantly, when you post content on LinkedIn, it doesn't pull focus away from your day job (which could happen ...

7 Ways to Use Video to Drive Traffic and Conversions

7 Ways to Use Video to Drive Traffic and Conversions

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Are you using video effectively to market your business? Want to discover the best kinds of videos to make and the best times to present them? Different types of video should be used at different times to help your audience connect with your products and services. A new prospect has much different needs than an established customer. In this article I’ll share seven ways to use the right type of video at the right time to increase traffic and conversions throughout the sales cycle. Listen to this article: #1: Increase Conversions With Product Videos Since website visitors are anywhere from 64% to 85% more likely to buy a product after watching a video about it, create short promotional videos that show off the main benefits and features of your products and put them on your website. For example, if you have an apparel store, instead of just posting photos, add a video of a model wearing your clothes. If you offer a service, use video to explain what problem your service solves and how it goes about doing so. PadMapper created an animated video that explains the service well, and with a light and humorous tone. httpv://www.youtube.com/watch?v=eN8nDVGfdZM Produce the video yourself, go with an agency or use tools such as Wideo or PowToon to create an animated video. Don't be afraid to be creative and take some risks. Video doesn't necessarily mean setting up a shoot and filming. A lot of great videos are just repurposed product images. Just insert photos into a cool template with nice transitions and text, and add some background music or other audio. #2: Drive Traffic With How-to Videos How-to videos catch viewers with prime buyer intent. They have a problem they want to solve or something they want to learn. It is up to you to show them how to do it. In fact, nearly 1 in 3 Millennials say they purchased a product as a direct result of watching a tutorial or how-to video about it. Come up with and share uses of your product. For example, explain to consumers how to tie a tie or show home cooks how to make certain recipes for your ingredient. Don't try to sell your product in this type of video, just focus on instructing your audience. The Home Depot creates how-to videos for projects. Of course, after the video piques customers' interest, a shopping trip to get the supplies is in order. httpv://www.youtube.com/watch?v=emCG1cb0n3I Videos appear in 52% of Google keyword searches and 82% of them are from YouTube, so remember to optimize your video with keywords for SEO. Write detailed meta descriptions about your video and add transcripts of your voiceover. Just like with written works, produce great content that inspires people to engage with your videos. #3: Onboard Users With Product Walkthroughs Ensure your users have a smooth, easy and fun onboarding process, and they are likely to stick with you long-term. Before you get started, put yourself in the shoes of your first-time users. Choose the most common use cases of your product and do a screen recording. If you're on a Mac, you can easily do it in QuickTime. Windows users can download something like Screenrecorder. BuzzSumo created a fantastic walkthrough video for new users to get acquainted with their product. httpv://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gpY2mMLbnq8 Go through the use case slowly and clearly, and narrate the process. Send out the link to your onboarding video in your welcome email or direct a new user to it from the sign-up page. Onboarding is one of the most critical parts of your relationship with your users, so make the most of it. #4: Cut Down on Customer Service Cases With Screencasts Just as screencasts can help onboard your users, they may also be used to reduce the number of customer service calls you receive. Rather than use text for FAQs, create videos with answers to your customers' most common questions. It's a way to establish trust and credibility. Plus,

9 Time-Saving Tools for Social Media Marketers

9 Time-Saving Tools for Social Media Marketers

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you need to spend less time on repetitive social media tasks? Are you looking for tools that let you balance automation with a personal touch? In this article, you'll discover nine tools to help marketers save time while maintaining a human presence on social media. Listen to this article: Relationship-building Tools Just like any relationship, connecting on social media starts with finding the right people and reaching out in a human way. Here are some automation tools to help you do that. #1: Notifier Linking to other people's amazing content not only helps establish your own authority, but is also one of the best ways to make meaningful connections. If you're smart about leveraging those connections, you'll reach out directly every time you include someone else in your own work. With Notifier, simply enter the URL into an article you've published (whether on your own site or as a guest contributor) and the tool will pull out all of the people mentioned in the post, tag them based on their Twitter handles, and queue up those shares via Buffer. Here's what a recent article pulled in. Notifier then lets you select how many mentions you want to include in each share and will schedule them to drip out over a chosen time frame. #2: Leadfeeder Visitors pass through your digital presence every day by browsing on your website, looking at your product or services pages, or maybe even consuming your content, all without submitting their information. This means that most of the time you have no digital record that those visitors even exist (outside of raw Google Analytics traffic counts). Leadfeeder is especially valuable to B2B organizations, because it will connect your onsite Google Analytics with your visitors' off-site social profiles so you can see who's coming to your site, which company they're from, and what they're interested in. Once you've identified your visitors, you can easily assign visitors to a campaign, customize your automated responses based on what they've shown interest in, and then measure the results. #3: Socedo Many marketers overlook the bottom-line benefits of lead generation on social media because they haven't found the right tool to automate prospecting and report key metrics like testing. Similar to Leadfeeder, Socedo is another great tool that helps you zero in on your ideal prospects via Twitter and LinkedIn, so you can collect their profile information and add them to your sales pipeline and CRM. Most notably, Socedo's analytics provide robust reporting that links directly to platforms like HubSpot. This allows you to see exactly how specific campaigns have paid off, both on engagement and ultimate conversions. Having a system in place that treats social leads differently from more heavy-handed email campaigns is vital, especially if you want to stay human. Commerce Tools When it comes to advertising, selling, and customer service on social, things get even more inhuman than merely connecting with new leads. Here are three tools that strike an excellent balance among making the sale, supporting current customers, and being genuinely social. #4: Yotpo User-generated marketing in the form of reviews and recommendations is one of the most powerful purchase drivers online. While many websites feature reviews and testimonials, they drop the ball when it comes to sharing those same golden nuggets natively on social media. Enter Yotpo. Yotpo will incentivize reviews by offering bonuses or coupons to your existing customers. It will collect your reviews in a centralized database for easy access and allow you to instantly "push" your reviews both to your website and your social streams. Take Nest Bedding, for instance. Using Yotpo, Nest Bedding was able to integrate user-generated content into a host of their social selling platforms, most notably Facebook. Why this relentless "customer-centric" focus? Easy. Because,

Google Webmaster Tools Search Appearance Overview

by Owner @ Google Maps Marketing – Expert Local SEO Company

Google Webmaster Tools Search Appearance Overview tutorial explains the importance of search snippets. This blog/article is a short introduction to Search Appearance Overview insights in Google Webmaster Tools.

This article on Google Webmaster Tools is a great way to understand the inner working of basic on page optimization and also how your website may show up in Google search results page (SERP) all webmasters and website owners should understand the results of Google search because then you can create better landing pages according to how Google search displays its results.

Title

Create descriptive page titles

Titles are critical to giving users a quick insight into the content of a result and why it’s relevant to their query. It’s often the primary piece of information used to decide which result to click on, so it’s important to use high-quality titles on your web pages. Here are a few tips for managing your titles:

As explained above, make … Continue reading

Autoglass Repair near Bolingbrook

by @ Local SEO Company

Bolingbrook Autoglass Repair Bolingbrook, IL 60440. (630) 409-1074 American Auto Glass Repair offers mobile service, to your office or home at no extra charge. Call now and we'll offer you a free quote. American Auto Glass Repair does complete windshield repair and Auto Glass Repair in Bolingbrook, IL. What to expect when you must change your windshield. If you have never had Windshield Replacement done on your auto you may not know what can be expected from the procedure. Below is a quick outline of the steps you can expect when your windshield is replaced. The glass engineer will start by checking its interior and exterior. This is a routine inspection to be sure everything is clean and in order. Next the floors, seats, and the exterior of your automobile will be covered to keep them from getting excess adhesive on them or worse yet scratched. The Windshield Repair expert will then begin to remove whatever the wipers, any windshield trim and the cowl as obligatory before removing the old windshield. The specialist will inspect the amount and kind of adhesive used on the old windshield to help evaluate the best way to proceed. He / she'll cut most of the old adhesive down and the new adhesive will be applied the on top. With the adhesive applied the new windshield can be lifted into place. The cover, wipers and trim will get replaced and the windshield will be cleaned and checked. Once the job has been completed you will be able to drive your automobile in no more than an hour though it'll take anywhere up to twenty-four hours for the adhesive to absolutely dry. We're looking forward to you call. We need your business. With our auto glass repair will make everything crystal clear again.

Instagram Strategy: How to Grow a Loyal Following With Instagram

Instagram Strategy: How to Grow a Loyal Following With Instagram

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Is your business on Instagram? Want to develop an engaged following? To discover how to create an Instagram strategy for your business, I interview Nathan Chan. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode I interview Nathan Chan, the publisher of Foundr magazine, a digital publication designed to help entrepreneurs succeed. He's also host of the Foundr podcast. Nathan is also crushing it on Instagram with nearly 400,000 followers. Nathan will explore how he built a massive following on Instagram. You'll discover techniques you can employ right now for your Instagram strategy. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Instagram Strategy Why Nathan started Foundr Nathan launched Foundr on March 5, 2013, because he wanted to become an entrepreneur and didn't know where to start. He realized there weren't any magazines targeting aspiring or novice entrepreneurs, only magazines aimed at established businesses. Foundr is a monthly publication, available on iOS and Android mobile devices. Download the app and explore the interactive magazine, which is subscription-based. Once you get inside, Nathan says, it's like a flipbook, where you click and explore. Nathan explains why Foundr differs from a traditional print magazine. Because some people prefer to read and others like to listen, Nathan added a Foundr podcast to the mix after he left his day job. He wanted to share several amazing interviews he'd recorded on Skype. For example, the issue with Tony Robbins on the cover includes a feature article with exclusive material, as well as the audio interview embedded inside the magazine. Listen to the show to hear how long it took Nathan to leave his job and what he was doing when he started Foundr. Foundr and Instagram Foundr has been on Instagram since November 2014, and has more than 400,000 followers. A year and a half ago, Nathan tried Instagram and was having no success. He shares how a reader from Melbourne who had an entrepreneur page on Instagram with 20,000 followers contacted him. The reader thought if he posted Foundr's Richard Branson cover, he would get Foundr more readers. Nathan shares why the tactic didn't work and what he learned he should have done instead. Last November, Nathan revisited Instagram. He'd already got about 500 followers organically, since Foundr had 20 or 30 images posted. When Nathan did a couple of posts on the Foundr Instagram page, he saw their magazine sales spike on Google Analytics. By this time, the guy from Melbourne was up to 80,000 followers, so Nathan reconnected with him and they started battle-testing different combinations on Instagram to see what would get more followers, encourage people to click on his bio and build his email list. Foundr's email list has since grown considerably, due to traffic from Instagram. Last November, it was around 2,000. Now it's just about to hit 100,000. Nathan explains how to use lead magnets on Instagram to get people on your email newsletter list. Listen to the show to discover why Nathan gave Instagram another try. Nathan's Instagram strategy Nathan says his strategy is to create viral-type content that resonates with Foundr's target audience and provide it on a consistent basis. The goal of the Instagram account is to build community, raise awareness of the brand and build the email newsletter database. To get more email subscribers, Foundr currently links to an ebook as a lead magnet in the bio. The link pushes people to a landing page where they can get the "How to Get Your First 10,

Seo Consultants Basin

by @ 1Rank

Seo Company Basin SEO = Search Engine Optimization, basically it is being able to rank on the top of ANY search engine for a given search that a potential client is looking for. The higher you are ranked in ANY search engine… THE MORE MONEY YOU MAKE!  

Gmail Tabs: A Game Plan for Marketers

Gmail Tabs: A Game Plan for Marketers

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Does your business rely on email? Are you wondering how Gmail tabs will impact your marketing? If email is a part of your business, you’ll want to pay close attention. In this article I’ll provide a simple 5-step plan that any marketer can use in response to Gmail tabs. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, you'll learn what the new Gmail tabs mean for your business. You'll also pick up some tips on what you can do and I'll talk about my concerns for the future. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Why should marketers pay attention? Chances are that email plays some role in your marketing. Maybe you email your subscribers when you have a new blog post or newsletter. Perhaps you have some sort of online form (for lead generation or just a simple contact form). Email indeed plays an important role for most businesses. Gmail is auto-filtering all emails for all users. This means your marketing newsletters and emails will get stuck in a slightly hidden folder, no matter what you do. In that very same folder, Gmail is posting unsolicited ads that look like emails. The bottom line with regards to these new Gmail tabs is that you will likely see a drop in your email marketing effectiveness unless you take action. In 2012, there were 425 million Gmail users. That's a huge number! Social Media Examiner has 75,000+ Gmail users. Yes, 34% of our readers subscribe through a Gmail account! There's a pretty good likelihood you have more Gmail users than you realize. What are Gmail tabs? Gmail is rolling out tabs that organize your mail. There are three default tabs: Primary, Social and Promotions (shown below). If you haven't already received this update on Gmail, it will likely come soon. Your emails are likely going into the Promotions tab. Tabs default "on" for all Gmail users unless your subscribers change this setting. If your subscribers don't know how to change it, this is how they will be finding your emails. At the time of this post, not all subscribers have tabs, but it is rolling out very quickly. What are the marketing implications? Gmail is becoming like Facebook. If you use it, you use it by their rules. I'm also concerned by the possibility that other email providers may follow Google's lead. This may be the beginning of the end of email as the one platform you can at least get delivery into. With social media platforms such as Facebook, Twitter and LinkedIn, you can never be sure that your messages get in front of your audience. Email has always been the one way that you could be certain of getting in front of your audience, assuming subscribers gave you permission to send them emails. Will this change with Gmail tabs? I think so. The updates in the Promotions tab reset each time you visit Gmail, meaning it is very easy for a Gmail user to never realize there is mail waiting in the Promotions tab. Other email providers may follow suit. There could come a time when marketers will have to pay to play. Your 5-step plan for dealing with Gmail tabs Here are tips you can move on right now to help educate your Gmail readers. These are all proactive steps we have taken at Social Media Examiner. 1. Make a video educating your Gmail users. First, educate your subscribers by making a video like the one below I made for our audience. httpv://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5Elz_1KQnmA In this video, you'll learn how your readers can make sure your emails show up in their Primary box.

List Building With Social Media: How to Grow Your Email List

List Building With Social Media: How to Grow Your Email List

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you want to grow your email list? Wondering how social media can help you grow a list of prospects? To learn how to grow your email list with social media, I interview Amy Porterfield for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview Amy Porterfield, co-author of Facebook Marketing All-in-One for Dummies. She's also the host of the new podcast Online Marketing Made Easy and she specializes in online training. She blogs at Amy Porterfield. Amy shares how Facebook marketing has helped grow her email list. You'll learn tactics that work for growing your list when it comes to using social media. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show. List Building With Social Media Amy's list-building story Although Amy focuses primarily on Facebook marketing, she has noticed over the years that social media is a great place to grow your leads. As an online marketer, her email list is really the heart of her business. Back in January 2010, her email list consisted of about 600 people. She realized she had to do something about it. From then on, she has made a conscious effort to focus on publishing content to attract leads. Today, she has an engaged list of around 50,000. Amy goes into detail on how she attracted online marketers, entrepreneurs and small business owners to her content to get them interested enough to sign up for free giveaways and thereby grow her list. Amy explains how her business model is creating info products for people to learn how to use Facebook to grow their businesses and get more traffic to their websites. Listen to the show to find out why having online information products is important. Is social media alone sufficient? Amy tells us although social media has become saturated, alone it isn't enough to get the exposure your business needs. You also need an email list. Social media is a great way to build relationships, make connections and sell your programs, products and services. But when you pair social media with an email list, you will expand your reach. It's a great combination for getting exposure and staying top of mind with your audience. Listen to the show to find out why our email list at Social Media Examiner is the core of our success. Some ways marketers can increase their list size Amy loves to create Signature Promotional Giveaways (SPGs). You'll discover how these giveaways work to your advantage and why they are so effective. Amy shares why she decided to create a webinar once a quarter as part of her strategy to grow her email list. When you opt in, you have access to a free 60-minute webinar and get live access to Amy. This gives you the opportunity to ask questions and at the same time get great content. Other free high-value pieces of content can be an ebook or a video series you've created. Make sure it's premium content you give in exchange for a name and an email. Amy shares one of the best tips she received from Derek Halpern of Social Triggers regarding using an opt-in on your blog. Hint: It's not just about them spending money with you. Listen to the show to learn how Social Media Examiner added 10,000 names to our email list with the 2012 Media Marketing Industry Report. Tips for using video and webinars to increase your email list Amy explains the reasons behind the 2-minute videos she makes to promote her future webinars. People's attention span on social media is very small,

Content for Business: How to Build Your Business on a Solid Content Foundation

Content for Business: How to Build Your Business on a Solid Content Foundation

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you have a great idea for a business? Wondering if content marketing will help move the needle? To discover what it takes to build a content-driven business, I interview Joe Pulizzi. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode I interview Joe Pulizzi, founder of the Content Marketing Institute, author of the book Epic Content Marketing and the founder of Content Marketing World, the leading conference for content marketers. Joe's latest book is Content Inc.: How Entrepreneurs Use Content to Build Massive Audiences and Create Radically Successful Businesses. Joe will explore how you can build a sustainable small business with smart content marketing. You'll discover the six steps to take to create a content business in any niche. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. How to subscribe on iPhone. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Content for Business When and why Joe started the Content Marketing Institute Joe shares how he got into the content marketing industry. He was vice president of custom media (also known as content marketing) at business publishing company Penton Media until 2007. At Penton, Joe and his team helped advertisers who wanted to do something unique tell their stories. For example, if a company like Microsoft wanted to tell a story to an executive audience, Joe and his team would help them create an ongoing newsletter, a magazine, blog series or webinar series. Joe did that for seven years. Joe left Penton at the end of March 2007 and wrote his first blog post titled "Why Content Marketing?" on April 26, 2007. That led up to Joe launching Junta42, which he says was basically the eHarmony for content marketing. The idea was to match brand sites that wanted to outsource some portion of the content process (creation or distribution) with agencies that would pay for the service to get the leads. Joe explains how in 2008, with no money, no paid distribution and about 2,000 subscribers, he decided it was time to build relationships with influencers. He started a research project called The Top 100 Content Marketing Blogs. (I was on the list first for White Papers and then Social Media Examiner.) He notified everybody who was on the list, and it just took off. Fast-forward to 2009, Joe shares, the model was working and they matched up about 1,000 projects. However, they were still having trouble getting companies to pay for a subscription to the service, even though they were driving leads to them. After his best case study (they sent a $1 million+ customer to an agency, and the agency decided not to renew their subscription), it finally hit Joe that this business was not going to work. Although Joe was "in love with his product," he finally figured out the key was to fall in love with your audience and focus on their needs and pain points. His audience was asking for training, education, consulting and speaking. They weren't even ready for a matching service, because they didn't even know how to create a content marketing strategy. Joe pivoted to the education and training concept and launched Content Marketing Institute six months later. That was May 2010. "At that moment we said we were going to create the leading online destination for content marketing, the leading magazine and the leading event," Joe recalls. "And within two years we were able to do that." Listen to the show to hear how Joe and I first connected, as well as the similarities between our projects. Why now is the time to get into a content-driven business Content Inc. is Joe's fourth book. The other three are content marketing–related and f...

Facebook Carousel Content: How to Make Your Posts and Ads Stand Out

Facebook Carousel Content: How to Make Your Posts and Ads Stand Out

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Want to use multiple images in a single Facebook ad or post? Have you tried Facebook's Carousel feature? The Facebook Carousel feature allows you to publish multiple images and links in one post or ad. In this article you'll discover how to set up and use Facebook carousel posts and ads in your Facebook marketing. Listen to this article: Why Create Carousel Posts and Ads A Facebook carousel post or ad is a creative way to get more content into a smaller space. You can feature five unique images, each with different headlines, descriptions, and URLs all within the same story. Publish a carousel post or ad as an organic story on your page wall and/or an ad unit; either can easily be viewed on desktop and mobile. According to a report by Kinetic Social, carousel ads perform 10 times better than regular ads. Plus, since 90% of Facebook users access via mobile, that's a great use of a small amount of real estate. Advertisers should get much more for their dollars by doing a horizontal ad unit that can scroll back and forth. Carousel ads are also available on Instagram. There are a few options when it comes to carousel posts and ads. Create an organic carousel post, turn an organic carousel post into an ad, or create a carousel ad from scratch. #1: Create an Organic Carousel Post To create a carousel post directly on your page, type or paste a link on your wall. It automatically populates a preview, which should have at least one image. Remember, the more images in your blog post, the more will populate and the fewer you'll need to upload directly. Typically, Facebook's og:image tag on blog posts preselects the link preview image and most blogs only have one that populates when the link is shared on Facebook. So when creating carousel format wall posts, you'll need to get creative with sourcing additional images. Usually you can find more images on the blog post you're sharing. Most links you share on Facebook will automatically populate with that preview image, which is 1200 x 628 pixels, the standard dimensions for a link post or ad. However, since carousel images are square, Facebook will crop out the center of the image. If the original image gets cut off in a way that doesn't make sense, you may need to remove the image that populates, and upload a square one. It's recommended that you size carousel images at 600 x 600 pixels. Click the plus sign and then upload additional pictures (up to five total) to use for your post. Select high-quality images that contain less than 20% text. This is especially important if you plan to turn your carousel post into an ad. Use Facebook's Grid Tool to make sure your images will be approved, should you decide to turn the post into a carousel ad. Drag and drop your images to change the order. Hover over each image and click the link icon to edit each destination URL. You're also able to edit the headline. Click on the headline and then edit the text. Your other option is to build a carousel post from the photo upload section. Go to upload Photo/Video and select Create a Photo Carousel. Then add the link. It will populate the images and allow you to add more. Facebook will populate your images into the carousel post. Add new pictures if necessary, and then edit the links and headlines as above. Boost Your Carousel Post After your carousel post gets some organic reach and engagement, you can easily turn it into a carousel ad by boosting the post. I recommend doing this through Ads Manager, rather than the Boost button, because there are more targeting and placement options. Go to Ads Manager and click Create an Ad. Select Boost Your Posts, and choose the page and the post. Set your audience, budget, and schedule. Then preview your ad. Click the Place Order button when you're satisfied with the ad. Again, keep in mind the less than 20% text rule.

17 Tips for Successful Facebook Contests

17 Tips for Successful Facebook Contests

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Are you planning a Facebook contest? Want to make sure it's a success? An easy-to-follow checklist of tips and best practices will help you launch Facebook contests your audience will love. In this article I'll share 17 tips to make your Facebook contest a success. Listen to this article: #1: Review Facebook's Terms of Service Facebook periodically changes its rules and regulations about contests and other promotions. Be sure to check the Facebook Guidelines page before you launch your contest. #2: Set a S.M.A.R.T. Goal A S.M.A.R.T. goal is one that's specific, measurable, attainable, relevant, and timely. Make sure you clearly define your contest's goals before you start planning. Do you want to promote a new product? Grow your email list? Perhaps you're looking to gather a bunch of user-generated content such as photos and videos. To set your Facebook contest up for success, focus on one or two attainable goals. #3: Choose the Contest Type Consider running caption, photo-vote, video-vote, and sweepstakes contests, which are always popular on Facebook. Sweepstakes are the easiest to enter and the key to driving lots of entries is to pick the right prize. Del Mar Fans & Lighting's straightforward Facebook giveaway requires entrants to simply vote on which lighting product they prefer. Once they vote, they're entered. When the contest ends, a company rep will choose a winner at random. Remember, you need to develop a contest that will help you reach your goals. Try a photo- or video-vote contest if your goal is to collect user-generated content. #4: Select the Right Software Figure out what software you need to run and manage your contest. Look for software with built-in voter verification features, so everything is on the up and up. If you want to collect email addresses or other contact information, use third-party software that will help you organize all of the data you collect. If you'd like to increase engagement, run a Facebook timeline contest. Choose a comment/like importer tool that allows you to collect a Facebook user ID number and name from everyone who engages with your post. Whatever type of contest you choose, remember you can use the information you collect for future marketing efforts.  #5: Set a Time Frame Decide how long your contest will run and let your audience know. Companies offering valuable prizes, like a trip to Paris for two, tend to let contests run for longer periods of time than those offering smaller or local prizes, like a meal or a one-night stay in a hotel. Some companies even do a weekly or monthly giveaway. Palmer's Canada recently ran a "Celebrate the New Year Giveaway," during the month of January. At the top of the rules document, the contest period is listed, right down to the time zone. How long your contest runs is up to you. Just make sure you share the time frame in all of your promotions. #6: Create Rules Write a description of how the winner will be chosen, such as randomly or by community vote. For example, BroadStreet Publishing hosted a 21 Days of Love Valentine's Day giveaway. In the rules they state that "a winner will be chosen at random," among other considerations. Consider including a rule that says voting is only part of the process, and a judge or panel of judges will determine the final winner. Make sure to include a line stating that if you suspect fraud, you have the right to determine the winner. #7: Determine Who Can Enter Are you a local business hoping to increase foot traffic to your store or restaurant? Consider limiting entries to people who live within a 50-mile radius of your business. You can also specify age ranges and even gender in your contest rules. KLIM, a company that makes technical outdoor apparel, is looking for women to model its clothing. In the contest rules, they specify that they want family-friendly images and "No duck face selfies."

Crisis Management: What to Do When Your Business Makes a Public Mistake

Crisis Management: What to Do When Your Business Makes a Public Mistake

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Is your business ready for a social media crisis? Are you wondering what you should do if you or a colleague makes an embarrassing public mistake? To learn how to handle a social media crisis, I interview Gini Dietrich for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview Gini Dietrich, author of the brand-new book, Spin Sucks: Communication and Reputation Management in the Digital Age, and founder of the blog Spin Sucks. She runs Arment Dietrich, a PR agency. Gini shares common mistakes businesses make when facing a crisis, and the best ways to deal with these situations when they happen. You'll discover the first steps you need to take, how to handle the situation throughout and when to seek legal advice. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Crisis Management What happened with Applebee's and the challenges they faced Gini explains how approximately 2 years ago, a waitress at an Applebee's in St. Louis left a check at a table that included an automatic gratuity of 18%. When she returned to collect the check, the customer had crossed out the 18% and had written, "I give God 10%, why do you get 18%?" The customer left a 10% tip instead. One of the waitress' friends took a photo of the receipt, which included the customer's name, and posted it on Reddit. This led to it going viral and the whole world saw it. Applebee's response was that they were going to fire the waitress and her friend, because it was against their policy to show pictures or talk about customers. Especially when a name is included. What happened next on Applebee's Facebook page added fuel to the fire. Applebee's replied to every person's comment on Facebook with a canned PR response. You'll hear what the response included. People didn't take kindly to the way Applebee's handled the situation, and started to dig deep on the Internet. Pictures were discovered that had been posted with good customer feedback on their Facebook page. Although these pictures included the customer's name, nobody got fired for it. A Facebook page was then started to try to get the waitress' job back. You'll hear what Gini's gut instinct was on the person who was handling the corporate Facebook page for Applebee's, and why it contributed to the crisis. Gini advises you never to use a canned PR message on social media, because it's about being social. You need to engage, be transparent and remain human. This means you need to show sympathy and empathy toward what's happening. Always take time to think about the statement before you put it out there. Listen to the show to find out how the way you handle a social media crisis can affect your sales. The first thing you should do once you're aware of an issue Gini says that the first thing you should do is understand what has happened. This means communicating with both sides to get the bigger picture. In Applebee's case, they should have listened to the customer, the waitress and her friend before they did anything else—whether they had a policy in place or not. You have to remember that we live in a world of instant gratification, where people tend to react before they think the situation through. This is when trouble starts and the problem spirals out of control. As a company, you need to step back and figure out your plan of action and your strategy before you can move forward. You'll hear why it's important to acknowledge that you are aware of the situation,

26 Ways to Use Video for Your Social Media Marketing

26 Ways to Use Video for Your Social Media Marketing

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you want to add video to your social media marketing? Looking for ways to increase video views and engagement? In this article, you'll discover 26 ways to use video to improve your social media marketing. Listen to this article: #1: Experiment With Video Lengths When it comes to the ideal video duration, a lot depends on the type of video you want to share with your audience. Testing different video lengths will give you an idea of what works best for you. Before you get started shooting or editing your video, you should know the maximum video lengths per platform. These include: Facebook: 120 minutes Twitter recommends keeping videos under 30 seconds Instagram: 60 seconds Snapchat: 10 seconds Vine: 6 seconds Note: While you don't have to reach the maximum time length, you're not allowed to go over it. If you really want to get around the maximum video duration on social media platforms, you can post a link to a YouTube video, which will allow you to share longer content. Unfortunately, this doesn't work on Instagram, where you can't share links except in ad campaigns. #2: Optimize for Autoplay Twitter, Facebook, and Instagram offer Autoplay as a feature. When users scroll through their news feeds, your video automatically plays as it passes over their screen. This encourages users to watch your video, because it's already playing. Feature movement within the first few frames to enhance the Autoplay feature and grab attention quickly. There is a caveat, however. Users are more likely to turn off Autoplay on their mobile devices to reign in unwanted data charges. Alternatively, you can target longer video campaigns to desktop users and see if that increases your views and engagement overall. Though Autoplay helps increase views when Facebook and Twitter users have it enabled, be careful not to count on it too much. #3: Add Subtitles Social media connects us with users whom we may not interact with otherwise, and brands that are as inclusive as possible will have the best results. Adding subtitles to your videos lets users watch them on their mobile devices even if they're in a place where they can't or don't want to play the accompanying sound (like a waiting room or a plane). More importantly, adding video subtitles will allow those who are hearing-impaired to watch and get all of the information. It's easy to add subtitles to your video from your computer with any video editing tools. You can also add subtitles to Facebook videos by uploading SRT files with your video. #4: Broadcast Live Facebook Live video lets businesses and users broadcast videos to their audiences in real time from their smartphones. You can see the number of users watching and users can comment on the video in real time. You can also address comments directly as the video plays. One study found that viewers spend 3x more time watching live videos than videos that aren't broadcasting in real time. Users automatically opt in to get notifications when someone they follow is "going live," which increases visibility. Once your live video is complete, you can save your live video to your timeline so users who missed it live can watch it later. Periscope and Blab also provide platforms for live video sharing. #5: Grab Attention Early It's vital to grab your audience's attention within the first few seconds of your video. You need to capture viewers' interest within the first 10 seconds (or less) or they'll stop watching and move on to something else. This forces you to be concise and get right to the point. Vine's success with six-second videos proves it's possible to catch a user's interest in 10 seconds or less. Within the first few seconds, the following video tells viewers what it'll be about, and offers a solution to a problem. Hooks are an important part of capturing interest, because they explain why viewers should care or be interested.

Fan Content: How to Leverage Your Fans to Enhance Your Social Media

Fan Content: How to Leverage Your Fans to Enhance Your Social Media

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you want your fans to help market you? Are you wondering how to include fan content in your social media? To explore how fan content can enhance your social media, I interview Jesse Desjardins for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview Jesse Desjardins. Jesse is the head of social at Tourism Australia, where he manages a small team that oversees large Facebook, Instagram and Google+ communities. Working with fans, Jesse's team receives over 1000 images from fans a day! Jesse shares how he and his team leverage fan content--specifically photos--to promote Australian tourism. You'll discover how Jesse and his three-person team have grown Facebook to 6M fans and Instagram to 800K fans to reach 3M to 6M people a day. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Fan Content How Jesse got started at Tourism Australia Jesse shares that while he was working at a small advertising agency in the U.S. in 2004, he went to Australia on holiday for a month and fell in love with the country. He ended up getting a job and staying. After four years, he returned to the U.S. and was working in advertising doing campaigns for celebrity perfumes when he realized he'd left a brand he loved—Australia and travel. For the next two years, Jesse spent time on SlideShare doing things like You Suck at PowerPoint. During that time he also put up proposals for people to send him money to attend festivals like SXSW and Cannes Lion in exchange for his notes and photos. Jesse says that gave him a good foundation for how to build community. When he saw a job open up for social media manager at Tourism Australia, he sent his résumé, but he knew he needed to do something more. He put his résumé on SlideShare that night and the next morning, it had 40k views and a lot of supportive comments. Listen to the show to find out how Twitter helped Jesse get his résumé into the hands of Tourism Australia's managing director. What Tourism Australia's job is and how promoting tourism has changed Jesse explains that Tourism Australia is basically the marketing agency for tourism in Australia. His team promotes tourism to the country as a whole and also works with the different states and international offices. He says that advocacy and word-of-mouth have always played a role in promoting any industry, especially travel. Tourism Australia had started a Facebook page before he joined the organization; however, it took them three years to hit 1M fans. Jesse shares that he took a look at what had already been done and made the decision to launch Instagram, Google+ and Twitter as well and he's ramped it up ever since. Listen to the show to hear how Jesse views the return on social media for Tourism Australia. The strategy behind Tourism Australia's social media Jesse's social media strategy has a couple of components. He says the first component is to build something that gets bigger over time. Jesse explains that in traditional advertising, the work tends to focus on big campaigns that you work on for 6 months, then launch. His approach for Tourism Australia is different. His team works on the small things that add value every single day. As an example, he explains that instead of running a big campaign or contest to grow Instagram quickly, they've grown the account slowly over the past two years by posting consistently. He says this has been a good way to use the small resources they have to perfect the system to ...

5 Instagram Changes: What Marketers Need to Know

5 Instagram Changes: What Marketers Need to Know

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Are you up to date with the latest Instagram changes? Want to know what the changes mean for marketers? In addition to a brand-new logo, Instagram has rolled out updates to its ad products, video features, and news feed algorithm. In this article, you'll discover how the most recent Instagram changes can affect your marketing. Listen to this article: #1: Video Length Increased Ready to share longer videos on Instagram? In case you haven't heard, Instagram rolled out an increased time limit for videos from 15 to 60 seconds in April. Most users should have this capability with the latest version of the app. You can shoot video directly from the Instagram app or use your photo library. Features allow you to add filters, turn off the sound, and choose the cover photo. With these changes, you can share more video content, especially if you like to repurpose content from other networks, such as downloading your Snapchat story video to Instagram. #2: Videos Show Views and Viewers Now you can find out how many people are viewing your videos on Instagram. Simply look at the view count below each of your videos. When you click on your number of views, you'll get to see the number of likes, along with the option to follow those who liked your video. This may give you an idea of the amount of reach you're getting versus engagement. So if you see that hundreds of people viewed a video, but only a handful liked it, you can assume that it didn't resonate well with your audience. If you have hundreds of views and hundreds of likes, however, you have a winning video. #3: A Tap on Photo Ads Reveals the Call to Action When someone taps once on your ad photo, it brings up your call to action. You can let users click through to your website or app, depending on what you configured when setting up your Instagram ad. Note that this isn't the case with ad videos on Instagram. If you do a single tap on an ad video, it will turn on the sound. A second single tap will turn off the sound. Do a double tap to like the video, just as doing a double tap on an ad image will like the image. This is something worth noting when choosing between image and video. #4: Profile Click-throughs From Ads Include the Call to Action If you link your Instagram profile to your Instagram ad, when someone taps on your Instagram profile, it will place your ad's call to action at the top of your profile. Note that this only happens if users go to your profile by tapping on it above your ad. If they were to access it anywhere else, the call to action would no longer be there. Linking is something to keep in mind when choosing your call-to-action button text. When someone taps through to your Instagram profile from your ad, you'll want to display a call to action and profile bio text that align with your campaign. Would you want Apply Now, Book Now, Contact Us, Donate Now, Download, Learn More, Shop Now, Sign Up, or Watch More at the top of your profile? And what bio text and link would you want below that? Keep this in mind for every Instagram ad campaign. #5: News Feed Visibility Shifts With Algorithm While most people are focused on the logo change, the biggest change is the rollout of the enhanced Instagram algorithm. If you take a close look at your own Instagram news feed, you may notice that it's no longer in chronological order of newest posts first. Instead, you'll see posts in the order that Instagram deems the most important to you. It's not overall engagement or recency that wins the news feed, but rather how much Instagram thinks you care about that particular Instagram user. For example, a photo with 9 likes and no comments from three hours ago from someone you occasionally engage with is several posts ahead of a photo with 180k likes and 640 comments from an hour ago from a celebrity with a verified profile whom you rarely engage with. As an individual,

Marketing Instagram Style: What Marketers Need to Know

Marketing Instagram Style: What Marketers Need to Know

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you use Instagram for marketing? Are you wondering how you can grow an Instagram following that will build your business? To learn how Instagram can help you engage your audience, I interview Jenn Herman for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview Jenn Herman, who blogs at Jenn's Trends and is one of our top 10 social media blog winners for 2014. Her blog focuses on social media management. She's author of the ebook, The Ultimate Beginner's Guide to Instagram. Jenn shares why marketers should consider Instagram for their business. You'll discover the types of images that will engage your audience, how to drive traffic to your website and examples of marketers who are successful on the platform. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show. Instagram Marketing Why marketers should consider Instagram Jenn explains how a lot of people use Instagram for personal communication. Many people believe that it's a platform for selfies and pictures of food. However, Instagram is much more than that and goes a lot deeper. The marketing aspect is so much stronger now, and will only continue to grow. So far this year, the main buzzword has been visual marketing, with Facebook and Twitter embracing visual content. Not only is Instagram a visual platform, it also gives you the capacity to create visual content for other sites. With the Instagram tools available, you can create fun artwork to use on your blog, website, Facebook and Twitter. It's very useful for cross-promoting. Right now, 65% of the world's top brands use Instagram and Jenn says the number continues to grow. There are 200 million monthly active users on Instagram, 70% of which log in daily. This is a huge base of people for marketers to reach. No matter who your target audience is, some of them will use the platform. You'll hear why you can reach people more clearly through Instagram than you can with any other platform. As a marketer, you should aim to create original images for Instagram. There are many different ways to incorporate your products and services into an image to make it look more native and get better engagement. Listen to the show to find out what our 2014 Social Media Marketing Industry Report revealed about visual marketing. Marketers who use Instagram well The first brand example that Jenn talks about is fashion designer Michael Kors. The way they do product placement on Instagram is amazing. The images they create for their fans are behind the scenes at fashion shows, photo shoots and great shots of their products. These types of images can help you to connect with your audience. Although Jenn loves the images, she says it's their lack of engagement that lets them down. Instagram is a highly engaged and active environment. Jenn advises marketers to be aware of this, and make sure that you're responsive to your followers. Listen to the show to hear the type of images we used to create some buzz prior to Social Media Marketing World this year. Engagement on Instagram Jenn states that engagement is considerably higher on Instagram than it is on Facebook, Twitter and Google+. When Jenn tests her blog posts on all of the different platforms, Instagram almost always comes out ahead. One way to create engagement on Instagram is to ask a question in the caption. This encourages your readers to start or join the conversation. When they start to respond, you receive a trail of comments.

Facebook Engagement: How to Get Seen in the Facebook News Feed

Facebook Engagement: How to Get Seen in the Facebook News Feed

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you want to understand Facebook engagement? Are you looking for Facebook engagement tactics that lead to news feed visibility? To learn how to better use Facebook, I interview John Haydon for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview John Haydon, author of Facebook Marketing for Dummies and founder of Inbound Zombie, a consultancy focused on small- and medium-sized nonprofits. John shares why Facebook engagement is so important. You'll learn how to better engage Facebook fans. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Facebook Engagement Why Facebook engagement is so important John says that his definition of engagement—from a Facebook perspective—is like, comment and share, because that's what really matters. In his experience working with Facebook and nonprofits, which is slightly different than the for-profit world, John encourages an organization to work with existing community and get that community talking about them. He says he thinks about engagement, as it pertains to Facebook, as word of mouth. John explains that when your current customers or donors engage with content from your Facebook page (or talk about that content), their friends see that content. That's increased exposure for your organization. John says that exposure starts by getting your current community, the people who already love you, to engage first. Listen to the show to find out how the news feed algorithm impacts engagement.  How Facebook page managers should spur engagement  John wants to change the word posting to planting because when you plant something, like a bush, you have to stick around and take care of it. If you post an update on Facebook, you want to pay attention to how it's performing. If people are commenting, liking and sharing, you want to be involved in that comment thread. Recalling Amy Porterfield's words from a few weeks ago, John says the more people notice that you stick around, the more they'll engage with your content. John agrees that community management on Facebook comes down to identifying the best-performing content, then tweaking and experimenting with content to optimize how you're posting, topics, times that you're posting, etc. Listen to the show to hear what you’re missing by not interacting with what people are saying on your Facebook page. The Talking About This metric and how it's calculated John explains this metric as anything that a Facebook user does to create a story in their news feed for their friends to see. He says that when a user shares something, likes a page, RSVPs to an event a page has published or tags that page in a photo or a status update, all of these actions put content into the news feed of that user's friends so that they become aware. It's really what you might call viral reach. Anything that creates viral reach is Talking About This. Listen to the show to learn more about Talking About This. How a Facebook page used engagement to achieve a goal Three years ago, the Brain Aneurysm Foundation was doing Facebook upside-down. John worked on a strategy that started with letting people use the page to express who they are. The foundation tapped into the passion around the issue and encouraged people to share their stories on the page. One of the first posts was, "If you've had a friend who found out they had a brain aneurysm, what would be your number-one tip?" Now their Facebook page is mostly made up of posts by others who come to share their stories.

Influencer Marketing: How to Work With Influential People

Influencer Marketing: How to Work With Influential People

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you reach out to influencers? Want to create good relationships to increase your visibility and get more customers? To learn how to work with influencers, I interview Doug Karr. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode I interview conversion expert Doug Karr, the author of Corporate Blogging for Dummies and founder of the Marketing Technology blog. Doug also co-hosts the Edge of the Web podcast. Doug will explore influencer marketing and how to work with prominent people. You'll discover how to identify and reach out to influencers, as well as develop relationships and campaigns that lead to sales. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. How to subscribe/review on iPhone. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Influencer Marketing How Doug became interested in influencer marketing After Doug got out of the Navy in 1992, he started a newspaper and did direct and database marketing. Then about 12 years ago, he started a blog. From a database marketing standpoint, Doug shares he's always been intrigued by the pockets or the gaps, and not the averages. In the direct mail days, the motto was "go after a certain age group, gender and neighborhood, and get 100% saturation." Doug found, over time, it was the smaller pockets of people who had higher conversion rates. This is true in online marketing as well. People who do SEO optimize for huge keywords with massive search volumes. Maybe they rank, but they don't get any results (meaning business) out of it. Influencer marketing is the same, in that people go after influencers. They spend a lot of money without seeing results, because they make significant errors as they select and research influencers. Doug says he tells people who are transitioning from traditional to online media that he doesn't think a lot has changed. As marketers, it's all about building trust and satisfying clients. Blogging and social media are great for that, because customers can now talk to people at different companies and get insight into their business through these channels. You build relationships virtually, then get those people to convert. Listen to the show to hear what opportunities came to Doug from blogging. How Doug defines influencer marketing Doug believes influencers are people within our industry who already have established trust with an audience. Let's say someone has an amazing audience you want to reach. The best way to get to that person's audience is to create an influencer marketing campaign and work with that influencer to help you promote your products and services. The keys are audience (find an influencer whose audience matches what you need) and reach. Determine if the influencer's reach is wide enough to make your campaign sensible from a time and money standpoint. Listen to the show to hear examples of good influencers to reach out to in the marketing and social media space. The differences among reach, popularity and influence Doug says half of the time, a company fails because they focus on reach and popularity, but not necessarily on influence. Influence is not about retweets or shares. It's about conversions. If someone makes a purchase based on a person's advice, that person is an influencer. When Doug works with an influencer, he looks at that person's target audience to see whether he or she has captivated their trust and made sales to them. One of the telltale signs that influencers are doing well is they've had the same sponsor on their site for 3 years; they don't switch them out every month. Doug also cautions that before entering into a relationshi...

Seo Agency Basin Wyoming

by @ topresults.site

Seo Agency Basin Wyoming SEO = Search Engine Optimization, basically it is being able to rank on the top of ANY search engine for a given search that a potential client is looking for. The higher you are ranked in … Continue reading 

Sheriff says boy wounded at orchard is in stable condition

by Bob Fisher @ AM-1300 KGLO — Your Hometown News Station

NASHUA, Iowa (AP) – The Chickasaw County sheriff says an 8-year-old boy is in stable condition as he recovers from a gunshot wound suffered while visiting an apple orchard with his parents. Sheriff Martin Hemann says the bullet was fired at a Nashua Fish and Game Club range, which sits about three-eighths of a mile

Stop Marketing, Start Engaging: How to Get Social Media to Really Work

Stop Marketing, Start Engaging: How to Get Social Media to Really Work

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you use social media marketing to grow your business? Are you wondering how to get others to say great things about your brand or product? To discover the common mistakes social media marketers make and how to fix them, I interview Scott Stratten for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview Scott Stratten, author of UnMarketing and co-host of the UnPodcast. His latest book is QR Codes Kill Kittens. Scott shares how marketers can improve social media by engaging their audiences. You'll discover how to use social media marketing effectively, and how brands can get talked about in a positive way. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Stop Marketing, Start Engaging Why did you decide to write your first book, UnMarketing?  Scott explains how he used to look at business books in bookstores, and they would all have the same information, just a different title. He always thought there was a need for his book, but he didn't want to publish it without leverage. He wanted to wait for a publisher to come to him. Once he had built his blog, someone from Wiley contacted him to ask why he hadn't written a book. This led Scott to write his first book, UnMarketing. The book was aimed at entrepreneurs. People who were able and willing to shift their minds to do things a different way. You'll hear why Scott was surprised when it caught on with corporations. In 2009, when social took off to another level, Scott realized that he would have to become more focused. So he started with Twitter. He'd already tried Twitter in 2008 and didn't think much of it, but in January 2009 he decided to try it for 30 days. During this period, he tweeted 7000 times. At the start of the month, he had 1200 followers and by the end of the month, he had 10,000. This made him realize that not only was there potential on Twitter, but there was great potential for conversation. He's never stopped tweeting since. To date he has over 100,000 tweets and 165,000 followers. Scott says that one of the biggest mistakes people make with Twitter is that they create a lot of content first and then go onto Twitter with no followers and expect to pitch it. Instead you should give to the network, rather than go out there and sell. When Scott started out on Twitter, he didn't have a blog, so he had no content to share on Twitter. You'll hear how back in 2009, Twitter was more about people talking to people. The term social strategy wasn't even around. Scott believes that if he used the same strategy now for a month, his results would be a lot different than they were back then. The platform has definitely migrated and shifted. Listen to the show to find out why Mitch Joel calls Scott a storyteller. The story behind the Instant No Button The Instant No Button is a 7-minute project that Scott threw together about 4 years ago. He loved the Instant Fail button sound and decided to do a "No" version. To date it has been clicked 20 million times. Scott says the funny thing about it is that most people have seen it, but are totally unaware that it's his. This type of project goes to show that people share great content, even if it's funny or stupid. The free No Button app has recently been launched in the Google Play Store and has already gotten 30,000 downloads. Scott has Google AdWords on there and he says that he makes fun money off of it. Listen to the show to discover the amount of money it makes in a year and why it's ...

How to Optimize Your Tweets for Search

How to Optimize Your Tweets for Search

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you want more exposure for your Twitter account? Have you thought about applying SEO tactics to your Twitter marketing? With a few simple techniques, you can increase the chances that your Twitter account shows up in both Twitter and Google search. In this article you'll discover how to improve the visibility of your Twitter account with SEO. Listen to this article: Start With Relevant Keywords Keywords that you're already using in the metadata of your website are a good place to start. Your website keywords might not translate perfectly to Twitter, but if you combine them with popular hashtags and topics that work well in your content, you'll have a good group to test. You'll know which keywords are working best by monitoring your engagement, link clicks and reach. Any spikes in those metrics will show you which tweets have effective keywords in them. Then you can use those keywords more in your tweets and profile. You can also expand your keyword list by including the names of events that your company is always involved with. Make the list as big as you like as long as every word is relevant to your brand. Most importantly, keep this list updated. With your keywords in hand, here are some ways to boost your visibility for both Twitter and Google search. #1: Optimize Your Account for Twitter Search Tweets get the main stage on Google right now, but optimizing your account for search on Twitter will allow you to have long-term searchability. Handle and Username Make sure your handle and username match your website and brand name. Consistent branding across all of your channels is your best bet for being found by the audience you want. Your handle and username don't have to match each other, but they should be related. Your handle is also included in your unique Twitter URL (for example, https://twitter.com/SMExaminer). Your username shows up next to your profile photo for all of your tweets. You can change your username easily. But changing your handle is trickier, and you'll lose your verification badge if you have one. Changing your username or handle may also confuse your followers and cause people to unfollow you. If you're going to change either one, try to do it only once. Don't use a lot of numbers in your username either because Google may flag it as spam. Bio, Photo and Link Your bio, photo and link are the places to make changes and updates to promote campaigns or events. Twitter indexes your bio regularly, so any changes affect your relevancy score in search. You can use up to 160 characters in your bio section, so make the most of them. The bio's main purpose is to explain to potential followers what you usually tweet about and why they should follow you. Update your bio regularly to match the type of content you're currently tweeting about. If you have a campaign or event you're involved with, make sure you include relevant keywords and hashtags in your bio. This will help you show up more on both Twitter and Google when people search for those keywords and hashtags. The profile photo also has some SEO weight. Before you upload the photo, add relevant keywords, separated by dashes, to the filename of your photo (for example, social-media-examiner.jpeg). This won't make you shoot to the top of results on its own, but SEO tactics are most successful when the different pieces are working together. Also make sure your photo is exactly 200 x 200 pixels for optimal loading speed. Your link is the biggest call to action for your Twitter account. Many brands shorten their URL to make it more trackable and user-friendly. If you want to shorten your URL, get a branded link shortener because some link shorteners can be flagged as spam. Also think carefully about which page your bio link is sending your Twitter followers to. The safest option is to use the main page of your brand's website because it usually has the best SEO authority.

How to Maximize Your Content Exposure on LinkedIn

How to Maximize Your Content Exposure on LinkedIn

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Are you taking advantage of all of LinkedIn's content marketing features? Do you know what types of content work best on LinkedIn? With a few tweaks to what you post on LinkedIn, you can build brand awareness, generate leads, and drive more revenue. In this article you'll discover how to maximize your LinkedIn content exposure. Listen to this article: #1: Share From Your Company Page Your LinkedIn company page is where you can catch the eye of prospects and build relationships with customers. Share content that is valuable to your audience, answer questions, and solve problems. This allows you to nurture genuine relationships with your followers and build brand awareness with your ideal prospects. This Symantec update drives registrations for an upcoming webinar. Company updates that contain links can have up to 45% higher follower engagement than updates without links. Suggested time commitment for success: 1 hour daily/4 hours weekly/10 hours monthly. Use this list of suggestions for what to share on your LinkedIn company page: Links to your latest and best white papers Ebooks Case studies Industry articles Helpful how-to content Bright visuals (visual is the new headline!) Post three to four times a day and engage with and respond to followers' comments. Be sure to change your header image every six months to avoid creative fatigue. Intel's company page celebrates a company milestone in this update. This Volvo update announces a product enhancement that will appeal to their target audience. #2: Post to SlideShare LinkedIn SlideShare has more than 70 million monthly unique visitors, and nearly 4 million visitors (on desktop alone) on an average day. With 13,000 new pieces of content added daily, SlideShare is a platform you can't afford to overlook. Barry Feldman of FeldmanCreative shares a nicely designed, helpful social media basics ebook on SlideShare. Suggested time commitment for success: 30 minutes daily/2 hours weekly/6 hours monthly. Use this list of suggestions for what to share on LinkedIn SlideShare: Company videos Webinar and conference recordings Influencer videos Product how-tos and tips Company presentations Webinar decks Infographics Well-designed short and informative content HubSpot shares slides from Dharmesh Shah's talk at the 2016 SaaStr Conference. The slide deck features lessons on SaaS, pricing, culture, MBAs, and customer happiness. To ensure you succeed with SlideShare, upload new content weekly, highlight decks on profile pages, group content into playlists, and add lead forms to help achieve lead-generation goals. You can also link your SlideShare presentation to your website to gain a quality inbound link. In this special video presentation, authors Mark Schaefer and Brian Solis explore the new idea of engineering customer experiences and a new marketing trend. Tip: Use the SlideShare Clipping tool to highlight and share valuable content you've produced with your networks. Ultimately, you can build authority by developing LinkedIn SlideShares that present a unique point of view on industry news, insights, or your company culture. #3: Publish on Publisher More than 1 million people have published more than 3 million posts on LinkedIn's publishing platform. About 45% of readers are in the upper ranks of their industries, including managers, VPs, and CEOs. Brian Solis, principal analyst at Altimeter Group, shared his personal takeaways, aspirations, and highlights from SXSW with a creatively perceptive cartoon ebook. Suggested time commitment for success: 1 hour weekly/3 hours monthly. Use this list of suggestions for what to publish on LinkedIn Publisher: Professional expertise and experiences Industry trends Lessons learned To ensure you succeed with LinkedIn Publisher, publish whenever you feel passionate or on a monthly basis.

3 Tips to Use Affiliate Links on Pinterest

3 Tips to Use Affiliate Links on Pinterest

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you use Pinterest to generate revenue? Have you considered using affiliate links on Pinterest? Because Pinterest users are looking for useful and inspirational products, the platform is a natural place for marketers to share items and services they believe in. In this article, you'll discover how to prepare for and use affiliate links in your Pinterest marketing. Listen to this article: Affiliate Links on Pinterest Now that Pinterest has lifted the ban on using affiliate links, you're free to add as many pins with affiliate links to your Pinterest boards as you want. The key is to prepare your profile and add those pins strategically, so you make money and don't annoy or lose your followers. Here's how to optimize your Pinterest profile and boards to support affiliate pins, properly add your affiliate links, and boost visibility for the boards that have affiliate pins on them. #1: Optimize Pinterest Boards to Showcase Products Before you start adding pins with affiliate links, you need to make sure the boards on your Pinterest profile share a branded look that represents your business. You want the overall look of your Pinterest presence to tell people what you're about at a glance, without them having to do too much reading. For example, Courtney Whitmore of Pizzazzerie is an author, blogger, entertainer, and food stylist. When you visit her Pinterest presence, it's easy to see that she is all about parties, fun, and entertainment. In addition to being sure you use a clear description at the top of your Pinterest profile, you'll want to give each of your boards a title that relates to something your business or brand offers. Remember to use keywords in your board titles (and your pin descriptions) to show up in Pinterest search. Next, populate each board with pins that you know your target audience will be interested in. Beyond supporting a branded look, this approach will help you build a Pinterest profile that's ready to show off the best ideas and tips you have for your audience, making you a go-to resource. Now you're ready to think about which boards are a natural fit for pins of your own products or products for which you're an affiliate. #2: Add Affiliate Product Pins to Your Boards First, choose the product you want to share and decide which board you'll pin it to. For example, if you have an affiliate link for miniature piñatas, you can pin it to a board full of products and decorating ideas for Cinco de Mayo parties. After you pin the product, click the Edit button on the pin. Now you can replace the original link in the Website box with your affiliate link. Click Save and your pin is live with your affiliate link! Rinse and repeat these steps with other products. #3: Increase Exposure for Affiliate Link Pins and Boards After ensuring all of your affiliate links have been added correctly, you'll likely want to increase exposure for them. While you can take advantage of promoted pins to get more eyes on individual affiliate pins, a great option for driving traffic to boards that have affiliate pins is to share them on your other social platforms. Angela Davis from Frugal Living NW has a Pinterest profile that shares ways to save money. She created a fashion board to share her favorite items from the Nordstrom Half-Yearly sale. She added a personal note to each pin description, telling her readers what she loved about the product. Her notes added authenticity and value to the pin. When her board was complete, she hopped over to Facebook to let her readers know about the lookbook she created for the sale. They could find all of her favorite products plus her comments on her Pinterest board. Keep in mind that it's important to promote affiliate product links authentically. Refrain from being salesy and remember that your primary job is to help readers or customers find products that are useful, inspirational,

Launching: Why Podcasts Are a Hot New Way to Launch a Product

Launching: Why Podcasts Are a Hot New Way to Launch a Product

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Are you getting ready to release a product, book or service? Do you want to know how a podcast can boost your launch? To learn why podcasts can be a very powerful marketing tool when it comes to starting a launch, I interview Brian Clark and Chris Ducker for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview Brian Clark, founder of Copyblogger Media and host of the new podcast New Rainmaker. Chris Ducker is the author of Virtual Freedom and host of The New Business Podcast. Both Brian and Chris are serial entrepreneurs. Brian and Chris share why they've chosen podcasts to launch their new products. You'll discover ideas for your own launches and why you should give audio a chance. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Launching With Podcasts Why launch a special podcast with the same name as a new book? Chris explains that podcasting has been good to him from a personal brand perspective, and it's been a way for him to grow his own personal network of contacts and business associates. It also enables him to expand reach ridiculously in a short period of time. Chris says that he enjoys podcasting because he is more of a talker than a typer. The last thing he wanted to do after he had written his book was to write blog posts to promote it. So when they put together a marketing plan for the book, there was no doubt in Chris' mind that a special podcast with the same name would be the best approach. Listen to the show to find out the two main reasons why Chris chose podcasting to help with the launch of his new book. Why add a podcast to the launch plan for a new product? Brian tells the story of how during his time as an attorney, he was first introduced to the word rainmaker, which means the person who brings in the business. It was back in 1998 that Brian started to publish online and he became an entrepreneur. He didn't have professional or family privileges, so he couldn't be the traditional type of rainmaker that he had observed earlier. Reflecting on it, he saw that the Internet was his way to become a rainmaker. Nearly sixteen years later, it's played out really well. It's the genesis of the concept itself. Copyblogger has done a couple of podcasts, and although they don't have the hugest uptake, people do love them. Brian says that they see audio as a completely new channel to reach people who may not be familiar with their brand, and this is in line with the product they'll soon launch. You'll hear why Brian sees audio as the best foundational content, from which you can create every other form of content. Listen to the show to find out why the New Rainmaker podcast is more than just a podcast. Where is the world of podcasting heading? Brian believes that the reason podcasts didn't do as well as expected back in 2005 was because it was hard for people to make money with sponsorships or advertising. However, everyone uses content to sell things, and the world seems to be waking up to this. Consequently there has been a big resurgence in podcasting. The way Apple has embraced podcasts as a format within iTunes has made it easy to subscribe and more people than ever are now aware of them. You'll hear why podcasts work for anybody who knows what they're talking about, and why Brian believes we are entering the golden age of podcasting. If you want to read more about where the world of podcasting is headed, be sure to check out Social Media Marketing podcast...

5 Facebook Advertising Tools That Save Time and Improve Your ROI

5 Facebook Advertising Tools That Save Time and Improve Your ROI

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you advertise on Facebook? Looking for more efficient ways to manage your campaigns? Facebook ad tools can make a world of difference in the amount of time, effort and money you spend on your ad campaigns. In this article you'll discover five Facebook advertising tools that save you time and boost your return on investment (ROI). Listen to this article: #1: Facebook Ads Manager App Facebook has offered Ads Manager for mobile devices since 2014, but earlier this year they launched a stand-alone iOS Ads Manager app with some pretty necessary features for advertisers. Now you can track ad performance, edit existing ads, revise ad budgets and schedules, receive push notifications and create ads from the app. It was nice to be able to manage ads with the first iteration of the mobile manager, but the stand-alone app is more convenient and powerful. It's designed for small- to medium-sized advertisers and allows you to create ads from your existing page posts or from images and photos on your device. If you're using Android, you'll be happy to know a version will be released later this year. #2: Facebook Ads Exclusion Targeting Facebook continues to add more precise targeting options to their ad platform, making it possible to market to incredibly granular groups, right down to specific individuals. Often though, it's beneficial to exclude certain segments to get your ads in front of the right audience. Enter Facebook's Exclusion Targeting, a tool launched to help you avoid targeting the same people twice. For example, you can exclude your existing customers from a promotion designed to generate new leads. Or target your website visitors (as a custom audience), but exclude those who've already converted. Facebook promises that exclusion targeting can help you lower your cost per action or cost per click, reduce money spent on wasted clicks and reach people who are more likely to buy or convert. It works with regular Facebook ads, as well as the newer (and awesome) carousel ad format on both desktop and mobile. See Facebook’s Help resource for instructions on setting up exclusion targeting. #3: Qwaya Sure, you can split test Facebook ads on your own, but if you're attempting to glean useful insights from it on any scale, you're going to want a tool to automate the process. Qwaya is a paid tool with a ton of features including ad scheduling, performance-based rule setting, autorotation of ads and a campaign organizer. But one of its best features is its ability to automate split testing (A/B testing) for both creatives and audiences. If you're already using Facebook Power Editor, you know that the ability to split test audiences, as shown above, is sorely lacking. Qwaya also helps you determine which combinations of imagery, text and targeting make up the best-performing ads with its split testing feature. #4: AdEspresso's Facebook Ads Compass Report AdEspresso's Facebook Ads Compass is like a report card for your Facebook ads account. If you're agency-side, don't worry; it lets you choose which account and which campaigns you'd like to analyze so you don't get a mass of information for all of your accounts together. If you're already using a tool to analyze your ads' performance, the Compass report might seem redundant. But it's a great starting place if you're a small business and have been doing the bulk of your Facebook ads optimization based on manual analysis. You have to factor in your time spent managing your Facebook campaigns into overall ROI, so a tool like this can help you save time and enhance performance (if you act on its recommendations!). AdEspresso has analyzed over $290 million in Facebook ad spend to create industry benchmarks against which your campaigns are compared in the Compass report. It's a great way to see how you stack up against other businesses in your industry. #5: Hootsuite Ads

5 Facebook Marketing Hacks for Your Website

5 Facebook Marketing Hacks for Your Website

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Is your website using Facebook to the fullest? Are you wondering how you can get the most out of Facebook for your business? To learn how to use Facebook to your advantage, this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast goes deep into the subject. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, you'll discover 5 Facebook hacks you can employ on your website to help drive more traffic and exposure. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Facebook Marketing Hacks #1: Use the Correct-Size Images on Your Website You have probably noticed on Facebook that some posts have large images at the top, and underneath there is a URL, the website name and a small description. If you have content on your website that you want seen in the news feed, then you can alter the size of the image, which will lead to more exposure and click-throughs to your website. Facebook queries all of the actual images that are on your website and will choose to display the image with the largest dimensions. Facebook only allows users to select three images. To see how this works, check out my friend Jon Loomer's guide on Facebook Link Thumbnail Image Dimensions. The aspect ratio of your image is the critical factor. The aspect ratio is 1.91:1. This calculates out to about 1200 pixels wide by 627 pixels deep. The ideal size is 400 pixels wide by 209 pixels deep. You need to make sure that at least one of your images inside the article is larger than all of the others. It should be in the 1.91:1 aspect ratio. Listen to the show to find out what happens when an image is deeper than it is wide and how it can appear in the Facebook news feed. #2: Implement Facebook Open Graph Tags Facebook has its own language called Open Graph. This allows you to tell Facebook certain kinds of attributes, which include the image it should use as a default on a page, where it should pull text from and what the description should be. This kind of information helps your content appear more appropriately in the news feed. You can discover all of the data behind Open Graph and find everything you need to know about how it works. It's a great guide even for the non-techie. If you are on WordPress, Open Graph is easy to implement with a plugin called WP Open Graph. It allows you to set data on a macro-level and on a post-by-post basis. It's a great way to control what shows up when people share your articles on Facebook. The best way to keep your shared content up to date on Facebook is to use Facebook's Debugger. It's a great tool to stop Facebook from pulling in information that's no longer relevant. Listen to the show to find out how the Debugger tool works, and how it will help you with your Open Graph. #3: Add a Facebook Share Button to Your Website When you add a Facebook Share button to your website, you need to make sure that you use the code from Facebook or the WordPress plugin, which was developed by Facebook. It doesn't matter if your website is WordPress or not, you can visit here and paste in the URL you want to share and choose the different layouts for your button. You'll discover the best Share button to use for social proof on your website. If you use WordPress, it's easy to use their default plugin. This plugin allows you to do the same as the Facebook one, but it does everything automatically for you. When it comes to the placement of the Share button on your website, many people like to put it at the top of a blog post. This way,

Live Video: Tips and Techniques for Creating Great Content

Live Video: Tips and Techniques for Creating Great Content

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you broadcast live video? Want to learn how to create an engaged following? To discover what he's learned from broadcasting over 1,000 live streams over the last two years, I interview Alex Khan. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode, I interview Alex Khan, the founder of Attractive Media, a German social media agency that helps businesses with live video. You can find him online at alexkhan.tv. Alex shares his formula for beginning and ending live video. You'll discover how Alex makes his live videos look more professional. Share your feedback, read the show notes, and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Live Video Alex's Story Alex started his first website in the late 1990s, back when email open rates were incredibly high. In 2005, he became managing director of Attractive People, a social network. In that role, Alex discovered what builds trust and how people behave on social networks. In 2012, Alex founded Germany's first mobile marketplace for fashion, which another company later acquired. Alex continued working behind the scenes in social media until 2015, when Twitter acquired Periscope for $100 million. After a company acquired his own app, Alex says he was curious about what a $100 million app could do. In March 2015 on the first day Periscope became available, Alex downloaded it and it immediately blew him away. Alex knew that driving engagement builds trust and increased visibility; however, creating engaging content was (and is) a challenge. Periscope helped Alex solve the engagement challenge because he could start a one-to-many conversation from anywhere at any time. Alex says it's still fascinating that you can reach so many people for free. In the beginning, Alex directed his live videos with his employee as the Periscope star. They created fun content such as jumping in a pool, which had nothing to do with Alex's area of expertise. After a few weeks, Alex's business partners shared their concern that this fun content wasn't professional, especially because Alex was COO of the company. Alex agreed that their point was valid, so he decided to change his subject matter. With 10 years of experience in social media, Alex knew people would have questions about how to use this new platform. He decided to use his expertise to help people understand how to build their audience with live video. I ask Alex to share a snapshot of his audience today. Alex says that in only two years, he's built his audience from nothing to 230,000 followers and 55 million hearts on Periscope. Through cross-promotion, Alex has attracted a total of 400,000 followers on social media. To build that audience, Alex says his experience working in social media, building companies, and training people gave him the necessary expertise, but live video technology was also a critical gateway. Listen to the show to learn about Alex's first live broadcast on Periscope. Advice for Going Live Alex says that even after doing more than 1,000 Periscope broadcasts, he still gets nervous. For Alex, three questions spin around in his head when he thinks about going live: "Who are the people watching me? Will they like me? What will I tell them?" Alex has found that his viewers are regular people who are early live video adopters and curious about what he has to say. When you provide something that's valuable, Alex believes people will like you. He says the key is to educate, inspire, or entertain viewers. As far as what to tell viewers, Alex believes people watching live video are always interested in five topics:

Marketing You: How to Play to Your Unique Strengths

Marketing You: How to Play to Your Unique Strengths

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you struggle when it comes to marketing yourself? Are you wondering what your unique strengths are? To learn how to promote yourself based on these strengths, I interview Sally Hogshead for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. Keep reading to discover more. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview Sally Hogshead, author of Fascinate and How the World Sees You. She was an award-winning copywriter at the age of 23 and worked with brands such as Nike, Target and BMW. She's one of the few women in the Speaker Hall of Fame and a popular keynote speaker (Sally keynoted Social Media Marketing World) and a simply fascinating woman. Sally shares how you can be successful and fascinating in your work and your life. You'll discover how fascination can increase your value, put you at an advantage and enable you to get more satisfaction out of your work. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Marketing You The journey from Fascinate to How the World Sees You Sally explains that the hardest part for her when writing a book is when it goes into the print stage. When her last book Fascinate was ready to be shipped to stores, she felt at a loss and didn't know what to do with herself. She started to think about doing a personality assessment, which was based on the same system that she had created for brands. So instead of it being about how consumers see a brand, it's about how the world sees you. Once the test was ready, it was put out on social media for free and it became a huge part of her business. It surpassed Fascinate. Sally soon realized that people really wanted to know how to make themselves—not their brand—fascinating. She pivoted her entire company and started to study more about it and go deep into what makes one person perceived as valuable, and someone else perceived as a commodity. Once you have done the assessment, it becomes clear why certain people like, respect and admire you, and why you turn others off. The key here is that you don't have to change who you are; you have to become more of who you are. Listen to the show to find out why it helps to see the patterns among your work colleagues, and how it can help you communicate more effectively with them. How social media has played a part in the development of this entire concept Before the days of social media, our average attention span used to be 20 minutes. Now with social media, it's around 9 seconds. People can now form an opinion of you instantly on social media. With that in mind, you now have to find a way to front-load your value. It's your opportunity to make the most accurate and authentic first impression. You'll hear what Sally and her team discovered when they ran a one-year free beta test for about 30,000 people, and why it led them to turn it into a paid model. At present, the Fascination Advantage Assessment costs $37. However, you can get free access to an in-depth, custom report, which identifies your personality advantages. Check out the key takeaways at the end of this article to find out how to enter. Listen to the show to hear the two main things that people who took the initial assessment wanted to know. Fascination and the research behind it  Sally states that fascination is a state of intense focus. When you're fascinated by something, you are totally focused on that one particular thing. It can be a person, an idea, a movie, a book or a product. As part of the initial market research that Sally carried...

SEO Services Honea Path SC – Cheap prices SEO package

by Vick1974 @ South Carolina – The seo agency

Ecommerce Seo Friendly Honea Path Has The Answer To Everything this could assist you decide what it method to have a long term campaign and what link constructing, key-word optimization, and content material management is all approximately, which might be simply some of the main factors of properly seo Honea Path SC. The purpose is… Continue reading SEO Services Honea Path SC – Cheap prices SEO package

Artykuł SEO Services Honea Path SC – Cheap prices SEO package pochodzi z serwisu The seo agency.

How to Manage a Podcast: Tools and a Checklist for Marketers

How to Manage a Podcast: Tools and a Checklist for Marketers

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Are you interested in starting a podcast? Want tips to manage and promote your podcast effectively? Creating a successful podcast doesn't have to be a time-consuming process. Today, tools can help streamline activities such as finding guests, publishing audio, and promoting episodes. In this article you'll discover how to manage your podcast from start to finish. Listen to this article: Why a Podcast? The key to generating a goldmine of compelling and engaging content is to leverage the expertise of others and interview them on your own podcast. A podcast is a win-win platform for your content strategy, because it provides an opportunity for both you and your guest to share your knowledge, feature your respective companies, and build a quality relationship with listeners. Inviting people with knowledge and experience in your industry to share their insights frees you from relying solely on your own knowledge. It also allows you to build a collection of quality content from a network of experts. Here's how to get started with your own podcast. #1: Find Potential Guests The first step is finding potential guests for your podcast. Are you groaning at the thought? Never fear, use a tool like LeadFuze to do the work for you. It's traditionally used by sales teams for B2B lead generation, but it also works well for identifying podcast guests. LeadFuze finds prospective guests by searching LinkedIn for categories such as industry, title, role, and location. It then aggregates all of the prospects' contact information, social media accounts, and domains into a list for you. By automating the prospecting process, LeadFuze saves you the hours of research typically needed to find good guests. #2: Send Out Email Invites Once you have the names and email addresses for guests you want to feature on your show, it's time to send out cold emails. In these emails you make your initial request asking the recipient to be a guest on your podcast. Send the Initial Email There are a number of mass emailing tools out there (such as MailChimp, Infusionsoft, and AWeber), but that's not what you need at this stage in the game. You'll want to send a more personal request with a tool like QuickMail.io. QuickMail.io is unique because it lets you automatically send one-to-one emails at scale through your Gmail account. It sends emails so that they arrive in the recipient's inbox as a personal email. This increases the chances of your emails being opened and not being filtered into a spam folder. QuickMail.io also lets you set up unlimited follow-up emails, which will automatically shut off once the recipient responds. Follow Up With Interested Guests Use FollowUpThen to stay in touch with prospective guests who responded to your initial emails, but haven't yet booked a day/time for your podcast interview. With this tool, you can add a simple email address to the BCC field on any email to remind you to follow up at a later date. You include your desired time frame within the FollowUpThen email address, and the email will then boomerang back into your inbox at that date and time. Once it's back to your inbox, it's up to you to decide if you need to follow up again. #3: Plan the Podcast Once you've lined up guests for your podcast, the next step is to choose a topic and set up a time for the interview. The secret to never running out of creative and compelling content ideas is to allow your guests to choose the topic for their episode. When guests ask you about the topic, say something like this: "We encourage guests to choose the topic for their episode based on their background and experience. Is there a certain topic you'd like to discuss on the show?" Next you need to work out a time for your interview. Unfortunately, we've all experienced the email scheduling dance: "Hi, are you free on Wednesday at 1pm?" "I can't do Wednesday. How does Thursday between 2 and 5pm?"

Analyzing Your Content With Google Analytics: How to Know What Works

Analyzing Your Content With Google Analytics: How to Know What Works

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you study your website's Google Analytics? Want to go beyond reporting what you see? To discover how to analyze content using Google Analytics, I interview Andy Crestodina. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode I interview Andy Crestodina, author of Content Chemistry (3rd edition) and co-founder of Orbit Media (a Chicago-based web design agency). Andy is a Google Analytics expert. Andy will explore how to analyze your educational and sales content using Google Analytics. You'll discover what mistakes marketers make with analytics. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Analyzing Your Content With Google Analytics Andy's start in analytics Andy began doing analytics in 2000, even before Google Analytics was a thing. Andy created websites for clients, and realized there was more to it than building the site. To help someone get results, you need to have a lot of activity around it, and the only way to measure that activity is to look at the stats. Back then, everyone used Webtrends, which was software that downloaded all of the log files and then ran a program to generate charts. Then, Google Analytics came along and revolutionized the industry. Andy talks about Google Analytics then versus now, as well as how it compares to the tools he used in the past. Since Google Analytics doesn't have access to log files, it does everything through JavaScript on web pages, which talks to cookies on visitors' computers and sends the data back to Google. The old tools showed the specific amount of time someone spends on pages and how they move through the site. In some ways the data was more accurate, because it looked at the actual log files that were sitting on the server. Google Analytics is based on JavaScript, which might be turned off, and talking to cookies, which might not be accepted. Google Analytics does lots of things that we didn't have access to before, Andy explains. No one talked about bounce rates and other metrics we now watch all the time. Even though the old tools were based on sometimes better data (the log files), they did a much more basic analysis. Now we get a lot more granular metrics we can use to make decisions. Plus, even though there are other analytics tools out there, Google Analytics blows everything else away. Listen to the show to discover Google Analytics' original name and the meaning of UTM. Mistakes marketers make with Google Analytics Andy says there are a handful of important things marketers need to do when they get started with Google Analytics, such as filter out traffic using an IP filter and set up goals. What people do not do as well is use analytics for analysis. Andy explains how it's common for people to use Google Analytics for reporting; to look at charts and see a line go up or down. However, not enough people use Google Analytics as a decision support tool. Marketers need to ask a question, come up with a hypothesis and test it out. Reporting on your analytics does not affect your marketing, but doing analysis does. Only actions change outcomes. Ask questions like, "How are people finding this site? What social networks are sending us the most traffic? Which social networks are sending us visitors who are most likely to act? Are people on different pages seeing it from different devices?" Andy shares an example from when they were updating a page on their website. It had a right-side rail that showcased samples of sites they built. The question was: Should they put a limited number of items on the sidebar,

Influence and Persuasion: New Insights From Robert Cialdini

Influence and Persuasion: New Insights From Robert Cialdini

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you want to persuade more people to become customers? Wondering what the latest science on influence and persuasion has to say? To discover new ways to prepare people for a sale, I interview Dr. Robert Cialdini, author of Influence and Pre-Suasion. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode, I interview Robert Cialdini, author of Influence and CEO of Influence at Work, a company that provides speakers and training on behavioral psychology and influence in business. Having sold more than 3 million books, he helped coin marketing phrases such as "social proof" and "scarcity." His latest book is called Pre-Suasion: A Revolutionary Way to Influence and Persuade. Robert explores the science behind influence and persuasion. You'll discover how to put these concepts into action to benefit your business. Share your feedback, read the show notes, and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Influence and Persuasion Robert's First Book Influence, written in the mid-1980s, shares the most successful strategies that professional influencers use to get people to say yes. It was written for consumers so they could recognize and resist these strategies when used in an unwelcome way. The initial response to the book was so mild that the publisher called back the promotional and publicity funds for promoting the book, Robert recalls. They told him it would be like "throwing money down a pit." What happened to change things? Robert explains that times changed. The idea of evidence-based decision-making began to dominate the business world, and Influence provided a compendium of evidence on what factors influence people. About three or four years after publication, the book skyrocketed to bestseller levels, where it's stayed ever since. There were two sources of information for the book. To see what was especially successful in moving people toward a sale, he looked at research literature from the behavioral sciences, marketing, psychology, communication, management, and other fields. He also looked beyond the research literature and began infiltrating all of the training programs he could get access to in the areas of sales, marketing, recruiting, fundraising, etc. This let him see what the professionals were using to train and he gleaned information from those experiences. While he expected consumers to be the audience for Influence, it was actually embraced by the business community first. They wanted to know, scientifically, which factors incline people toward yes, and how to include those factors in messages, marketing campaigns, and more. The interest in harnessing the most powerful practices and procedures for creating change led Robert to write his new book, Pre-Suasion. It's designed for people who want to become more influential. Listen to the show to discover how I was introduced to Robert's work. Pre-Suasion Robert thinks the ideal audience for Pre-Suasion is people who want to increase the extent to which their messages successfully move people in their direction. While this includes salespeople and marketers, it's also for people who want to be more influential inside their families, network of friends, charity boards, etc. Robert says that while Influence covers what to build into a message to get agreement, Pre-Suasion describes the process of gaining agreement with a message before it's sent. The process may seem like some sort of magic, but it's not. It's established science. The key is to create a state of mind in the recipient's head that's consistent with the forthcoming message.

5 Tips for Better Facebook Live Broadcasts

5 Tips for Better Facebook Live Broadcasts

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Thinking of going live on Facebook? Wondering how to get the most out of your Facebook Live broadcast? With Facebook Live, you can show your expertise in real time, take people behind the scenes, and much more. In this article, you'll discover five tips to succeed with your next Facebook Live broadcast. Listen to this article: #1: Promote Before You Broadcast Facebook Live allows you to target your personal network, the fans of a business page (if you're an admin), a group, or an event. If you can't find a group or event to meet your needs, consider starting one. It's important to let your audience know about your upcoming live video with news feed posts. Experiment with images and perhaps even a short video to tell them about the bigger video to come. If your live video is important enough, you can boost your announcement posts as paid Facebook ads. Then, remind your audience again right before you go live. For example, here's how NASA Earth promotes upcoming live videos in their news feed and encourages interactions. Don't forget about the world outside of Facebook. Invite your blog readers, email subscribers, and followers from other networks. Include a link to your account, business page, group, or event. #2: Prepare and Practice Before you broadcast your live video, you need to do some preparation to ensure that viewers will be able to hear you clearly without distraction, follow your future broadcasts, and participate. Set Up Your Location Here are some tips for optimizing the location and setup for your live video: Try to minimize background and ambient noise. While users will expect the production quality to be a bit raw and unrehearsed, be sure that they can see and hear you without undue distractions. Decide whether to hold the phone yourself or use some type of mount. You could also delegate the job to a co-worker. For the live video, you can use either the front- or rear-facing camera. Choose a spot that has a strong broadband connection. Facebook recommends that live videos last at least 10 minutes, but you can go as long as 90 minutes. Tip: Forward your calls to avoid distractions during your broadcast. Set a Policy for Instant Feedback Two new Facebook Live features allow viewers to provide feedback and ask you questions during the broadcast. They can click on the same six emoji reactions that replaced the simple like back in February. These will appear for a few seconds onscreen; Facebook compares them to applause and boos. Users can also comment during the video, so you should decide in advance how and when you will acknowledge your audience. Facebook recommends that you address commenters by name and make it clear how much you appreciate their involvement. If you need to block a user, click on the profile picture next to their comment and select Block. Note that when the video is replayed, the comments will appear at the same point they did during the live event. Do a Practice Video Before you use Facebook Live for the first time, consider doing a practice run. To get all of the practice time you need, set Facebook's Who Should See This? privacy setting to Only Me. You'll see the live video exactly as it will appear, but no one else will. If you're having trouble changing the privacy setting from the mobile app, open your desktop or laptop and set your preferences at Facebook.com. Your changes will be integrated automatically by the app. Remember, Facebook doesn't allow business pages to post to a group or event, so you'll need to use a personal account in those instances. You can remind your audience about your company association in posts and during the video. To launch your live video, open the Facebook app and go to the personal, business, group, or event page that you want to target. Tap to start a new post and look for the Live icon at the bottom of the screen. In Android,

16 Writing Tools for Social Media Marketers

16 Writing Tools for Social Media Marketers

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you create copy for social media posts? Do you want some tools to help you improve the quality of your posts? Whether you work on your own or with a team, there are tools that make it more likely your social media posts will publish without errors and with correct word counts. In this article you'll discover 16 writing tools for social media marketers. Listen to this article: #1: WriteRack Do you frequently post tweets that are longer than the maximum 140 characters? If so, you'll need to send a "tweetstorm," or a series of tweets one right after the next. Doing this manually can be time-consuming. Instead of writing out each tweet, sign up for WriteRack and put your entire long tweet into the tool. It then divides it up, numbers it, and posts all of your tweets at once. Done and done! #2: Slick Write Slick Write is a user-friendly website that lets you copy and paste your social content directly into an analysis window. Slick Write analyzes your writing to find grammatical, spelling, and punctuation errors. Depending on the level of editing you want, settings can even be adjusted to catch mistakes like biased language and gender-specific pronouns. #3: Help.PlagTracker Originality is one of the most important components of any social media post. If you have a lot of competitors active on social media, you'll want to stand out as a unique brand. Run all of your posts through the Help.PlagTracker website before you publish them. This helps you to ensure originality and avoid the pitfalls of plagiarism. #4: Polish My Writing Polish My Writing (also known as After the Deadline) is a user-friendly grammar correction website that goes a step further. You can use it to get style suggestions for your content. The words to be corrected are simply underlined in red, blue, or green (depending on the correction), so the writing isn't cluttered or crowded as you edit. #5: Ulysses Ulysses is an app for anyone who does a lot of writing. The app lets you write no matter where you are, and will organize all of your writing in one place (including texts, new content, email, and writing projects). If you're in charge of managing a social media account, it can save you a lot of time by allowing you to access and organize your content at any time. The app costs $24.99. #6: Writefull Have you ever toggled back and forth between your word processor and Google trying to figure out if the phrases you want to use are correct or accurate? This works, but it's also intrusive and leads to distraction. Writefull is an app that integrates with your word processor to take over the role of Google. You can find out on the spot whether your phrases make sense. #7: Word Counter If you're planning to send out a lot of tweets about an upcoming product launch or a new promotion, you'll need to word them perfectly to make the most use of Twitter's 140-character limit. You can achieve this easily by using Word Counter. #8: Grammar Monster Grammar Monster won't correct your writing, but it will help prevent mistakes in the first place. Grammar Monster is an educational site where you'll find grammar and writing lessons, quizzes, grammar tips of the day, and a huge selection of grammar rules divided into categories. #9: Spellchecker Pretty much as you would expect, Spellchecker is a website that will quickly and accurately check your writing for spelling errors. #10: Grammar Check Grammar Check lets you copy and paste your content into its editing software. The site will then correct everything from dangling modifiers to unnecessary ellipses. #11: Papers Gear Editor Papers Gear is a professional custom writing service. You can hire an editing team to proofread and check grammar on your blog, articles, website copy, social media content, and any other important documents for your business. You can also get assistance with formatting your content. #12: Hemingway App

Social CRM: How Marketing Can Benefit From Social Media and CRM

Social CRM: How Marketing Can Benefit From Social Media and CRM

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you want to know more about your customers and prospects so you can serve them better? Are you wondering what social CRM is and how your business can benefit from it? To learn how social CRM can help marketers, I interview Kyle Lacy for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview Kyle Lacy, director of global content marketing and research at Salesforce ExactTarget Marketing Cloud. He's authored numerous books, including Twitter Marketing for Dummies and Social CRM for Dummies. Kyle shares why social CRM is important for marketers. You'll discover some of the best CRM solutions available, what their basic functions are and how social CRM can help with social media ROI. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Social CRM The difference between customer relationship management (CRM) and social CRM Kyle states that customer relationship management (CRM) and social CRM are combining. CRM manages all of your customers' data, and when you add the word social, it takes in all of the social data too. Whether you want to sell to customers or retain them, social CRM just adds those social data points. This can be a Facebook profile, Twitter account, etc.—basically anything that has to do with social media. It's the ability to manage all of your data points around the customer within a single software source. Listen to the show to find out why Kyle doesn't distinguish between the two. The definition of CRM systems Kyle explains that a CRM system is software that allows you to manage every single touchpoint you have with your customers. For example, their email address, what they bought previously from you, their Twitter handle, and so forth. It's really based on what level of business you have. So if you're an enterprise company, then the CRM solution would be Salesforce. However, if you're a smaller company, Nimble would be a great alternative. CRM systems are anything to do with a customer interaction. This can be either in a store or online. Listen to the show to discover why these people aren't just customers, but prospects too. Why social CRM is important for marketers Kyle refers to Mary Meeker's State of the Internet report that was released at the end of May this year. He thinks that we have reached a point where social media has hit maturity, and for us to realize the true value of it, we have to be able to connect it to our customers who are already in our systems. For example, if a retailer has 1000 customers within their CRM solution, they need to be able to find the social pieces of data that connect them to these existing customers. As a business, you want to turn these customers into advocates. To do this, you need to manage your data around the customer. Kyle believes that from a social standpoint, it allows you to recognize the true value of social and you can use it to communicate more effectively. You'll discover how you can drive more sales when you combine customer email addresses with their social networks. One of the biggest things that Kyle sees right now is marketers who use the one-click sign-on using Facebook on their website. When a customer visits your website and signs in through Facebook, you get all that customer's information. There is so much data you can pull when you connect with customers on a social network. Listen to the show to find out how social CRM can improve your advertising effectiveness while reducing your customer servic...

How to Get Started on Blab: Group Video Broadcasting for Marketers

How to Get Started on Blab: Group Video Broadcasting for Marketers

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Are you a fan of live-streaming video for business? Have you tried Blab? Blab, the newest platform in streaming video, lets you build a personal and business presence while creating community. In this article I'll explore Blab and share ways you can use it for business. Listen to this article: About Blab Blab.im, which is currently available on desktop and iOS (Android is coming soon), is a live-streaming video platform that lets you host your own live video show or conference with up to four people engaging at the same time. The moderator has control over who is in the three additional video seats, but anyone who wants to tune in can use the right panel to chat and the left panel to tweet. Blab's ease of use, simplicity and functionality give it the edge over other live-streaming platforms. For instance, Meerkat, Periscope and Facebook Mentions are mobile-only and are mostly just you talking to your audience. Plus, if you want to interview someone, he or she needs to be right next to you. And while you can include up to 10 people on a Google hangout, the session feels more like an interview and doesn't provide the same sense of engagement as a blab. Another plus is that Blab's time length is open-ended and most blabs last about an hour. According to Shaan Puri, CEO of Blab, most people using the platform spend at least an hour "blabbing" each day. Blab is more than just a new toy. It's a substantial method of connecting, and others are getting as excited about it as I am! #1: Get Started on Blab Use the same account for Blab as you do for Twitter. Just log in and you're ready to go. If you want to change your bio or notifications, click on your photo and select Settings. Once on the platform, follow people to receive notifications about their blabs. Finding people to follow is simple: do a search by name or look anyone up by adding their Twitter handle after blab.im/. To start a new blab, click the purple button next to your profile picture. Then give your blab a title and choose up to three tags (keywords). Next, set up your blab to go live immediately or schedule it for the future. Record Your Blab If you're the moderator, you can choose to record the blab. Within a minute of the end of the show, you'll receive two links to an mp3 or mp4 with the recording. After you receive those links, you can upload your recorded blab as a video to YouTube or as a podcast on Libsyn, iTunes or your preferred host. Additionally, all of the blabs you record are archived for access on your profile under Replay. While archived blabs can be replayed at any time, viewers cannot chat, send feels or follow people during a replay. Promote Your Blab If you go live, you can tweet a link to let people know about your blab. Promote your scheduled blabs the same way you would promote any event. Create a custom graphic, email your network, schedule a Facebook event, tweet it out and share on all of your social networks. Moderate Your Blab When there's an empty seat, someone can request to join in. When the moderator approves, the new person enters the video chat. Blab is similar to a late-night talk show format. There's a host and a primary special guest. When another guest comes on, the previous guest can slide over a seat and stick around. #2: Use Blab Chat Commands There are a few unique commands enabled in the chat column on the right of Blab's layout. To ask a question, type "/Q", and the word Question appears in a grey box so it stands out. To change the topic of the blab, the moderator can type "/Topic". For a bit of fun, you can add interest to your chat comments by typing "/shrug" or "/tableflip" in the chat box. I'm not aware of other commands, but it wouldn't surprise me if the Blab development team has more Easter eggs hidden. #3: Give Kudos to Blabbers Instead of hearts, like those used on Periscope,

Visual Social Media: How Images Improve Your Social Media Marketing

Visual Social Media: How Images Improve Your Social Media Marketing

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you use visuals in your social media marketing? Are you wondering how you can use images to take your marketing to a whole new level? To learn about visual social media, I interview Donna Moritz for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview Donna Moritz, who is a social media and visual marketing expert. She's also the founder of Socially Sorted, a blog designed to help small businesses achieve more with visual social media. Donna shares the importance of visuals in your social media marketing. You'll discover the types of images that work best and the tools you can use to create them. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Visual Social Media What is visual social media marketing? Donna sees it as the use of some kind of imagery to communicate visually. You can use images or video to tell a story or share a message. This has been done in marketing for years. As humans, it's in our nature to communicate visually. Images process quickly and people are drawn to them. Listen to the show to find out why visual marketing has merged with social media. Why do visuals matter so much? Donna explains how most people started out with a blog, where they would write in long form and build a community around it. Then along came Facebook, where posts became shorter and then Twitter burst onto the scene with a 140-character limit. People have moved from blogs to microblogs and now to multimedia microblogs. The only direction to go is to communicate with pictures. With Instagram and Pinterest, you can communicate purely with images. Sometimes words aren't even necessary. Images have become even more popular with the ability to take photos and video with the camera on a smartphone. Detavio Samuels, who owns the marketing business Global Hue, said, "The only thing shorter than a tweet or a post is a picture." Listen to the show to find out why all platforms are becoming image-centric. Image options for marketers Donna explains how you can use images in different ways in your marketing. You can make a short, snappy video; use images and graphics; slides or a SlideShare presentation; infographics and text-based images. You'll find out which one from the list below Donna discovered gets the most shares and responses. Tips How-to Quotes Checklists Infographics Jay Baer talks about being inherently useful in his book Youtility. If you want your image to be shared a lot, then you have to make sure it's helpful to your target audience. You have to remember that as humans, we connect emotionally to images more than video, audio or text. People make decisions and take action quicker when prompted by images, rather than by reading a lot of text. You'll find out how you can use how-to images for your business and why it's easier than you think. Another great option is to tease people with a graphic. You don't have to provide the whole procedure; instead add a call to action to get people to click through to your blog, Facebook page or Pinterest page. On Facebook, you want to build engagement, so the image should be one that people will share, rather than click through to your blog. If you are clever, you can get some really great results. Listen to the show to learn why people feel compelled to click on an image, like it, share it, repost it or save it. The elements of good visuals and what makes them sharable Donna says that with any piece of content,

21 Ways to Improve Your Facebook Ads With Ad Targeting

21 Ways to Improve Your Facebook Ads With Ad Targeting

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you use Facebook ads? Are you aware of all of the targeting options Facebook offers? Facebook offers so many ways to target potential customers, there's a right advertising option for every business. In this article you'll find 21 ways to target specific audiences with Facebook advertising. Listen to this article: #1: Know Your Customers' Interests On Facebook, you can target people who have expressed an interest in or like pages related to another page or topic. This is interest-based targeting, although it is commonly confused with "likes" targeting. There are thousands of interests to target, and they're located in the Interests section of your ad set settings. Type literally anything into the search box and Facebook will suggest matching or related interests. Interest targeting usually means that you're targeting large audiences. So before you set up interest targeting, evaluate the size of your target group. Then consider combining an interest with at least one other targeting method. #2: Seek Out People in the Market for What You Sell Our online behavior tells platforms a lot about our buying intentions. By combining data from different sources, Facebook is able to tell who is in the process of buying a given product. Therefore, you can target people who are looking to buy something specific; for example, new vehicle shoppers in the market for a luxury SUV. This option is located in the Behavior section of the ad set settings. You'll see multiple categories in a scenario like this, because Facebook allows you to be that specific. In the case of the SUV, target people who are looking for a new SUV, a used SUV and so on. Experiment with this targeting option to determine which methods are most profitable. #3: Target People Based on Financial Resources If you want to sell a product or service that is tied to affordability, this method is extremely useful. Listed under Demographics, this targeting option allows you to select among Income, Net Worth and Liquid Assets. Liquid Assets is an option under Net Worth. Targeting people by income, net worth or liquid assets usually works well as a stand-alone option. When businesses combine it with a behavior that best matches their target group, the audiences are often too narrow. The trick is to choose a broader behavior than usual in case the audience turns out to be small (for example 10-20K). According to Facebook Power Editor, their data is "Modeled based on age, income, presence of children, occupation, property data, vehicle data, investment interest and census median data." #4: Combine Age and Gender With Where People Live Instead of simply targeting geographic areas, add age groups and gender to the mix. For example, target men ages 25-35 who live in New York City. This is based on the first information people share when they create a Facebook profile: age, gender and city they live in. Targeting people based on where they live can also be a great substitute for targeting certain income levels, because it presumes a certain quality of life. This method can be used right after setting up an ad set. Target virtually any state, region and city in the world (with a few exceptions). Another option is to exclude part of a region to optimize your ads even further. A few selected countries, such as the United States, also support zip code targeting. #5: Target People by Industry or Occupation For products or services that are ideal for people who work in a given industry or have a specific job, use industries or job title for the targeting method. For example, target "Employed in Arts, entertainment, sports and media." This is located under Work (below Demographics) on Facebook. The industry people work in can be a great alternative to simply targeting by office type. In fact, office type targeting actually allows you to target three more small office categories.

Thinking of the Kukkiwon

by Doug Nowling, Director General @ 기도권 무승 극제

By KIM, UN-YONG September 4th is a historical day in which I had Taekwondo adopted as an official Olympic sport in 1994 during the IOC session in Paris, which commemorated the 10th anniversary of IOC. It just so happens that … Continue reading

How Top Brands Improve Customer Retention on Facebook

How Top Brands Improve Customer Retention on Facebook

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you nurture relationships with customers on social media? Want to decrease customer acquisition costs? When you cultivate relationships with social media, you improve customer retention and ultimately boost your bottom line. In this article I'll share how top brands use Facebook to improve customer retention, and how you can apply their tactics to your social media marketing. Listen to this article: The Value of Customer Retention It's easier to keep a customer than to acquire a new one. Gartner, Inc. statistics show that 80% of a company's future revenue will come from just 20% of its existing customers. Furthermore, according to Bain & Company (working with Earl Sasser of Harvard Business School), a 5% increase in customer retention can increase a company's profitability by 75%. With social media, the door is wide open for companies to build relationships 24/7 with the customers who influence referral rates and keep their businesses alive and thriving. #1: Embrace Your Brand Advocates Give your customers a place to share their voice and their stories, and you'll develop a kinship that will lead to brand loyalty. The Walt Disney Company, which has been the go-to source for brand and relationship marketing inspiration for more than 50 years, has truly embraced social media. The Father's Day post below personifies that commitment to fans. Disney took a story that applies to a substantial segment of its audience, and put it into video form using recognizable characters. This Facebook post does three things: promotes Disney's core values, celebrates its brand advocates and invites participation. Through brand experience storytelling, among other campaigns, Disney celebrates the fan experience and endears itself to customers in the process. #2: Provide Exceptional Customer Service Fans who turn to Facebook for answers can quickly become loyal customers, especially if you respond to them immediately and with accurate information. JetBlue has perfected the art of customer service with their remarkable ability to respond to their more than one million Facebook fans within mere minutes of a comment or post to the page. JetBlue sees each social media conversation as an opportunity to cultivate an enduring relationship with specific individuals. They empowered their team members to do what it takes to improve the customer experience and repair potentially broken relationships. Although most businesses may not have the resources to monitor their social media accounts 24/7, they can provide the tools and encourage their team to do whatever is necessary to enhance their customers' experiences online, as well as in-store. #3: Show Additional Uses for Your Product If there are other uses for your products, let your customers know. If there aren't, see what you can come up with and share those uses with your fans. Oreo, which has been very active with social media marketing, has taken relationship building to an entirely new level by sharing recipes via video to promote their product. These 10- to 30-second videos directly resonate with existing customers, who also happen to be their target audience. Through these videos, Oreo gives customers (who ideally have a package of Oreos sitting in their pantry) additional uses for their product. The result is customers keep eating and purchasing their cookies. Brainstorm to determine how your business can provide additional value to the products or services your existing customers already have. When you consider how your product can be utilized creatively and share those uses, you encourage additional purchases, while you cultivate customer relationships. #4: Address Customer Concerns Publicly Business owners and marketers aim to develop strategies with precision and avoid mistakes. However, no brand is immune to mishandled incidents, mismanaged campaigns or a full-blown social media crisis.

SEO Company in Luna Pier MI – Find More Customers and Leads

by Humband @ Local seo news

15 Things Nobody Told You About Ecommerce Website Seo Services Luna Pier in Michigan We even make additional professional tips in your website to boom scores and conversions.One manner is not higher than they different we appear to provide a customised provider to fewer customers. For low-cost local seo offerings Luna Pier MI, this is… Continue reading SEO Company in Luna Pier MI – Find More Customers and Leads

Artykuł SEO Company in Luna Pier MI – Find More Customers and Leads pochodzi z serwisu Local seo news.

4 Reasons LinkedIn Premium Is Good for Marketers

4 Reasons LinkedIn Premium Is Good for Marketers

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you use LinkedIn? Have you considered a LinkedIn Premium account? While most people start with the free version of LinkedIn, there are a number of useful paid features that make a Premium account worth the investment. In this article, you'll discover four ways LinkedIn Premium can help you improve your marketing. Listen to this article: Why Use LinkedIn Premium? LinkedIn was developed specifically for growing your business and building relationships. Marketers and business owners spend money on their businesses each month; whether it's a CRM tool (like Salesforce or Nimble), a business consultant or virtual assistant, or a tech person or service to manage their website. LinkedIn is that same type of investment, yet with social aspects. Plus, in some cases, it's easier to see the results of your efforts on LinkedIn than with other resources. LinkedIn's Business Plus features are integrated and easy to use within your LinkedIn account. (Note: There is also Sales Navigator, which is a sales prospect management tool.) Here's how LinkedIn Premium can help your business. #1: See Everyone Who's Viewed Your Profile While a free LinkedIn account shows you only the last five people who viewed your profile, a Premium account shows everyone. If more than five people a day view your profile, it's worth investing in Premium. With a free account, if you decide to be anonymous, you lose the ability to see who's viewed your profile. With a Premium account, you can remain anonymous and still see who has viewed your profile. You also have more sorting tools with a Premium account. That way you can see if people from a specific company, industry, or with a specific title have viewed your profile. The people who view your profile are usually clients, prospects, colleagues, classmates, or competitors. An additional level of detail allows you to better engage with people and be more specific in your responses and messaging. Plus, you can see which competitors look at you and find out what they're doing. From Who's Viewed Your Profile, it's easy to send a message to your first-level connections or invite new people to connect. Click on their name, and invite them to connect from their profile. This does two things: It allows you to view their profile and customize the invite. If you just click Connect from Who's Viewed Your Profile, LinkedIn will send out a default invitation. Connection Requests Always customize your connection requests. Even though they're harder to see on desktop, they pop right up in the mobile app. Because more than 50% of LinkedIn members use the mobile app over the browser, it makes sense to customize your invites. When inviting someone to connect from this area, I recommend the following text: "I noticed you viewed my profile on LinkedIn. I'd love to answer any questions you have. Let's connect to make communicating easier." When sending the connection request, choose Friend as your option for how you know someone, since people can no longer see how you know them. The designations in Who's Viewed Your Profile (such as company name, where they live, and their titles and industries) will help you see whether your profile is attracting the right people. If the people who view your profile live in another country, are in an unrelated industry, and are nowhere near your target client, you're probably not connecting and engaging with the right people. This is a red flag to update your profile, engage more with the right people, and post more relevant content. Ranking To find your ranking on LinkedIn, click on the same link to see who viewed your profile. This will show you how you rank within your connections and your company. With Premium, you also see where you rank in comparison to other professionals like you. Your LinkedIn ranking only has to do with who viewed your profile; it has no bearing on who you are as a person or in you...

Google AMP: What Bloggers Need to Know

Google AMP: What Bloggers Need to Know

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Have you heard of Google AMP? Want to know how it will impact your blog? To discover more about Google AMP and the future of blogging, I interview Leslie Samuel. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode I interview Leslie Samuel, who runs BecomeABlogger.com, where he teaches people how to blog with purpose. He's also host of the Learning With Leslie podcast and head of training for Social Media Examiner's Social Media Marketing Society. Leslie will explore Google's Accelerated Mobile Pages (AMP) project and what it means for bloggers. You'll discover how to install Google AMP and related plugins on your WordPress blog. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Google AMP What is Google AMP Google AMP stands for Accelerated Mobile Pages, and is a collaboration with a number of tech companies. Its goal is to improve the performance of websites on mobile devices, which in turn improves user experience. Kissmetrics did a study, which found that 40% of mobile users leave a page if it doesn't load in three seconds. When that happens, these users don't see the publisher's ads, products, services, or events. AMP pages load 10 times faster and use 10 times less data. Plus, when people view a website on a mobile device, pop ups (such as ads and opt-in boxes) take up the entire page. There's such a small amount of real estate on a smartphone, the pop-ups really inhibit the user experience. Google has already started placing Google AMP pages above non-Google AMP pages to mobile users in search. If you do a search for any popular topic, like politics, on your smartphone, only sites that have accelerated mobile pages enabled will show up in the top stories section. This is just the beginning. In the future AMP will be even more wide-spread. Listen to the show to learn how the Facebook Instant Articles feature is similar to Google AMP. Pros and cons of AMP In addition to the benefit of preferential treatment in search, AMP's faster load times should decrease website abandonment and increase content consumption. Before discussing the cons, Leslie noted one thing in terms of how AMP is set up. When someone clicks on an AMP enabled article on their mobile device, "/amp" is added to the URL, essentially creating a second link. (For example, a Social Media Examiner article with AMP would have the URL socialmediaexaminer.com/ARTICLE-TITLE/amp.) There are now two links: the original link from the desktop article and the second from mobile (with /amp at the end), which is what Google will show above the initial version. The AMP project is able to speed up websites because it strips away a lot of the unique elements, such as style sheets and JavaScript, that make a website look and function in a specific way. AMP sites have specific standard dimensions, and elements such as sidebars, headers and comments are gone. However, there is still a lot you can do with design, Leslie explains. For instance, you can change fonts and colors, add a logo, and more. It just will not be as extensive as what you have on your website. Articles with AMP show a single column that holds both text and images, so people won't see anything you promote in the masthead and sidebar on your regular, desktop website. Leslie says while the AP version of some sites may not be as advanced as the desktop experience, they still look pretty nice. For example, The Washington Post has a simple top with their logo. Then, when you scroll down, you see other posts, social media links, and so on.

Instagram Images: How to Stand Out on Instagram

Instagram Images: How to Stand Out on Instagram

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Is your business on Instagram? Are you curious about what to post? To discover how to use images on Instagram, I interview Peg Fitzpatrick. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode I interview Peg Fitzpatrick, the co-author of The Art of Social Media: Power Tips for Power Users, which she wrote with Guy Kawasaki. She is also a social media strategist and an expert in visual marketing. Her clients include Motorola, Audi, Google, Virgin and others. Peg will explore Instagram marketing ideas that are easy to put to use right away. You'll discover tools to use for your Instagram images. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Instagram Images How Peg got started on Instagram Peg first discovered Instagram when looking for apps for her iPad. This was shortly after the iPad first came out. She loaded Instagram and loved it, but no one she knew was on it. Then, when Pinterest came out, Peg, like a lot of people, thought Pinterest and Instagram were the same, because they were both about images. Although she initially chose to focus on Pinterest, after she learned more about both platforms, Peg discovered how different the two were. When Peg went back to Instagram, she saw it was a great place for people to have conversations. Even if you know lots of people on Facebook, Peg believes Instagram is where you can build a community. As a blogger or entrepreneur, it's the kind of place you want to go to meet new people. Listen to the show to learn about why more people didn't get on Instagram immediately. Instagram challenges for marketers Peg believes social media is challenging for marketers because they want to look at things in a more traditional way: how to get people to do x, y and z. The newer platforms, like Snapchat and Instagram, are even more challenging. It's not easy to write a viral blog post or post a YouTube video that goes viral. Instagram is limited, Peg says, because you just get that one link in your bio and there are no links in the comments. While a blogger might not see the value in Instagram ("Why should my blog be on Instagram if there's no link for people to click every day?"), brands are getting more engagement on Instagram than any other social platform. It creates brand awareness that leads more people to your business, events and products. The biggest mistake marketers make, Peg says, is they aren't posting enough. On a recent panel, Peg heard Instagram people who have 500,000+ followers say they post multiple times per day. One of them posts 8 or 10 times per day. And they post excellent content. It takes more time to create an Instagram post. Although you can share a blog post immediately, with Instagram you have to create the image, write the text and figure out all of the things that go with it. On Facebook, people don't post enough either. On Martha Stewart's Facebook page they post every hour. Of course she probably has the biggest backlog of content of any person ever, Peg adds. Listen to the show to discover why Social Media Examiner doesn't do much on Instagram. Ideas for what to post Peg says there are basic things to post on Instagram, such as pictures of what you're doing or where you are. If you're at an event, it's fun to post pictures of people you meet or do selfies. You can post a day in the life at your blog or business, pictures of your team or behind the scenes at your company. Show pictures of wherever you happen to be to give more of a human connection with your company. For example,

4 Ways to Promote Your Event With Social Media

4 Ways to Promote Your Event With Social Media

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you have an upcoming event? Want to get the word out about dates and ticket sales? Promoting your event with social media lets you create awareness, visibility and community. In this article you'll discover four ways to promote your event on social media. Listen to this article: #1: Use Double-Side Referral Programs to Offer Discounts Companies like Uber, Dropbox and Airbnb use double-sided referral programs that connect to social media, turning their customers into promoters. You can harness the power of similar social referral programs to sell tickets for your event. To put this strategy to work, provide ticket buyers with a trackable link to share with their social media followers and email contacts. Event attendees know who is most likely to buy a ticket within their network of contacts, and can target those people organically through social media or via a direct channel like email or text. If someone they shared the link with ends up buying a ticket, both parties will receive a small discount. Double-sided referral programs are one of the best ways to incentivize attendees to promote your event, and in doing so, attendees will be expanding your event's social media reach as well. There are a few platforms that can make it easy to implement a double-sided referral program. For example, Genius Referrals is a great tool for constructing such a program. Bizzabo also offers a social media referral system tool called Ticket Boost that is specifically designed to help event organizers sell more tickets via a double-sided referral system. #2: Create Community on LinkedIn Create an industry-specific community for your event on LinkedIn. Not only does a community provide valuable insights for you, but it can also be a value-added resource for event attendees. LinkedIn is a great platform for creating powerful networking groups, since attendees likely already use the social network to expand business connections and learn work-related best practices. LinkedIn groups can also help you sell tickets. Consider making the group public and invite past event attendees along with qualified prospects to join your new group. By doing this, you can turn past event attendees into a marketing asset. They can discuss their experiences at previous events and help convert potential ticket buyers. To further promote an event-specific group, be sure to post an announcement to existing LinkedIn groups that are comprised of members who might benefit from joining. Consider inviting event attendees to the next year's LinkedIn group right after your event ends. Attendees who have your event fresh in their minds are more likely to join next year's community than if you were to wait a year to promote it. #3: Maintain a Industry-Specific Blog Good content has the power to keep past attendees engaged with your event, and at the same time, attract new attendees who discover your content via search engines or social media channels. Create an event blog with tips and tricks about topics in your industry. Providing valuable content will help increase your social media reach and bring qualified visitors to the event website. Sales Hacker hosts a series of conferences for salespeople. While operating these events throughout the year, the company also maintains an excellent blog with resources to benefit past or current attendees and attract new attendees. Sales Hacker's consistently helpful blog content motivates loyal readers to sign up for email updates. That makes it easier for the company to promote upcoming events, since they likely have a large number of engaged email subscribers to reach out to. As an added benefit, creating original content for a blog provides you with excellent resources to share on the social media platforms you're using to promote your event. By providing helpful resources, you'll build a base of loyal followers who will be receptive to learning more about ...

How to Use Pinterest Analytics to Improve Your Marketing

How to Use Pinterest Analytics to Improve Your Marketing

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you want more from Pinterest? Have you considered using Pinterest analytics to inform your marketing decisions? When you know where to look in Pinterest analytics, you'll find actionable information you can use to improve your Pinterest strategy. In this article you'll discover five ways to use Pinterest analytics and improve your Pinterest marketing. Listen to this article: #1: Identify Your Competition Competition takes various forms on Pinterest. Competitors include businesses selling the same products as you and companies populating your audience's feeds with pins. You'll find a list of brands that your audience engages with in the Interests segment under the Your Audiences dashboard in Pinterest Analytics. While this list is typically comprised of bigger publisher brands that probably aren't your direct competitors (think BuzzFeed and POPSUGAR), you're still competing with them for audience attention. Sift through the brands and look for trends in content. You'll get a sense of the types of content and pins your audiences interact with on a daily basis. Look over the boards and pins, because they might inspire what you create next. Ask yourself a few questions: What messages is your audience hearing? What do you like about the brands' boards or pins? What don't you like? Is there anything you can mimic or do differently? How can your pins stand out from the competition? Learn what your audience is hearing, seeing and interacting with to help inform your Pinterest strategy. #2: Discover Which Device Your Followers Prefer As you make your way through Pinterest analytics and gain valuable insights about your audience, it's important to segment and analyze your followers and devices. Go to the Your Audience section of your analytics and find the option to segment the data by All Audiences or Your Followers. All Audiences includes everyone who has ever seen one of your pins, while Your Followers is reserved for the people who follow your business and boards. Limiting the data to only your followers allows you to perform a deeper analysis of the people who care the most about your business. Begin by evaluating their interests, pinner boards and the businesses they engage with. Compare and contrast the similarities and differences among your followers and audiences. Knowing what your followers are interested in will give you insight into what's working well and how they perceive your brand. Lastly, within all of your Pinterest dashboards, you have the option to segment your data by app or device. One benefit of segmenting your audience by device is to gain insight into how many people use Pinterest from their desktop computers versus their mobile phones versus their tablets. Why is that important? Because pins and boards look different on each of those screen sizes. By understanding which device your audience uses the most, you can start optimizing your pins for that device. Examine your pins on all devices: Are there pins that perform better on certain devices? Why? How do the pins look? Are they too tall? Too small? Can you read the words on the pins from your smartphone? How do the colors look in the feed? Do they catch your eye? Do the descriptions keep your attention and make you want to click through? These are a few of the questions you should ask when looking through the Device segment. Examining your answers will help you maximize your next pin. #3: Find Out How People Organize Your Content One way people can engage with your pins is by repinning them. Repins are a sign that people found your pins interesting enough to save and share with others. But have you ever wondered what boards or type of boards your pins were repinned on? With Pinterest analytics, you can find the top boards that contain a large number of your pins. Go to the Interests tab under Your Audience and scroll down to the Boards section.

3 Ways to Grow Your Audience on Snapchat

3 Ways to Grow Your Audience on Snapchat

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you want more followers on Snapchat? Are you taking advantage of every connection option? Using the right tools to their fullest potential will grow your following and increase the chances that others will discover your Snapchat profile. In this article, you'll discover three ways to grow your audience on Snapchat. Listen to this article: #1: Make an In-Person Connection The easiest way to get people to follow you on Snapchat is when you're with them in person, where it's simple to share your username (and make sure you've spelled it correctly) or your snapcode. Add by Username If you want to add someone by username, open Snapchat and tap Add Friends. Then tap Add by Username. Finally, type in the username ("johnleedumas," for example) and tap the plus sign. Add by Snapcode An increasingly popular way to add people to your Snapchat is to give them your snapcode. You'll find your unique snapcode on your home screen. Someone can take a picture of your code with their phone and then easily add you, and vice versa. To add people by snapcode, first you take a picture of their snapcode with your phone. Then open Snapchat and tap Add by Snapcode. Next, tap the snapcode of the person on your camera roll. Finally, tap Add Friend. Another cool feature of snapcodes is that you can simply open Snapchat, point your camera at your friend's snapcode, and tap and hold the snapcode. This will automatically add that person. #2: Post Your Snaplink on Your Social Channels Leveraging other social platforms is another great way to increase your Snapchat following. You can share your username and snapcode like in step 1; however, the easiest way for someone to add you on Snapchat is online with your snaplink. Similar to unique snapcodes, everyone has an individual snaplink. You can share your personal snaplink on other social platforms, and even in your emails to your audience. To create your personal snaplink, simply type snapchat.com/add/ and then your username (for example, snapchat.com/add/johnleedumas). Snaplinks are powerful, because you can simply tap on someone's snaplink on your smartphone, and the Snapchat app will automatically open and add that person. No other steps are required and there's no username to memorize. #3: Engage With Users on GhostCodes GhostCodes can help you grow your Snapchat following even faster. The app makes it easy for people with similar interests to find one another without requiring a previous connection outside of Snapchat. Think of GhostCodes as a phonebook for Snapchat. You create a profile on the app and upload your snapcode so others can add you on Snapchat. You can also browse the app's directory to follow other Snapchat users based on categories that interest you. How's how to get started with GhostCodes. Set Up Your Profile First, download the GhostCodes app from the App Store or Google Play. Then open the app and create your account. Fill in your personal information, including your Snapchat username and a brief bio. Next, you're prompted to add your snapcode. To do this, open Snapchat and tap on the little ghost icon to see your snapcode. Then take a screenshot of it. (On iOS, press and hold the Home and power buttons simultaneously. On Android, press and hold the Home and volume-down buttons simultaneously.) Next, go back to GhostCodes and tap the ghost on your screen. The screenshot you just took will appear and you've now added your snapcode! Finally, add your interests (this will help other like-minded people find you). Select a category that best fits the type of content you create on Snapchat. You can only pick one category, but you can change it later if needed. For example, select Inspirational as your category, so other users searching the Inspirational category can find you. Use the App After setting up your account,

Floyd Allen McGee, 76

Floyd Allen McGee, 76


Capital Journal

July 25, 1936 - Jan. 1, 2013

3 Ways to Use Social Media to Increase Your Search Visibility

3 Ways to Use Social Media to Increase Your Search Visibility

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Want to improve your search ranking? Wondering how your social activities can support your SEO? In this article you'll discover three ways social media can improve your visibility in search results. Listen to this article: #1: Dominate Your SERP You probably see SERPs every day without giving them a second thought. Simply put, SERP stands for "search engine results page." Every time you search for a keyword or phrase, the search engine displays a SERP. If you claim your business name on the top social media profiles, it's more likely that you'll "own" the first page of results when people search for you. For example, the SERP from a search for the name "KlientBoost" shows the company's website followed immediately by their profiles on Twitter, LinkedIn, Facebook, and YouTube. KlientBoost owns the search engine results page for their business. To start owning the SERP for your business or brand name, use a service like KnowEm to check for the availability of your business name across popular social media platforms. This makes it easy to reserve your name on as many platforms as possible in a short amount of time. As you claim your social media profiles, you'll need to populate those profiles with your business information, branded images, and links back to your blog or website. While it's true that the links in most social media profiles are "no-follow" (meaning they don't actually pass on authority to your website), these links can help you build trust and credibility in your website's backlink profile with search engines, so make sure to include them. #2: Stand Out Visually With YouTube Video Because most search results are full of text, results that include a video stand out on the page. This means they're likely to gain more clicks even if they place lower on the page. To take advantage of this, create high-quality YouTube videos that answer questions your customers and prospects are likely to ask. Lawn care company LawnStarter posts videos on their YouTube channel that answer common questions people have about maintaining their lawns. The videos are entertaining and stand out in the search results like the one below for the search "how to mow wet grass." #3: Reach Influencers to Support Quality Backlinks When it comes to getting your website or blog to show up in search results for non-branded terms (such as a service you provide), the most influential metric to track is external links to your site. Backlinko analyzed 1 million search results and found that there's a significant correlation between organic search ranking and the number of quality external backlinks. By leveraging social media, you can extend the reach of your content to a larger audience, which will also likely increase the number of clicks and shares it receives. In basic terms, More Shares = More Backlinks = Higher Search Placement. Keep these points in mind to get more visibility and shares for your content: Long-form content gets more shares than short-form content. Having at least one image leads to a dramatic increase in social shares. Lists and infographics get more social shares. To take this one step further, you can pay to promote your content to influencers to generate quality backlinks. Whether you want backlinks from journalists, industry publications, or other influencers, paid campaigns on Twitter will help you get your content in front of them. Why Twitter? A lot of journalists and influencers use it to find trending stories to cover. Putting your best content in front of these people increases the likelihood that they'll use your content in a story. Depending on your business, you can also apply this tactic to Facebook and LinkedIn. Use a tool like BuzzSumo to identify the people who are best positioned to give your content a quality backlink by sharing it or covering it in a story. To get started, log into BuzzSumo and click on Twitter Influencers.

SEO Company in Lakewood PA – Find More Customers and Leads

by Humband @ Local seo news

Guaranteed No Stress With Ecommerce Seo Site Audit Lakewood PA Our crew will create or declare your Google list in your commercial enterprise and optimize it to show up excessive in search effects in your business classes. We publish your enterprise to over three hundred directories and nearby review sites, optimize your Google and Bing… Continue reading SEO Company in Lakewood PA – Find More Customers and Leads

Artykuł SEO Company in Lakewood PA – Find More Customers and Leads pochodzi z serwisu Local seo news.

How to Use Pinterest for Local Businesses

How to Use Pinterest for Local Businesses

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Want to connect with local customers on Pinterest? Wondering how to drive foot traffic with Pinterest? Pinterest offers local businesses a way to cultivate relationships with prospects and customers who are primed to walk through your door. In this article you'll discover how to use Pinterest to market a local business. Listen to this article: #1: Find Out What Likely Customers Are Interested In Before you do anything on Pinterest, spend some time on the platform studying the people you want to reach. You likely have an idea of who your target audience is. Are they the same people you're hoping to reach on Pinterest? Find out what your target audience is doing on Pinterest, who they follow, and what kinds of things they're pinning. Start by browsing the categories on Pinterest. Click to the right of the search box to open the drop-down category list. Click through the categories that are most relevant to your business and check out related topics. From here, you can start to see where your content and business might fit in on Pinterest. Try searching for related words in the Pinterest search bar. Pinterest's Guided Search will show you the most commonly searched words and phrases with your search term. You can also click through to the most popular pinners and pins and boards from that search term. This is a great place to find your target customers, and learn what kind of content your target customers value and how they share it. #2: Create Keyword-Friendly Boards and Profiles Now that you've identified popular topics and keywords for your target audience, you can begin building your profile. You've likely discovered some popular topics that are related to your industry. Use the interest topics you've identified for your boards. For example, if you're a hair salon, "Hair styles DIY," "Curly hair tips," and "Prom styles" might be good boards for your business. Your Pinterest profile is a perfect place to embed your keywords. This will help you get discovered on Pinterest and also on Google. Add keywords to your profile name, profile description, board titles, and board descriptions. #3: Fill Your Boards With Informative Content People come to Pinterest looking for things to learn and to buy. Now that you know what your audience finds interesting, consider what informative content you can share on your boards. This is the type of content that will get more repins and help you reach more people. Create some boards that are related to your local community. For example, if you're a restaurant, create a board to share events that are taking place in your area. If you're a vet, you could share educational content related to health and care for animals, popular pet products, and favorite places to take pets in the surrounding area. Informative content will help you extend your reach. In addition to curating that content from others, you should also create your own content. Think about what customers need to know in order to value the service you provide. What kind of customer education is needed in your industry? Create simple graphics to explain a point or a new regulation. Even for non-designers, it's easy to create informative and engaging infographics with online tools. You might also write an explainer article or create a video to show how something gets done. Share your content on Pinterest as a vertical pin. Pins perform best at 600 x 1200 (or more) pixels. Remember to write an information-rich caption to get more engagement. #4: Drive Foot Traffic and Click-throughs With Rich Pins Pinterest rich pins allow you to embed information from your website that is updated dynamically to encourage customer conversions. Here are some rich pins that might be helpful for your local business: Use article pins if you have a blog or create blog content. When you create article pins, the headline, author, and story description will automatically be pul...

20+ Social Media Hacks and Tips From the Pros

20+ Social Media Hacks and Tips From the Pros

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Are you looking for the newest social media tips and techniques? Want to know how the experts are staying ahead of the social media marketing curve? We asked top social media pros to share their favorite tips for getting the most out of social media. In this article you'll discover 25 ways to improve your marketing and save time. Listen to this article: #1: Get Around the 140-Character Limit on Twitter Yes, there are tools that save long-winded tweeters, but they really just add a link that takes the reader to a website, out of the stream. Here's a hack that lets you run long, while keeping your readers right there on Twitter. I learned this one from SMMW speaker Amy Schmittauer. First, send a tweet as you normally would ... but end it with an ellipsis or a cliffhanger of some kind. Next, reply to your own tweet! You can do this from your own stream. There's no need to leave the @mention of yourself in there. Remove it so you don't look like you're talking to yourself. Now, visitors who see the first tweet (or either of them) in your stream can see the full length of the super-long tweet by clicking the View Conversation link. Here's what it will look like: Voila! You've broken out of the 140-character jail. It's definitely a hack in the truest sense, but it works! Andy Crestodina is co-founder of Orbit Media. #2: See Restricted LinkedIn Profile Search Results Ever look for people on LinkedIn, but the search results you see are restricted based on your membership level? Because the majority of profiles are indexed on Google, you can use the search engine to do a more comprehensive search. For example, if you find that you can't access the full profile information of someone on LinkedIn, go to Google and type: site:linkedin.com "name of person" If you're looking for marketing managers who mention Dublin in their profile, you can type the following into Google: site:linkedin.com//pub "marketing manager" Dublin Now you can see much of the information LinkedIn's barriers hide from you. Ian Cleary is the founder of RazorSocial. #3: Accelerate Social Media Follower Growth S4S (also known as Share for Share or Shoutout for Shoutout) is a tactic in which you form mutually beneficial partnerships with other influencers in your niche/market. Basically you post each other's content with a reference or tag to each person on an agreed-upon social media platform. We used this social media hack and have gone from 0 to 400,000+ followers on Instagram in under a year. It's great because the hack works on any social media platform: Twitter, LinkedIn, Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Periscope, you name it! Nathan Chan is the publisher and editor of Foundr Magazine. #4: Reduce Inflammatory Facebook Fan Posts and Comments Because our Facebook page community can be rowdy, I add words commonly used to attack another fan or our Facebook page to a list of words in the Page Moderation section of Page Settings. When a banned word is used in a comment, the comment is hidden from the general public, but appears to the person who left it and their friends. I ban words like "unlike," "unliking," and "clickbait" as well as things like "!!," "!!!," and "!!!!" because I've found that no one ever uses multiple exclamation points to tell you how much they love you. Holly Homer runs Kids Activities Blog and Quirky Momma Facebook page, and is the founder of Business 2 Blogger. #5: Verify the Effectiveness of an Influencer This is a very difficult time to be in marketing. Ad blockers are diminishing returns and overwhelming information density makes it hard for our message to be heard on Facebook, Twitter, and other channels. This is one reason influence marketing is so important today. Even small companies and agencies need to tune into people who can effectively carry a message online to an engaged audience. But how do you know if an influencer is influen...

SEO Services Century FL – Cheap prices SEO package

by Vick1974 @ The seo agency

Seo For Small Business Owners Century in Florida Once, Twice: 3 Reasons Why You Should Go For The Third Time The reason is there is a scarcity of savvy net entrepreneurs and all people who’s any exact does not need to cold name. this can help you determine what it way to have a long… Continue reading SEO Services Century FL – Cheap prices SEO package

Artykuł SEO Services Century FL – Cheap prices SEO package pochodzi z serwisu The seo agency.

How to Find Local Customers With Twitter

How to Find Local Customers With Twitter

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you use Twitter for your business? Looking for ways to connect with local customers? There are tactics you can use to improve the visibility of your local business and identify potential leads. In this post you'll discover three ways to connect with local customers on Twitter. Listen to this article: #1: Add Location Data to Your Tweets Enabling location data on your tweets lets Twitter users recognize when they're in close proximity to your business. They may be ready to buy from you at that point, after all, and turning it on will let users click on the location marker icon on your tweet to find out where your business is located. That's one step closer to a sale. The tweeting with your location feature is disabled by default. To turn it on, compose a tweet and then click on Location Disabled. In the pop-up box that appears, click Turn Location On. Twitter will then suggest a location. If you want to choose something different, click the location marker, and then choose a location from the menu or enter a location in the search field at the top of the menu. Your Turn Location On settings are saved, so the next time you compose a tweet, your location information will be added automatically to the tweet. After you publish your tweet, your location will be displayed when it appears in users' timelines. #2: Find Leads With a Local Hashtag Search One way to find local customers on Twitter is to use a tool like Hashtagify to search for people using specific hashtags. Then after you've compiled a list of potential leads, add them to a private Twitter list and start engaging with them. Here's how to get started. Search for Hashtags First, use Hashtagify to find out which Twitter users are using local hashtags, whether they're in your local area or intending to travel to it in the near future. For example, people tweeting the hashtag #lovedublin may be planning to visit the city, so they would represent potential leads for businesses in Dublin, Ireland. To search for Twitter users tweeting that hashtag, open Hashtagify and enter your local hashtag in the search field. Click on the gear icon to deselect Instagram from the dialog box so that only Twitter results are returned. Hashtagify then returns a list of users tweeting that hashtag, which you can view on the right side of the page. Click on Show More at the bottom of the Top Recent Media list to view a full screen of tweets where the hashtag has been used. Now go back to your original search results and click Table Mode at the bottom of the screen. This will let you see trending hashtags related to your hashtag. Look through the table for related hashtags and find relevant ones for your business. Then do a search for those hashtags to find even more prospects and compile a list of leads from the users. Create a Twitter Lead List After you've compiled a list of leads, you can then segment your leads from the hashtag search into Twitter lists and start monitoring their conversations. To add leads to a private Twitter list, go to each user's Twitter profile, click on the gear icon on the right side of the page and select Add or Remove From Lists. You can then add them to an existing list or create a new one. If you're creating a new list, add a title for it and a brief description (up to 100 characters). This will help you to distinguish it from other lists on your Twitter profile. By default, Twitter lists are public, meaning anyone on Twitter can access them. Since this is a client list, select the Private option button so no one will be able to access the list but you. When you're finished, click Save List. To access your lists, click on the gear icon on your profile and select Lists from the drop-down menu. Engage With Your Leads After you've segmented your leads into a Twitter list, start engaging with them to share useful tips,

How to Optimize Facebook Custom Tabs for More Conversions

How to Optimize Facebook Custom Tabs for More Conversions

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you want to boost conversions from your Facebook app? Have you thought about promoting it with Facebook ads? Supporting your Facebook custom tab with complementary Facebook ads will drive more views and deliver more conversions. In this article you'll discover how to combine Facebook custom tabs with Facebook ads to boost conversions. Listen to this article: #1: Focus on the Benefits You may have heard this saying before: Benefits sell, features don't. Focusing on the benefits for your target audience can make a big impact on conversions from your ads. Whether your Facebook custom tab app is a promotion, contest or newsletter sign-up form, your goal should be to get the people who come to the page to take the action you want them to. How do you do this? You focus your messaging on how filling out the form will benefit your customer. To figure out your most important benefits to promote, create a features and benefits chart and spend some time brainstorming. Start by filling in the features column of your chart. Next, think critically about each feature you've listed and the value that it provides to the audience you're targeting with your ads. Once you've filled in both sides of your features and benefits chart, pick the top two to three benefits. Promote these two or three benefits with your ads and emphasize them in your app copy. The bottom line is, to make a greater impact with your app's copy and drive up conversion rates, focus your copy on the solution that your product or service provides. In other words, focus on the incentive your brand is offering. If you keep your copy about your visitors' wants and needs, you'll see more success with your ads. #2: Define Your Goal After you've identified the key benefits you want to promote, the next step is to determine the most important goal of your Facebook ads and design a custom tab app to reflect it. Here are some goals you might have: Capture the email addresses of users who are interested in your product or service. Drive downloads of a lead-generating resource. Get people to take advantage of a special offer by downloading a coupon. Get sign-ups for an online marketing event you're hosting, like a webinar. Drive engagement (for example, voting and/or an image submission on a photo contest) on a marketing campaign you've built. Your Facebook ads should always direct people to an app that has a clear focus, rather than to your website. Why? Your website is full of distractions. The fewer distractions your ads' destination has, the more likely you'll accomplish your Facebook advertising goals. To optimize conversions from your ads, design your Facebook custom tab app without any of these design elements: a navigation bar; social icons; unnecessary links, tabs and buttons; and drop-down menus. Remove any information or clickable link or button that doesn't support the goal of your landing page. #3: Take Design Cues From Top-Performing Ads Split testing different versions of a Facebook custom tab app is tough for two reasons. First, if you don't have a large Facebook advertising budget, you may not get enough traffic to your app to make any valid assumptions. Second, there are too many variables. You could end up going in circles testing a million little things, everything from the color of your call-to-action button to the copy of your secondary headline. Instead of split testing your app, it's better to split test the three main components of your Facebook ads: the headline, body copy and image. Discover your best-performing Facebook ad, and then update your landing page's design to incorporate that ad's headline, copy and image. After a few days of running your Facebook ads, you'll be able to determine which ad is performing best. Based on what you discover, update your app's headline and primary image to match your highest-performing ad.

26 WordPress Plugins for Social Media Marketers

26 WordPress Plugins for Social Media Marketers

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you want to improve your WordPress blog? Have you considered customizing WordPress with plugins? One of the biggest advantages of WordPress is the sheer number of easy-to-use plugins that help marketers add functions with little hassle. In this article, you'll discover 26 WordPress plugins for marketers. Listen to this article: #1: Social Profile Integration Plugins Social Login Plenty of websites have members-only areas or user accounts, or require users to log in to comment. Social Login will let users log into your site with a social media profile. There are more than 30 different networks you can choose to make available for users to log in with, including Amazon, Facebook, Google+, Instagram, WordPress, and more. Placement options for the login plugin include registration pages, sidebars, comments, and more. This plugin is free to download and use. Snapchat Snapcode Widget Snapchat users don't always actively search for brands on the platform. Because of this, getting followers can sometimes depend on advertising your Snapcode across different online platforms, including your website. The Snapchat Snapcode Widget is exactly what it sounds like; a small widget that allows you to place your Snapcode on your site. All your blog visitors have to do is take a picture of your Snapcode and upload it on Snapchat to find and follow you. This plugin is free and easy to use. WordPress Social Stream When you don't want to choose between featuring your Facebook or Twitter feed, WordPress Social Stream allows you to create a combined feed from multiple social platforms to display on your site. You can add platforms including Facebook, Twitter, Pinterest, YouTube, Dribble, StumbleUpon, LinkedIn, and Delicious. You can pay $19 for a regular license with 6 months of support, and have the option to upgrade to an extended license and/or 12 months of support. Pin It Button One of the most effective ways you can encourage users to share your content and products on Pinterest is to add Pin It buttons to your site, and the Pinterest Pin It Button comes with a range of customizable options. The plugin will let readers select the image they want to pin from your page, although you can also select an image users will be prompted to choose when pinning. To customize your button, choose from a variety of different colors and sizes and easily place your Pin It buttons anywhere on your blog with a shortcode. The features above come with the free version of the plugin, but you can upgrade to the pro version for more customization features. Custom Twitter Feeds Placing a Twitter feed on your blog is a great way to keep your readers up to date and integrate your social media presence with your site. Add Custom Twitter Feeds to your blog to display a customizable feed. You can choose to display only your Twitter feed, a feed from multiple Twitter users, a feed from a single user, or a feed from a hashtag. The top of whichever feed option you choose will display a clickable CTA encouraging users to follow you on Twitter. In addition, the Twitter feed from this plugin is mobile-responsive, automatically takes on the stylistic aspects of your theme, and search engines can find the feed content. This plugin is free and there is a pro version available. Instagram Feed The Instagram Feed plugin will display images from your Instagram profile on your site, and help drive traffic to your profile. Place Instagram Feed on your site to display photos from non-private Instagram accounts, including yours or those that you're tagged in, which is great for sharing user-generated content. You can have single or multiple feeds, plus it's mobile-responsive and was updated with the June 1 Instagram updates. This plugin is free and there is a pro version of the plugin available. Custom Facebook Feed

Instagram Ad Rollout Will Make It the Top Media Buy: New Research

Instagram Ad Rollout Will Make It the Top Media Buy: New Research

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Are you using Instagram for your business? Have you thought about advertising on the platform? Instagram just began offering paid advertising opportunities through select developer partners. In the coming months the platform is expected to create a Facebook-like self-serve option for any budget. In this article you'll discover findings from studies about Instagram's current reach, and the potential to reach targeted audiences with ads. Evolution of Instagram Ads In December 2014, Instagram reported its user base hit 300 million, 64.2 million from the U.S. alone. More exciting to brands and marketers than strict user numbers, however, was the engagement rate. Instagram users like, comment and re-gram at a rate of between 3.1% (Socialbakers research) to 4.2% (Forrester research). Comparably, Twitter and Facebook posts have engagement rates of .07% and below. Listen to this article: With population and engagement numbers like these, of course brands wanted to get access to Instagram audiences. For three years now, Facebook has been working on the correct advertising mix for Instagram. Until June 2015, businesses could only reach Instagram audiences by posting content, commenting, sharing and liking consumer posts. Instagram's few brand partners could place sponsored posts, much like Facebook's boosted posts. Strict ads, however, were not available. In June 2015, Instagram rolled out the call-to-action buttons Shop Now, Learn More and Install Now, which take users to mini-apps within Instagram, rather than brand websites. That way, users stay on Instagram once they've shopped, learned and installed. Now Instagram has provided advertising opportunities for all brands… provided you enter via one of their developer partners. These partners include Ampush, Brand Networks, 4C, Kenshoo, Nanigans, Salesforce Marketing Cloud, SocialCode and Unified. They require a minimum spend, so if you're a small business, you won't be able to take advantage of Instagram's new advertising opportunities until later in the year. Facebook's advertising followed the same path: It offered advertising to certain brands and then eventually made ads user-friendly enough that a developer intermediary was not needed. If you don't have the budget to utilize developer intermediaries, now is a good time to familiarize yourself with Instagram so that when the ads roll out to everyone, including small businesses, creating and posting an ad will be a simple task. On its blog, Instagram explains: Instagram ads will be available to advertisers of all types later this year. We are currently testing self-serve buying interfaces and APIs with a small group of partners, and we expect to make them more widely available over the coming months. With the context understood, small- and medium-sized businesses must evaluate whether Instagram is the right place for them. The following research will help with these decisions. #1: Instagram's Access to Facebook Data Offers a Significant Opportunity Lighting a fire under many marketers, Instagram currently doesn't have the pay-to-play platform that Facebook instituted in spring 2013. Before that point, companies that had built Facebook audiences had the luxury of getting each post to nearly every earned follower. Facebook then dropped organic reach to 6% and lower, forcing companies to pay to boost posts for as little as $1 per day if they wanted to reach more of their earned audience. Conversely, on Instagram, for the foreseeable future, each post will reach close to 100% of its earned audience… free! Well, free except for the time costs and any costs involved with Instagram's partners or other outside consulting. When Instagram will go to the Facebook-style pay-to-play platform is unclear. Until that time, you'll save significant marketing dollars experimenting with which content wins the most attention, engagement and likes. This said,

5 New Facebook Live Video Features for Marketers

5 New Facebook Live Video Features for Marketers

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Are you interested in live video? Want to learn more about Facebook Live? Facebook Live has expanded its features, providing you with new Facebook marketing opportunities. In this article you'll discover what Facebook marketers need to know about the newest Facebook Live video features. Listen to this article: #1: Post Live Video to Your Profile, Pages, Groups, and Event Pages The first of the new features with Facebook Live video relates to where you can broadcast. For starters, everyone should be able to broadcast live video to a personal profile, which is visible based on the settings you choose (public, friends, etc.). Second, you should be able to broadcast live video to your Facebook pages, which will automatically have public visibility. You need to navigate to your Facebook page within the main Facebook app and tap on the Publish button. There, you'll see the option to post live video as your page if it's available to you. Third, you should be able to broadcast live video to most of the Facebook groups you belong to. It will be visible to anyone who can see posts within that group. The visibility of your live video in groups is based on the privacy settings of the group itself. Also refer to each group's rules as to whether it allows live video posts. The group mentioned in the following example does not. Finally, you should be able to broadcast live video to most event pages if you've been invited to the event and have responded as interested or going, which is visible to anyone who can see the event. This visibility is determined by whether the event was created as public or private. Considerations for Group and Event Admins For Facebook group and event admins who want to create live events for their group members and event subscribers, live video is going to be a great tactic to use. This will be especially beneficial for private mastermind and membership groups that want to go the extra mile with private Q&A sessions, special guests, and other value-add bonuses. As far as moderation goes, however, there are no controls to limit who can post live video to Facebook group and event pages. If members can post a status update to your group or event page, they can post live video. As CEO of Social Chefs and Facebook group admin Christian Karasiewicz noted, "The core principle is you need to build a manageable but engaged group. Kind of like Cheers, where everyone knows your name." If you haven't done this, moderating the live video content posted to your groups and events could be a tricky issue. It's much simpler to scan a text post or click through to a link to see if the content is self-promotional or questionable. Watching a lengthy live video, or one that's currently being streamed, is a completely different matter. This has forced some admins to implement a no live video rule, deleting live video posts as soon as they appear. While there are no current settings for admins to specifically stop people from posting live video, there are general settings that would allow all posts to require moderation before going live in a group. General moderation settings for events will usually look like this. #2: Go Live There aren't many new features for going live yet, but filters and the ability to draw on your screen are on the way, according to screenshots like the one below from Facebook's live video media assets. Until then, your experience will look like more like this. When you're ready to go live to any of the above-mentioned areas, start by entering your status update and tapping the live video icon. Then, enter a description for your live video. When you tap the Go Live button, you'll see a simple countdown timer to get you prepared to be live. You can tap on the icon at the top right to switch from your front-facing to rear-facing camera throughout your broadcast. Once you go live,

Buy Seo Worland

by @ 1Rank

Seo Agency Worland SEO = Search Engine Optimization, basically it is being able to rank on the top of ANY search engine for a given search that a potential client is looking for. The higher you are ranked in ANY search engine… THE MORE MONEY YOU MAKE!  

How to Create a Promoted Pin Campaign on a Budget

How to Create a Promoted Pin Campaign on a Budget

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you want to add Promoted Pins to your marketing mix? Are you wondering how to budget for a Promoted Pin campaign? You don't have to spend a lot of money on Promoted Pins for them to be effective. Because they have long-term visibility, they're a sound addition to your Pinterest marketing. In this article, I'll share how to build an effective, affordable promoted-pin campaign on Pinterest. #1: Start With Effective Pins While promoted pins are an excellent way to get the most visibility for your advertising dollar, it all starts with crafting a great social media image. Based on your business specialty or niche, create images that speak to your audience. Listen to this article: Also, use tall images to make sure your pins get noticed. They stand out better and command the attention of Pinterest users. Give yourself a selection of images and pin them ahead of time, so you have choices if you decide to test out various types of visual content using different small budgets. Once you decide what image you want to use, here's how to craft an ad for your promoted pin. Note: Promoted pins are still rolling out in the United States. If you don't have access yet, join the waitlist. #2: Choose Your Objective Go to your Pinterest profile and click the settings button next to Edit Profile to get to promoted pins in the drop-down menu. Once you click the Promote button, you'll see that Pinterest offers you two choices: Boost Engagement or Get Traffic. To get maximum benefit from your promoted pin ad campaign, choose Get Traffic to Your Website. Keep in mind this is a future strategy that does the promotion backwards. While you tell Pinterest that you want traffic to come to your website, what you really mean is that you want engagement for your pins. #3: Create the Campaign Give your campaign a name and then decide on what date or dates you want your promoted pin to be seen. Since the budget is low, you don't want to stretch it out too long. If it's your first time promoting a pin, use Saturday as your day. The more you use promoted pins, the more likely you'll find the best day for your brand. Keep fine-tuning this aspect of your campaigns. Now, decide how much money you would like to spend each day. I recommend spending $10 for one day or spread $10 over two days ($5 per day). #4: Select Keywords for Visibility The next step is to pick which pin you would like to promote. Then use keywords to tell Pinterest where you would like it to be seen. This is one of the most important things you can do to get your pin noticed. Keywords should include everything that anyone searching for what you have to offer would think of. So make sure you hit all of the right niche-specific terms for your pin. Depending on your niche, you can see an estimate of how many weekly impressions your pin may get. #5: Determine the Cost Per Click After you set your keywords, decide how much money you're willing to spend for each person who clicks on your pin to be directed to your website. This is where you may think you need a large budget to get good traffic. However, we're not after traffic right now. We want the engagement in the form of repins. Come up with a low cost-per-click (CPC) number. I usually offer 15 to 25 cents per click. A low CPC ensures you won't run out of money if people get click-happy. #6: Review Campaign Results Once your campaign is complete, review the results and wait for the resulting traffic. For example, I only spent $5 on the campaign below. It received a lot of engagement and impressions at the time, and I'm still getting traffic from it today. The point of this whole strategy is to turn small amounts of money into traffic generators for your website in the future. The 42 people who repinned this pin will show it to their followers. When their followers repin it, it opens up new reach for you on Pinterest.

Iowa businesses paying more state fees for failing to register

by Bob Fisher @ AM-1300 KGLO — Your Hometown News Station

DES MOINES — A state agency estimates it will collect $1.6 million new fees from procrastinators or from people trying to avoid paying the taxes to pay unemployment benefits. Iowa Workforce Development will levy a $500 fine to Iowa businesses that fail to properly register as an employer. Officials estimate 3,200 business owners will try

How to Improve Your Facebook Ads With Customer Reviews

How to Improve Your Facebook Ads With Customer Reviews

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you use Facebook advertising? Have you considered incorporating customer reviews into your ads? Facebook ads that include customer reviews blend in with other news feed stories and are better received by people browsing Facebook. In this article I'll share how to improve your Facebook ads with customer reviews. Listen to this article: #1: Choose the Right Review In social advertising it's vital to target the right people with the right message at the right time. If you want to use positive online reviews from your customers in Facebook ads, the first step is to find the right ones. It's preferable to share a review where the customer tells a personal story. For example, personal reviews such as, "I bought this game for my daughter's birthday and she absolutely loves it," have a greater impact than generic ones like, "It's a great toy." The ecommerce store Pawstruck used customer reviews with great images and positive text in their Facebook ads. When choosing reviews or any other type of user-generated content (UGC) for Facebook ads, also consider which stage in the buying cycle your customers are in. First-time visitors will need to see a different type of ad than people who are familiar with your store. Ads that show top-selling products favorited by customers are great for attracting first-time customers, because they're lured in with a specific item. This approach gets them interested in your brand, even if they're not yet ready to buy. After they've seen an ad, retarget them with authentic user reviews that deal more with your brand or site as a whole. Site reviews emphasize the authenticity and strength of your brand, not a specific product, so the reviews will reinforce that. The bottom line is use product reviews to target first-time visitors and site reviews for people who already know your store. #2: Craft Compelling Copy Content from users is the most powerful part of the Facebook ad for building trust, instilling social proof and encouraging new visitors to come to your store, but you should also pay attention to the ad copy. Keep your brand voice consistent; don't alter it to match a user's review. Also, you don't want to refer to UGC directly. For instance, when your copy says, "Check out this awesome review from our customer" or "Look at this great photo from one of our fans," your copy seem salesy and forced. The keys are to keep your text short and don't refer to the review in your copy. For a great example of how the ad should look, Perfect Locks does a fantastic job of combining short, snappy, on-brand copy with a personal experience review. The result is a super-effective ad. Don't Overdo It Reviews are wonderful because they offer authentic, credible opinions from real people. However, using reviews that are too enthusiastic or overly positive can actually have the opposite effect. It takes away from the content's credibility. You'll want to use reviews with just one exclamation point rather than those with multiple exclamation points. For example, Life BEAM combines copy that reads authentically with personal experiences. Remember, UGC and reviews that refer to personal experiences have great impact. For the best results, find stories and reviews that use words like "I," "my" or "we." #3: Set Up Your Ad Once you pick the right review or other user-generated content and polish your copy, get your ad ready to launch. When setting up your ad, here are a few ways to get better results: Make sure your ads target the right audience. When setting up Facebook ad targeting, be specific rather than general. Target direct niche competitors, not big brands. Plus, avoid targeting Facebook's default interests. You want your UGC to closely relate to the exact audience you're targeting, not a general interest group, which is much too broad. Don't create more than two ads to target the same audience.

How to Sell on Instagram

How to Sell on Instagram

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Is your business on Instagram? Do you want to use Instagram as a revenue stream? To find out how to use Instagram for sales, I interview Jasmine Star. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode, I interview Jasmine Star, a professional photographer who specializes in Instagram marketing. Her story starts with law school, transitions over to photography, and ultimately goes to Instagram. Jasmine is sure to inspire you with ways to sell with Instagram. Jasmine shares how to sell your products and services via Instagram. You'll discover the advantages of using Instagram for selling. Share your feedback, read the show notes, and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: How to Sell on Instagram Jasmine's Story In 2005, Jasmine was in her first year of law school at UCLA when she got the news that her mother's brain cancer was in the final stages. She left school and moved home. Jasmine knew she didn't want to go back to law school and decided to give photography a try. For Christmas, her husband gave her her first digital camera and she started her wedding photography business. When her business exploded that first year, it helped her identify as an entrepreneur. Jasmine joined Instagram six years ago but says she used it haphazardly until just a few years ago. When she learned how to use Instagram strategically as a marketing vehicle for her business, it was a game-changer. Since then, she's been named one of the top 10 wedding photographers and one of the most influential photographers, which she believes is due to her varied and intentional use of Instagram and other social media platforms. Listen to the show to discover more of Jasmine's backstory and why she believes she was called to live a passionate life. Why Instagram Works for Selling Jasmine shares one of her favorite quotes from author Simon Sinek, "People don't buy what you do, they buy why you do it." In her opinion, there's no better platform than Instagram to showcase why you do something. She believes Instagram's powerful storytelling components give you the ability to make customers loyal before a purchase has been made. If you can tell a powerful story in fewer than 87 characters (the caption limit), along with a photo that matches and elevates the storytelling component, you'll win at Instagram. Listen to the show to learn what Jasmine says makes Instagram different from other platforms. How to Get Seen on Instagram It's no secret that people are seeing the effects of the Instagram algorithm on their visibility in the news feed, and that's why Jasmine says it's more important to build an audience of the right kind of followers than to collect followers just to increase your numbers. Visibility in the news feed comes from having engaged followers who care about your business, leave comments and likes, tag their friends, and share your posts. An account with a lot of followers who aren't engaged won't be indexed high by the algorithm. This results in fewer people seeing that account's posts, which then results in fewer people liking and commenting. So, all things being equal, if one account has 200 followers and another has 2,000 followers, and each account routinely gets 20 likes and two comments, the account with fewer followers is more likely to be seen, because it's perceived as more relevant. To build an audience of the right followers, Jasmine suggests creating an ideal client profile. Figure out where your ideal client is on Instagram and why, she says. Then figure out how to serve the people who follow you. Creating value will nurture and grow your audience,...

3 Psychology Principles That Boost Social Media Engagement

3 Psychology Principles That Boost Social Media Engagement

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Are your social media posts getting enough engagement? Do you want tips for connecting with your audience? Social media engagement is largely determined by how well your social posts trigger action from your target audience. In this article you'll discover how to boost social media engagement by incorporating psychological triggers in your posts. Listen to this article: #1: Focus on a Desire In Nobel Prize-winning psychologist Daniel Kahneman's book, Thinking, Fast and Slow, he shared this idea: "A general 'law of least effort' applies to cognitive as well as physical exertion. The law asserts that if there are several ways of achieving the same goal, people will eventually gravitate to the least demanding course of action." To apply this principle to your social content, you should keep it simple. In the GetResponse post below, they show that they recognize social media marketers want their email subscribers to feel as if they're having a real conversation with the brand. To do that, GetResponse suggests that marketers need to "use these strategies." The post also incorporates the word "want" ("if you want your subscribers to feel as if they're talking to a real person"). This word triggers a desire in readers' brains that convinces them that, yes, they can do this. Additionally, GetResponse captured the idea of simplicity in the article linked to in the post: 7 Strategies to Give Your Email Campaign a Human Touch. By presenting content in a simple, straightforward way, readers begin to believe that it's not as hard to connect with their audience through email as they might think and that they've found a solution to their problem. Key takeaway: You'll get more engagement with your content if you make your audience believe that they can do something. Walk readers through the hard stuff and break it down in easy-to-digest chunks of information so they can take action quickly and easily. #2: Appeal to Knowledge Seekers There is nothing people love more than an explanation. In fact, in the well-known Xerox study, Ellen Langer and her colleagues conducted a simple experiment to see how people reacted when someone tried to cut in line at the Xerox machine. Ellen discovered that she was allowed to cut the line more frequently when she explained to people why she needed to. The word "why" is one of the trigger words you can use in your own social media marketing. Use "why" to ignite readers’ brains to want to search for the answer to a question. Eric Enge from Stone Temple Consulting used this strategy to create the Here's Why video series for his target audience. In the Here's Why post below, Eric poses a question to reader: Why Is SEO So Hard? If you weren't thinking about that question before, you likely are now. Why is SEO so hard, anyway? Eric provides just enough information to grab the audience's attention. He tells them what they can expect and how they will benefit from watching the 5-minute video. Key takeaway: Communicate to your audience why they need something and how they're going to get it by reading your content, watching your video or using your product. #3: Tap Into the Fear of Missing Out It's human nature to be apprehensive about being left out. We want to be in the know and be where the action is happening. We want to be included. If we say no to an opportunity, we fear we'll miss out on something that could be of great benefit to us. For example, if there's an important conference in your industry, you may be compelled to attend because you fear you'll miss out on great opportunities that other people in your industry will be afforded. With a good industry conference, you can build your brand and business by networking with new and long-time colleagues. You can also attend sessions that help you improve your craft. The opportunity is so compelling that you're afraid if you don't attend, you'll read lots of enthusiastic posts about it in your ...

Top Brands Rediscovering YouTube: New Research

Top Brands Rediscovering YouTube: New Research

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Is video part of your marketing mix? Wondering if YouTube is still relevant? In the past year YouTube has enjoyed a sudden surge of interest from both advertisers and young consumers, largely fueled by mobile-device use. In this article you'll discover recent findings on how brands, consumers and marketers are using YouTube today. Listen to this article: #1: YouTube Video-Viewing Time Is Surging A spring 2015 study from comScore and UBS (as reported in eMarketer) found that U.S. consumers increased their video-viewing time on YouTube by 17% over 2014. For a platform that's 10 years old, that's quite a leap. The chart below shows that the biggest year-over-year gain came from mobile users, who increased time spent on YouTube's app by 31%. With desktop-viewing hours declining 30% in 2014 and 9% in 2015, clearly YouTube captured the mobile opportunity. Google's own numbers also indicate a surge even greater than what was noted in the comScore/UBS report. In the search giant's Q2 July 2015 earnings call, CFO Ruth Porat reported that consumer watch time on YouTube had risen 60% from July 2014. That's the fastest growth YouTube has experienced in two years. Porat also shared that mobile watch time alone had doubled. In the above chart Facebook's video usage increase of 852% in 2014 may impress, but remember that it started from almost nothing, so the multiple will be large. The bottom line remains that total time spent viewing video via YouTube amounts to 34 billion hours in 2015. On the other hand, time spent consuming video via Facebook (at 14.3 billion hours) is less than half of YouTube's amount. Still, viewing video on Facebook only began rising in fall 2014, and there could be far greater upside as more consumers pick up the habit of viewing video via Facebook. The article Facebook to Overtake YouTube: Five New Research Findings covers how in a 2014 survey of 180,000 videos across 20,000 Facebook pages, Socialbakers found that direct video uploads to Facebook were increasing rapidly. More content going up means more viewing time will result. Key Takeaway: Because the biggest leap in viewer time spent on YouTube is from mobile devices, you have to credit the user-centric upgrades that YouTube made to its mobile app over the last two years. The authors of the eMarketer study YouTube Advertising: Why Google's Platform Will Stay on Top explain that the new mobile app redesign delivers only the most relevant and personalized content. Further, YouTube instituted TrueView ads that allow users to skip ads at the beginning of videos within seconds. With the power to skip away from the ads, users feel more in control of the experience. #2: Ad Revenue Is Expected to Keep Rising With viewers rediscovering YouTube as a worthwhile channel to spend time on, it only makes sense that advertisers have followed them there. A Look at the Numbers The YouTube advertising study from eMarketer also predicts the platform will remain the top digital video player until 2017 and most likely beyond, despite Facebook's incursion into video. YouTube is expected to earn $1.55 billion in advertising revenue in 2015, and that number should rise to $2 billion by 2017, according to the study's authors. This is still less than the approximately $4 billion Facebook made in ad revenue just in Q2 2015 (extrapolated to a potential $16 billion per year). But given the competition YouTube will encounter from Facebook and others, analysts are impressed with the $2 billion number. In early 2015, digital video advertising agency Mixpo surveyed 125 U.S. agency, brand and publisher executives about plans to use video advertising on Facebook, Twitter, YouTube and more. In 2014, 63% of the respondents ran video ads on Facebook, while 77.8% ran them on YouTube. In 2015, these executives shifted their plans. Eighty-seven percent were planning to run a video ad on Facebook in the coming year,

How to Use Social Media for Crowdfunding Campaigns

How to Use Social Media for Crowdfunding Campaigns

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Are you launching a crowdfunding campaign? Want to use social media to promote it? To reach your goals, you'll need to use social media before, during and after your campaign. In this article you'll discover how to use social media to achieve crowdfunding success. #1: Choose Social Channels for the Campaign When you plan a crowdfunding campaign, focus on the social channels that will provide the most impact. To pick the right channels, consider these questions: • On which channel do you have the most followers? • Where do your prospects converse and share? • What people have the greatest influence in your community? • Which platform are you most comfortable with? Listen to this article: For most crowdfunding campaigns, the right channels will typically be Facebook and Twitter, because they reach the most people and encourage the most interactivity. But also take into account where you're most active socially and on which platforms your community is talking. Instagram is becoming increasingly popular, and LinkedIn may be more appropriate if your campaign caters to a professional audience. #2: Select a Campaign Hashtag Create a unique hashtag for your crowdfunding campaign and use it in all of your social media posts. This allows you to organize the posts into one topic page. With all of the conversations in one place, people can easily find them and learn more about your crowdfunding campaign. Encourage your supporters and donors to use the hashtag as well. This helps you keep track of what people are saying about your campaign and draw in new people unfamiliar with it. Shower Strike, a crowdfunding campaign for clean water, includes the hashtag #showerstrike in their social media posts. In addition, Shower Strike supporters and followers use the hashtag in their posts, which helps drive easier discovery on social media and more brand awareness. Choose hashtags that are unique, short and catchy. If you get enough mentions of the hashtag, you might even start trending. #3: Leverage Community Through Facebook Your community is the most powerful asset for meeting your crowdfunding goals. Your followers help you reach new audiences, drive donations and create social proof. Rather than rely on only your existing Facebook network, amplify your reach by creating a Facebook page for the campaign. Create a Facebook Page A campaign-specific Facebook page is a central place to host the true believers in your community and post updates without diluting your existing brand or outreach. The Gauntlet, a crowdfunding campaign by Mox Boarding House, created a Facebook page to engage a core group of advocates within their community. Your Facebook page can be a place to deliver campaign news to advocates and backers so they can share it, comment on it and take action. You can also share content on this page (or from this page) with your existing brand page. If you're running a crowdfunding campaign for a personal project or you want to keep your community more private, you can use a Facebook group or event instead. A Facebook page is typically better suited for larger communities. Explore Facebook Page Insights Every Facebook page comes with page Insights. These analytics enable you to see the performance of your page based on likes, reach, engagement (comments, shares, etc.) and demographics. Use this data to determine what's working on your page and what you need to adjust. In addition, look at the composition of your campaign followers so that you can craft content that appeals to your demographic. Engage With Your Audience It's important to use a push-pull technique when creating your Facebook posts. Take the time to write engaging posts that entice your community to respond. In addition, keep pushing updates to your community. Your fans will appreciate your keeping them informed when the campaign hits important milestones,

Facebook Marketing Plan: How to Grow Your Business With Facebook

Facebook Marketing Plan: How to Grow Your Business With Facebook

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you have a Facebook marketing plan? Are you wondering how to grow your business with Facebook? To learn about the important elements of a Facebook marketing plan, I interview Amy Porterfield for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview Amy Porterfield, co-author of Facebook Marketing All-in-One for Dummies and host of the Online Marketing Made Easy podcast. She was also the very first Facebook community manager we ever had for Social Media Examiner. Amy shares what your Facebook marketing plan needs to succeed. You'll learn why you should create a Facebook business page and the best engagement techniques to grow your audience. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Facebook Marketing Plan The benefits of a Facebook business page  Amy states that although a lot of people get good engagement on their personal Facebook profile, she strongly recommends that you set up a Facebook business page. It's only on rare occasions that she advises to stick with your personal profile. If you have a physical or online product, program or service, a Facebook business page can be extremely beneficial. This type of page gives you permission to talk about your business on a regular basis. Once you have the foundation in place and become that go-to authority in your niche, you can talk about your business freely. It's the main reason why you need to have a business page, as well as a personal profile. You'll hear about another benefit when it comes to Facebook ads. Listen to the show to discover the reason why Amy has taken all communication over to her business page but still keeps her personal profile.   Start with a Facebook marketing plan Amy teaches how to put a Facebook marketing plan together in three phases. Attraction Promotion Sales Listen to the show to learn more about these three phases. 1. Attraction First of all, you need to build a Facebook community. It's important to grow a solid fan base so you can generate some great engagement with people. You become the go-to source in your community. In the attraction phase, you need to find different ways to grow your fan base. You need to know your audience. You'll hear why Amy advises creating a persona of your typical Facebook fan. One of the easiest ways to get the word out about your page is to have a Facebook Like button on your website. Once someone clicks the Like button to become a fan, they will remain on your website. You'll get quality fans with the Like button, because these people are already visiting your site. You want them to become Facebook fans, so you can stay top of mind when they're on Facebook. Listen to the show to hear what happened when Amy advised Michael Hyatt to install the Like button on his website. How to use your website or blog to grow a following Amy explains that it doesn't matter if you have a massive email subscriber list, these are people who have taken the time to give you their name and email address. You'll learn about techniques you can use to encourage people to become fans. If you want to attract new people, then Graph Search is very valuable. Amy says it's a hidden treasure that not many people use. You'll hear some great examples of search terms that will help you gain valuable information about your audience. When it comes to promotion, you need to turn your fans into leads. You definitely want to check out this previous podcast with Amy that goes into...

Blog Comments: Should Your Blog Shut Down Comments?

Blog Comments: Should Your Blog Shut Down Comments?

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you like to get comments on your blog? Have you ever wondered if you should allow comments or shut them down? To learn about why blog comments are valuable to your business, I interview Mark Schaefer and Tim McDonald for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview Mark Schaefer, who is a college educator and author of four books. His blog is called Grow and his latest book is Social Media Explained. Tim McDonald is the director of community at the Huffington Post, founder of My Community Manager and a member of the No Kid Hungry Social Council. Mark and Tim share what comments mean to their blogs, and some of the challenges they face with moderation. You'll discover the upside of blog comments, how you can use them to improve your business and moderation tactics for different-sized blogs. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Blog Comments A long time ago, Seth Godin shocked the industry when he decided to shut down comments on his blog. He didn't really care for comments—for him it was more about generating daily content. More recently, Brian Clark and his team at Copyblogger decided to shut down their blog comments. As a result of this, there has been a lot of interesting dialogue in this space. The upside of blog comments Mark explains how there are a lot of different business reasons behind blogs, and it's up to each individual business to make the decision whether to have comments on their blog. He says that there are probably some very good economic reasons why Copyblogger decided to remove comments, but Mark thinks that blog comments are the economic engine. The community that Mark has built on his blog has led to many different business benefits for him and his community. You can get to know people in the comment area, which can lead to collaborations, customers and suppliers. Mark feels that a lot of influence takes place in the blog communities, where you can develop strong relationships compared to the ones you make on Twitter or Facebook. You'll hear other great benefits that come from comments on your blog, and why Mark sees them as a gift every day. The Huffington Post has a little bit of a different viewpoint, just because of their sheer size. They face a bigger challenge because of the number of comments they get every day. It's hard for them to actually interact and engage with every single commenter. Tim explains at this point, it's a matter of them looking at some of the prolific commenters on their site and working with them. They've found that some commenters don't want to write for them, they are happy just commenting. Listen to the show to find out the cost of engagement, and why you can engage yourself broke. Some of the challenges the Huffington Post faces with blog comments Tim says that the biggest issue for them is to figure out how to allow people to share and express their thoughts on content, while appreciating that the standard for commenting is different from their editorial standards. They have to find ways to moderate this effectively with the different languages, countries and time zones. You can't replace a human when it comes comment moderation. You need to find a balance between using technology, combined with what people can do. You'll hear how the Huffington Post deals with heated dialogue and negative comments on their blogs. When it comes to dealing with spam, last year they made all commenters authenticate ...

9 Ways to Use Facebook Groups for Business

9 Ways to Use Facebook Groups for Business

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Are you participating in Facebook groups? Want to start one to support your business? Facebook groups help businesses promote products, support customers and much more. In this article I'll share nine ways Facebook groups can benefit your business. Listen to this article: #1: Sell Products As an alternative or addition to selling products or digital goods on your website, you're now able to sell in Facebook groups. Once you create a For Sale group, you'll see an option to "sell something" in your Facebook update. If you don't yet see this option in your Facebook group, take the opportunity to learn how selling works. Also nominate your group for this feature. #2: Supplement Video Training Courses If your business sells a video training course, give customers who purchase it access to a private Facebook group as part of the package. They can ask questions and get supplementary material, as well as forge a bond with other customers. It's a win-win situation for everyone. The customer can get help and additional resources for the product they purchased. Plus, it gives your business the opportunity to forge deeper connections with their customers and promote other courses and services. #3: Promote Chats Those who run a regular Twitter or online chat, or even have a running discussion on their Facebook page, may want to separate it from their business. They can do so through a Facebook group. It's a great way to promote upcoming chats and guests. Plus, you can keep the conversations focused. MediaChat uses their public group to share more information about chat guests, offer member deals and give shout-outs. Remember to let participants know about your Facebook group and page (if applicable) during your chat. This way you can continue to build up your group and online presence. #4: Establish Expertise One of the easiest ways to use Facebook groups for business is to become a resource in your field. Create a group or contribute your knowledge to one that already exists. For example, members of the Internet Marketing Super Friends group, numbering more than 13,000, pride themselves on helping other Internet marketers. Members can ask questions about SEO, get recommendations for designers and tools and more. The key thing about this type of group is to be a resource without self-promotion. (Most groups like this do not tolerate promoting content of any kind.) Use Facebook groups to be helpful and give freely of yourself. You'll be rewarded in spades as the word gets out from other members. #5: Collect Feedback Want to test out new ideas on some of your existing customers? One way to do that is to start a Facebook group to use as a think-tank for your business. Create a secret Facebook group, invite some of your best customers and openly discuss new ideas you're thinking about implementing in your business. Then gather feedback from them. This type of group provides a way to build stronger relationships with customers, while helping business owners collect honest feedback on what their customers might like. #6: Provide Customer Service Every business needs to provide a way for customers to get help. While this could be through a contact form on your website or through your Facebook page, a secret Facebook group is another option. The reason to start a secret group, instead of a closed or public one, is because secret groups can't be located in search or accessed via URL. Instead, members have to be invited. This gives you better control over adding new members. Plus, it protects your business in case you have disgruntled customers. (They won't be able to access the group unless you've invited them.) If you want to make your customer service Facebook group easy to find, create a closed group. However, be sure to state whom this group is for in the description. This will give you better control over approving and rejecting new members.

Video Production: How to Create Quality Videos Quickly

Video Production: How to Create Quality Videos Quickly

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you create videos for your fans and followers? Want to improve the quality? Today, Roberto Blake is with us to explore how quality videos are produced. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. Roberto Blake, a visual and video marketing expert, has a popular YouTube channel where he teaches YouTube marketing and video editing. You can find out more at RobertoBlake.com. Roberto explores the ins and outs of producing quality videos. You'll discover tools you need for video production. Share your feedback, read the show notes, and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Video Production Roberto's Story Like many kids, Roberto grew up watching Disney and was fascinated by all the behind-the-scenes information about the animators, storytellers, and moviemakers. He says animation wasn't in the cards, so at about 14 or 15 years old he switched to video and was producing online video as a hobby for about six years before YouTube existed. Rob says he didn't join the YouTube craze when it first launched, and shares that changed around the time he left corporate life for entrepreneurship.He'd already been running a blog to help creative professionals (designers, artists, web design), and found it was easier to answer questions and provide tutorials with video than it was to write and re-write the same email replies or blog comments over and over again. Roberto notes that if business people use video to address commonly expressed customer pain points, they're essentially buying back some of their time; it makes things easier on everyone. How did Roberto decide to turn video into a business? He'd been making ad revenue on the blog side and wanted to scale his existing freelance business. As he focused more on teaching web and graphic design, rather than social media marketing, he decided producing video content was faster than organizing his thoughts around screen captures and stills. Plus, Roberto believes that, if he's going to teach someone how to use Adobe Premiere Pro, a full-screen video tutorial like the one below is more helpful than still images and walls of text. httpv://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AxkXrPzEGtI Listen to the show to learn more about Roberto's early experience working with a wedding videographer. Why Video is so important today Roberto explains that one of the easiest and most practical ways for people to learn is through video, because they can see a process. Even when the video isn't based on a demonstration, like with software tutorials, there's value in seeing another human being; reading that person's micro-expressions and mannerisms can help cut the learning curve. Roberto remembers growing up watching Bob Ross, Reading Rainbow, and VideoSmarts, a program in the 1980s that helped children with memorization games, learning concepts, and reading. He notes that if individuals and businesses take advantage of educating via video, and make it engaging, fun, and informative, they'll find their content resonates with people. Listen to the show to discover my personal connection to early training DVDs. What to Do Before Recording Whether you're using a smartphone or a DSLR camera, one thing Roberto recommends before recording is to check the environment. Look for and remove any distractions from the background. For example, if there's noise from cars driving by you can change your location. If there's a part of your office that needs to be cleaned, you can tidy up. He also says you should think about the context of your background. For instance, when Roberto does personal vlogs as motivation for creatives and entrepreneurs who might be thin...

Using YouTube to Build Your Brand, Authority and Business

Using YouTube to Build Your Brand, Authority and Business

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you use YouTube videos to market your business? Are you wondering how you can get more viewers and engagement for your channel? To learn about how YouTube can help you build your brand and authority, I interview Steve Spangler for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview Steve Spangler, author of Fire Bubbles and Exploding Toothpaste and Naked Eggs and Flying Potatoes. He also has three YouTube shows focused on science experiments. They include Sick Science, The Spangler Effect and Spangler Science TV. Steve shares how he uses YouTube to build his brand and business and his experiences along the way. You'll learn how to measure feedback and metrics from your viewers to boost your video engagement and visibility. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: YouTube Visibility Steve's YouTube story Steve shares his story of how he first started out, and along the way started working in television with Denver NBC affiliate KUSA-TV 9News as their Science Education Contributor. You'll hear the story of how in September 2005, on Spangler Science Monday on NBC, Steve did one of his experiments on live TV with his co-anchor. The experiment was to drop a Mentos candy into a bottle of diet coke. The co-anchor he was working with didn't move away fast enough and she got covered in soda. This is how he wrote a post called "News Anchor Gets Soaked, Science Experiment Goes Awry." httpv://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZwyMcV9emmc The post went viral. And he got called into the office at Gannett, because they wanted to know what he had done to shut down the server. The video got a million views on YouTube back then. Steve says that although you don't get rich off of the video, you do acquire some business success when you find out what to do with the video or traffic. Listen to the show to find out how Steve's Mentos experiment led to an agreement with Mentos to produce Geyzer tube related toys. How YouTube is helping businesses Back in 2005, everyone was asking why you would put free content online. Steve had a feeling that it was the right thing to do. In 2007, he started uploading videos to YouTube because he believes that video helps brand awareness. Steve explains even though he has done television for 22 years and has made 1200 television appearances, he says that none of it compares to the quasi-celebrity you get with YouTube. There are people who know who you are, know your brand and are brought to your services because they see you on YouTube and they think that's the authority. Listen to the show to find out why you don't have to wait for anybody to give you that break and what you need instead. The strategy behind different YouTube show formats Steve's YouTube page is the main landing page for his channels. You'll find 600-700 videos. There are clips from old shows and old interviews. These are typically in a news format because that was the line of work he was in at the time. Sick Science was created because as a professional speaker, Steve is on the road a lot and his team needed to continue to pump content into the stream. Their editor and creator, Bradley Mayhew, came up with the idea to put the focus on the experiment and not the personality. httpv://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-RlzFmREfFI The only difference from the previous format was that they show a science experiment and in the comment section ask people to tell how they think it works.

Protected: The Amelia Earhart of Taekwon-Do

by Doug Nowling, Director General @ 기도권 무승 극제

There is no excerpt because this is a protected post.

How a Podcast Built a Business: The Lou Mongello Story

How a Podcast Built a Business: The Lou Mongello Story

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you have or want to start a podcast? Are you wondering how your podcast can lead to bigger things? To explore how a podcast went from a hobby to a full-time business, I interview Lou Mongello for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview Lou Mongello. Lou hosts WDW Radio, a podcast focused on Walt Disney World, which has won Best Travel Podcast 8 years in a row. He's also authored many Disney-related books including the Walt Disney Trivia Book I and 102 Ways to Save Money For and At Walt Disney World, and blogs at DWDRadio.com. Lou shares how he began pursuing his passion. You'll discover how podcasting helped turn Lou's passion into a full-time opportunity. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Building a Podcast Business What Lou was doing before and what led to his podcast For a number of years, Lou practiced law in New Jersey and had an IT consulting company on the side, but always had a love for Disney and Walt Disney World. He'd been going to Disney parks every year since 1971 with his parents. Because he was in the service business, he had this idea for making something once and selling it. He shares that what he really knew all about was not law or computers, but Disney World. In 2002, Lou gave himself a personal challenge. He wanted to write a book, get it published and get it validated by somebody. When the book came out, he thought that was the end of it. But his two-page brochure website turned into articles, which turned into a thriving discussion forum. In 2005, Lou realized podcasting was more powerful than anything he could write. That's when he started podcasting, doing videos, creating other products, doing events, etc. He's been doing this full-time since 2007. Listen to the show to learn how Lou found a publisher to work with. How Lou moved from the book to the blog When he started the book, he was on things like Usenet news groups and early discussion forums. He says this showed him there was a community of people out there interested in Disney in the same way he was. Because he was responding to so many similar emails, he decided to write the responses as articles (which is what blog posts were back in 2003). He also created a discussion forum on his site; 29 people signed up on the first night! That number organically grew from 29 to 1,000 to 5,000 to 10,000 to 50,000 and the community is still going strong. Listen to the show to find out what Lou built his discussion forum on. How building his community led to the podcast Lou says he started working on his second book the day after his first book came out. His community was very active and he shares that in 2005 he started hearing about podcasting and how anyone could use podcasting to broadcast their message. He shares that he started without knowing what he was doing and if or how people would find the show. Within the first week, the podcast had a few hundred downloads then a few thousand. Lou believes this is because people interested in Disney were and still are hungry for content. Listen to the show to hear Lou's experience moving from the first wave of interest in podcasts into the second wave of interest. When the podcast turned from hobby to profession While Lou had things like AdSense and affiliate programs making some money on his website, it wasn't enough to quit his job. Lou says he'd left his law practice and sold his IT consulting company.

How to Use LinkedIn to Connect With Prospects

How to Use LinkedIn to Connect With Prospects

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you use LinkedIn to find business opportunities? Are you looking for tips to reach new leads? LinkedIn has a number of features that make it easy to develop relationships with the right prospects for your business. In this article, you'll discover four ways to use LinkedIn for business. Listen to this article: #1: Identify Warm Prospects With over 420 million global members, LinkedIn is the best social media platform for businesses to find and connect with potential prospects. It provides an effective way to bypass gatekeepers and directly access your ideal clients. Finding and connecting directly with these decision-makers will not only save you time and energy, but will also make you more successful in your prospecting activities. The best place to start is with warm prospects, and here's where to look for them. Who's Viewed Your Posts If you post on LinkedIn Publisher, you can find warm prospects on the Who's Viewed Your Posts page. Look below the graph and demographics for each post, and you'll see a list of every person who has interacted with the post. You can view them by Likes, Comments, and Shares, and you can even see what they said in their comment or share. Not only are these people familiar with you, but they've also had a positive interaction with your content. If you find someone who matches your target client, send a personalized connection request mentioning their comment or share. Followers Look at the top of your followers list to see the people you're not connected to. These people like your content and posts so much they've chosen to follow you and receive notifications about you, even though you're not connected to them. Be sure to do a little research and look for a good reason to connect when you send a personalized connection request to them. Updates On your Updates page, you'll find every piece of content you've interacted with, whether you posted it or just engaged with it. Scroll through your most recent interactions. In each post, look at the people who posted or commented. If you hover over their name, you'll be able to see if you're connected with them. If you aren't connected and would like to be, go to their profile page and send a connection request that references the post. Who's Viewed Your Profile The people listed on the Who's Viewed Your Profile page are people who have visited your profile. If you have a free account, you can look below the graph at the top to see the last five people who've viewed your profile. If you have a premium account, you'll have access to the entire list for the last 90 days. If you see anyone you're not connected to and connecting would be a benefit, consider sending a connection request. When personalizing it, find another reason he or she would find value from connecting; not just saying, "I saw you viewed my profile." If seeing your profile was a good enough reason to connect, that person would have already sent you a connection request. #2: Create Trust It doesn't help you to simply "collect connections." Once you've found and connected with potential prospects or partners, it's important to build a relationship with your connections. There are a number of ways that you can strengthen your relationships and stay top of mind. Comment and Share An easy way to interact and get on the radar of your connections is to comment on or share their status updates and Publisher posts. Ensure that you tag them when appropriate, as this both alerts them to your share or comment and also gives them exposure to your network. In the case of both comments and sharing, always make sure that your engagement with your connection makes sense and doesn't come across as spammy or unprofessional, and that you only post content that will be of real benefit or interest to your network. Make Introductions Few things leave as strong an impression as when someone gives witho...

How to Repurpose Your Facebook Live Videos

How to Repurpose Your Facebook Live Videos

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Are you using Facebook Live? Do you want more mileage out of your broadcasts? Reusing your Facebook Live video can help improve your impact and visibility. In this article, you'll discover how to download and repurpose your Facebook Live videos on other social media platforms. Listen to this article: #1: Download From Your Facebook Profile Facebook Live lets you broadcast a live-stream video from your phone. If you've live-streamed a great video you'd like to keep, follow these steps to download the video file from your Facebook: First, log into Facebook.com and go to your profile. Next, locate the Videos tab below your profile's cover photo (along the bottom of the image or in the More drop-down). Now, click on Videos to see a list of videos you've posted to your profile. Next, click on the thumbnail of the Facebook Live video. After the video opens, click on Options (along the bottom of the video) to reveal the menu to download it. Once you click the Download option, your stand-alone video will open. Right-click on the video and select Save Video As to save the video as an MP4 file to your computer. #2: Download From Your Facebook Page If your Facebook page is lively, the steps below are your best route to download your Facebook Live video from your page. Note: You must be an authorized manager on the page to access the options below. Let's get started! Once you complete a Facebook Live video from your page, you have a few optimization options to increase the reach and purpose of your post. (The options below are presently only available for Facebook Live videos streamed from a Facebook page.) First, log into the Facebook page you used for your Facebook Live post. Next, click on the Publishing Tools tab along the top. In the left-hand column of tabs, click on Videos to see a list of your page's posted videos. Find and click on the Facebook Live video you wish to download. Look for the Video Details pop-up window. Along the bottom, you'll see any posts related to your video. Click on the post link to uncover additional optimization and download options for your video. In the bottom-right corner of the Post Details pop-up window, find and click on the Edit Post button. To optimize your Facebook Live video from the Basic tab, add titles, tags, and custom thumbnail images. From the Advanced Tab, you can also choose to allow or prevent your video from being embedded in an external website. In addition, you can upload a Closed Captioning file to your video for access by the hearing-impaired. Next, look for the gear icon above the top-right corner of your video's image. Click the gear icon and select which version you want to download. If you just went live from your page in the last day or two, there's a slightly faster way to find the download option. This brief video will show you how to quickly download your most recent live video. #3: Repurpose Your Facebook Live Videos The show doesn't stop once you click Finish and Post in your Facebook Live broadcast. While your video post can reach far and wide on Facebook, you can push that reach even further after the video has wrapped up. Upload Your Live Video to YouTube or Vimeo Once you've downloaded your Facebook Live video, you can upload your video to other video hosting sites or channels to reach a wider audience. If you upload it to YouTube, you can even use YouTube's simple video editing tools to trim your video down to the moment(s) you want to keep and share. Don't forget to use YouTube's features to add a branded watermark, action cards, a description, and tags. Share Your Live Video With Newsletter Subscribers If your email newsletter could use a shot in the arm, add your Facebook Live video into your next issue. Personify Leadership shot partner interviews at an international conference and later used the Facebook Live videos to inform newsletter subscribers.

8 Instagram Tools to Create, Manage, and Analyze Your Marketing Results

8 Instagram Tools to Create, Manage, and Analyze Your Marketing Results

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Are you ready to improve your Instagram marketing? Wondering which tools can help you? To build a successful Instagram marketing presence, you need to have the right tools for the job. In this article, you'll discover eight tools to create, manage, and analyze your Instagram marketing. Listen to this article: #1: Content Creation Instagram is a visual platform, so when it comes to content creation you want to make sure that you always publish high-quality images that grab people's attention. However, this can be tricky if you're not a graphic designer. The good thing is that you don't have to be a graphic designer to understand good design, and there are some amazing services out there to help amateurs. Try one of these two tools to help you bring more spark to your design. Typorama If you want to build an account using motivational quotes and images, a popular and beloved approach to Instagram content, Typorama can help you do it. A mobile app, Typorama gives you the ability to do text overlays on images. You can choose from a variety of text and font styles, along with other design options like filters and overlays so you always have a consistent theme. Plus, you also can access the image database Pixabay, which is packed with a ton of royalty-free and attribution-free images that you can use immediately. At the moment, Typorama is available only for Apple devices and costs $1.99 to access all of its features. A Beautiful Mess A Beautiful Mess is another solid mobile app that you can use to create great-looking content. What sets A Beautiful Mess apart from other apps is that you get access to hand-drawn features and designs from its creators and it's constantly being updated. So you can give your content more of an authentic and personalized feel. Having that extra bit of authenticity is key when it comes to marketing. Potential customers appreciate it when it feels like they're talking to a person, not a brand. #2: Link Managers If you're looking to create a sales funnel over Instagram, you're probably looking to drive traffic to your website or landing page. One of Instagram's drawbacks is that it doesn't have a native tracking feature. To make up for that, try one of the following tools. Bitly Bitly is one of the most popular URL shorteners out there. With Bitly, you're able to shorten any distractingly long URL into a much shorter and more manageable form. For example, with Bitly you have a built-in platform to track everything from the number of clicks you get to where in the world these clicks came from. By analyzing this data, you can check how well your landing page is doing and whether your sales funnel is producing the results you want. After all, there's no point in producing great content for Instagram if you can't get people to click your link. Pretty Link If your website is hosted by WordPress, Pretty Link is a good choice. Messy links prevent people from clicking. If your URL is a jumble of numbers and letters, you're less likely to get clicks than if it were just a simple word. With Pretty Link, you can create your own custom URL for any one of your pages and track how many hits and unique visitors you're getting. #3: Analytics As mentioned earlier, Instagram doesn't offer any native features to track performance. There's no way to track important data like engagement, follower count, or growth using Instagram alone. Without access to this type of data, you're unable to gain insight into how your content strategy is going and if you need to make any changes. With analytics, you'll be able to further refine your Instagram marketing strategy. Luckily, there are a few third-party tools out there that can provide all the data you need. Iconosquare Iconosquare is the go-to web application that most marketers turn to when looking for help managing and tracking their Instagram accounts.

Awareness is Not About Lead Generation

by Marketing Team @ WolfNet

There are five phases in the consumer journey: Awareness, Consideration, Purchase, Advocacy, and Loyalty. The objective of awareness is strictly about getting your name out in front of potential clients – we like to think of this as how many eyeballs can you get to look at your website. There are two aspects of awareness […]

The post Awareness is Not About Lead Generation appeared first on WolfNet.

SEO Services Simpsonville SC – Cheap prices SEO package

by Vick1974 @ South Carolina – The seo agency

Best Seo Link Building Company South Carolina – You Should Probably Know More About It Than That this will assist you decide what it approach to have a long time campaign and what link building, keyword optimization, and content control is all about, which can be just some of the primary factors of excellent search… Continue reading SEO Services Simpsonville SC – Cheap prices SEO package

Artykuł SEO Services Simpsonville SC – Cheap prices SEO package pochodzi z serwisu The seo agency.

How to Boost Your Facebook Ad Visibility

How to Boost Your Facebook Ad Visibility

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you use Facebook ads to promote your business? Are you struggling to connect with your audience? By fine-tuning your Facebook ads, you can capture the attention of both customers and prospects. In this article you'll discover how to boost the visibility of your Facebook ads. Listen to this article: #1: Use a Clutter-Free Image With Minimal Text The image you choose for your ad depends on what business you're in and whom you're targeting. If you're a personal brand, you may want to choose a picture of yourself, because a friendly face can improve the performance of your ad. It's also possible to get good results with images that show a product or something else that's relevant to what you're advertising. When choosing an image, make sure that it isn't too busy or cluttered. And avoid using an image that has Facebook's shade of blue because people may dismiss your ad, thinking it has something to do with Facebook. It's also helpful to add a border around your image. Keep images text-free, or use a very small amount of text. Facebook has implemented a 20% rule for text in an ad image, which means text can cover no more than 20% of the image. In a tiny ad on the sidebar of a page, a lot of text on an image wouldn't be legible anyway. #2: Write Short, Attention-Grabbing Copy Your ad copy should be short and enticing and grab the user's attention immediately. Spend some time coming up with your ad copy. Facebook suggests you include a timeframe and a price (when appropriate) and stick to one call to action. You can create multiple ads with different text. Then test them to see which gets the most engagement. There are two distinct components to the ad copy: the headline and the text. In the news feed, the ad's headline (which is clickable) appears under the picture, and in the sidebar, it appears before the text copy. Try to keep the headline to a single line in the ad. The text copy sits above the image in the news feed or under the headline in the sidebar. Keep the text short enough that the person viewing the ad won't have to click the See More button. #3: Explore Audience Targeting When you're targeting an audience for your ad, don't just type in male/female, 30 to 40 years old, in a certain city and hope for the best. It's important to know who your customers are so you can drill down and segment accordingly. Target the people you want to be connected to you and your brand. For example, if you're advertising something that people can buy, you might want to target those who have bought from you before or expressed an interest in buying at some time. When creating your ad, always choose the location, age, gender and interests you're targeting. Most people won't list their job title or very personal details on their Facebook profile, so you can leave these details out. Target interests by specifying the pages that your ideal customer likes. You can target your direct competitors' pages. For example, if you're a photographer in Toronto, target the followers of the page of a competing photographer in the area. You might also want to target the pages of businesses whose products and services are complementary to yours. These people likely have the same customers as you. For example, if you're a web designer, target people who like the pages of a particular copywriter. Look at the profiles of people who like your page and see what other pages they like. You'll probably find common likes among your fans. Make sure that you target the actual pages, which show up in Interests, rather than the interests themselves. Note that there seems to be no real rhyme or reason to the pages that Facebook pulls up in the Interests section. You may enter the name of a page that has over 20,000 likes, and Facebook won't find it, but one with 2,000 likes may show up if you search for it. This is something you'll have to test for yourself when choosing page...

Content for Leads: How to Create Content That Spreads and Fills the Funnel

Content for Leads: How to Create Content That Spreads and Fills the Funnel

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you create content? Are you looking to generate more leads? To learn how to get the most from your content, I interview Jason Miller. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode I interview Jason Miller, the senior manager of content and social at LinkedIn Marketing Solutions. He's the author of Welcome to the Funnel: Proven Tactics to Turn Your Social and Content Marketing Up to 11. Jason is also an excellent photographer specializing in rock bands. Jason focuses on creating sharable content that also generates leads. You'll discover how content ties into influencer relationships and how to leverage it. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. How to subscribe/review on iPhone. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Content for Leads How Jason got started in content and social Jason worked in the music industry before he decided to reinvent himself in the social space. He tried to bring social to his music label, but they weren't interested. So Jason quit, went back to school for training in SEO and digital marketing. He worked at a little startup called Market Tools, then Marketo and he's now at LinkedIn. Jason talks about his time at Marketo. He led global and content marketing and did the blog and the social channels himself when he first started. It was chaos, he recalls. Jason learned very quickly how to solve other marketers' problems and write about them, which is how he grew his blogging skills. "It was B2B marketing, which could be quite boring," Jason recalls. "I took what I call the George Costanza approach, where I do the exact opposite of what everybody else is doing." For example, if someone said to Jason that social media doesn't work in B2B, he would do the exact opposite and prove them wrong. After a tremendous amount of trial and error to find out what worked and scaling his content efforts, Jason was successful. Listen to the show to hear the backstory for Welcome to the Funnel. Build relationships that tie into content Jason believes it's essential to include influencers in your marketing strategy, especially in your content. When you first start building your presence, seek out thought leaders in the space. Figure out how to take their wisdom and feature it in your content. You'll add third-party validation and keep from talking too much about yourself. At the same time, you also get on their radar. They know you're helping them spread the word and eventually you can find mutual benefit. Listen to the show to learn how going to conferences helped Jason get into guest blogging.  How to create sharable content that generates leads Jason believes we don't need more content, we need more relevant content. He has a concept he started at Marketo and brought over to LinkedIn called, "The Big Rock." Basically you need to ask yourself what conversation you want to own, and then write the book on it. Jason suggests going from thinking like a publisher to actually publishing like a publisher. When Jason first got to LinkedIn, the question was, "How do I market on LinkedIn successfully?" Since the conversation was being owned by others, Jason decided to take it back. He wrote a 65-page book called The Sophisticated Marketer's Guide to LinkedIn. It was everything you wanted to know about marketing on LinkedIn, written very strategically. It was broad-reaching content gated for the purpose of collecting email addresses. It was great for lead generation, bringing people into the funnel, helping out fellow marketers and getting the word out. According to Jason,

360 Video for Marketers: What You Need to Know

360 Video for Marketers: What You Need to Know

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Have you tried producing 360 video? Want to discover how to create immersive, sharable 360 video? To explore how marketers can use 360 video, I interview Ryan Anderson Bell. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode, I interview Ryan Anderson Bell of VRScout, a firm that connects Hollywood to the world of virtual reality. Bell is also the director of the Help Erase Project, a 360 video documentary designed to raise awareness of child trafficking. You'll discover what you need to know to get started with 360 video. Ryan explores tools for creating 360 video. Share your feedback, read the show notes, and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: 360 Video for Marketers Ryan's Story Ryan recalls that his interest in 360 video is a product of his experience with Google's Tilt Brush, which he tried for the first time after a speech on the changing landscape of technology at the Consumer Electronics Show. He had approached Malia Probst at VRScout and said he wanted to be more involved in this technology. From there, Ryan went from playing with the big ball of GoPros to more finished, all-inclusive products, like the Samsung Gear 360's two 4K cameras. httpv://youtu.be/TckqNdrdbgk He's now a 360 filmmaker, trying to define how to tell a story and convey a message through the medium (whether that's from a personal or brand perspective). Listen to the show to hear our memories of virtual reality in the 1990s. Why Marketers Should Consider 360 Video Ryan explains that being an early adopter of 360 video means you're going to understand the language before the public does. Marketers can use that language to connect with intimacy and empathy. Your brand can have an impact on the masses in a way that's not been done before, because in a 360 video, the experience you provide in your message is more real to the viewer. You can share scale and scope with a canvas that's so big, it takes over everything. Listen to the show to learn my perspective on the benefits of 360 video for marketers. What You Can Do With 360 Video When asked for real-world examples of uses for 360 video, Ryan points to HBO's showcase of Westworld at TechCrunch Disrupt this year, and TOMS Shoes' Virtual Giving Trip last year. Both used 360 video to immerse the viewer in an experience. httpv://youtu.be/jz5vQs9iXCs Ryan agrees that restaurants can show what the kitchen atmosphere is like during prime time, and events or conferences can share all kinds of experiences in 360. He goes on to share that real estate agents can even use a 360 real estate app from Zillow to showcase properties for sale or rent. Causes such as ERASE Child Trafficking documentary can also take advantage of 360 video to share different narratives from the perspectives of characters in the film. Listen to the show to hear more about Ryan's documentary. Where to Publish 360 Video While there are some small places like Zeality or Oculus where you can publish 360 video, Ryan says the best platforms for marketers are likely YouTube and Facebook. It all boils down to where you'll get the most views. He shares that Facebook even has a new Heatmap tool to help 360 video storytellers move viewers through their stories. Listen to the show to discover what this concept reminds me of at Disneyland and why. Equipment Choices and Setup Tips When it comes to equipment, Ryan likes the Samsung Gear 360 video camera because it's basically two 4K cameras with fisheye lenses for $350. This one piece of machinery automatically stitches everything together, so you don't need to do any post-production.

SEO Company in Hilliards PA – Find More Customers and Leads

by Humband @ Local seo news

Make Your Life Better With Google Search Engine Positioning Hilliards you wouldn’t need a personal instructor that wasn’t in shape, so why agree with your on-line marketing to a corporation that is getting beat by using us. We submit your business to over 300 directories and nearby evaluate sites, optimize your Google and Bing Listings… Continue reading SEO Company in Hilliards PA – Find More Customers and Leads

Artykuł SEO Company in Hilliards PA – Find More Customers and Leads pochodzi z serwisu Local seo news.

8 Twitter Tips to Improve Your Twitter Marketing

8 Twitter Tips to Improve Your Twitter Marketing

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Is your Twitter marketing working? Do you want more engagement for your tweets? Knowing how to write your tweets and when to publish them can increase visibility, boost engagement and drive traffic to your site. In this article you'll discover eight tips to deliver better tweets. Listen to this article: #1: Tweet Without Links Research shows that tweets without links get more engagement. Remember that not everything you tweet has to have a link. If you limit the number of links you share on Twitter, you'll add value to the ones you do. For example, I tweeted this same quote with and without a link. The one without the link got more engagement. Twitter is an excellent platform to build your brand and create trust, so spend time developing relationships with your followers rather than just sharing a lot of links. Plus, when you tweet fewer links, the people who trust you know whatever links you choose to share are likely worth clicking. #2: Use the Right Hashtags If you want to get noticed, add hashtags that give your tweets context. It's important not to overdo it with hashtags, however. Handy tools like Hashtagify and RiteTag can help you find the right hashtags to use. Find Hashtags With Hashtagify Hashtagify allows you to search for a hashtag you want to use. In the Search box, type in your hashtag (socialmedia, for example) and press Enter. The results let you see the most popular related hashtags. By default, you see the results in Basic Mode view, which looks like a mind map. Click the Table Mode button to see the related hashtags ranked in order of popularity. You can use any of these alternative hashtags or combine several of them for each tweet. Check Hashtag Relevance With RiteTag Once you determine what hashtags you want to use, use a tool like RiteTag to find out how relevant they are. Go to RiteTag and sign in with (and authorize) your Twitter account. Then click the New button at the top of the page. In the Compose New Tweet box, type in your tweet. You'll notice that when you add hashtags, RiteTag gives you a color-coded rating for each hashtag in real time. Green is good, blue is cool and red is overused. RiteTag also has a Chrome extension that shows the tool's codes and analytics for your tweets whenever you use Twitter, Buffer, Hootsuite or another platform to compose or schedule a tweet. Using Hashtagify and RiteTag together is a great way to find effective hashtags for your tweets to get the most visibility and reach. Use these tools to do research and then build a library of hashtags for your future tweets. #3: Add Images for Shared Links It's no surprise that tweets with images stand out and get more engagement than tweets without images. Fortunately, there are a variety of tools you can use to find the right images to use in your tweets. Twitshot is an online tool you can use in any browser that makes it easy to find images to use when you share links. It's also available as a Chrome extension and iOS app. Compose your tweet in the Twitshot tweet box and paste in the URL you want to share. Twitshot then searches for and lets you see all possible images that go with that link. Select one of the available images or upload your own image. Everyone knows that tweets with images stand out, but not everyone takes the time to add them. Consistently incorporating images will improve your engagement. #4: Tweet With the Proper Format To compose a tweet in the proper format, you need to have all of the individual elements in the correct order. Start your tweet with text and then add a link. Make sure to include the attribution with @mentions if applicable. Then add hashtags and insert your image. Now that you know the rules for composing a tweet, you can break them for effect. Come up with multiple ways to tweet the same information to add variety to your Twitter stream.

Selling With Video: YouTube and Facebook Video Marketing

Selling With Video: YouTube and Facebook Video Marketing

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Want to create a sales video that converts? Looking for expert tips about building rapport with your prospects? To explore how to sell with video on YouTube and Facebook, I interview Jeremy Vest. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers, business owners, and creators discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode, I interview Jeremy Vest, founder of Vidpow, the YouTube-certified agency for big brands and channels including Hewlett-Packard, Funimation, and ServiceMaster. He also created Adobe TV, a video training site for Adobe, and he's the host of the TubeTalk podcast. Jeremy explains how to hook your viewing audience and introduce them to your product. You'll discover why remarketing is essential to improving conversions from your videos. Share your feedback, read the show notes, and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Selling With Video Jeremy's Story Jeremy has been designing websites and marketing products online since 1998. He also loved teaching college-level web design, graphic design, and marketing classes. When Internet bandwidth increased enough to do online videos and courses, Jeremy realized he could teach many more people via video so he created xTrain, a video-based training company. Then, when YouTube came out in 2005, Jeremy started getting into it immediately. About four years ago, Jeremy launched Vidpow, which helps brands with strategy for creating videos. In his work for Vidpow, Jeremy combines his love for design with his interest in marketing, especially analyzing what improves conversion rates. Vidpow helps brands understand the universe of video and how to navigate it. Over four years, Vidpow has helped clients get more than a billion organic views. Listen to the show to find out how many websites Jeremy has created since 1998. Misconceptions About Selling With Video After Jeremy helps a client create an awesome ad or video strategy, the first thing the client often asks is, "Why aren't we getting massive sales?" Jeremy has to explain that there's no magic pill to sell stuff. It just takes time. Before people take their relationship with your brand to the next level, they need to see your brand 7 to 20 times, whether it's an email, your website, or social media ads. Even the most viral videos and the best sales videos don't produce that result. Instead, someone who has watched your video lands on your web page and gets put into your company's remarketing process. Jeremy believes that video is better than images for selling online. If a picture is worth a thousand words, what's a video worth? Text and pictures are great, but video has the highest capacity to show emotion. Showing your product or service with a video helps it sell better than any type marketing, other than connecting in person. Another misconception is that lots of views mean that your video is a success. However, if you're reaching the wrong people, they won't watch your video for very long. Because the YouTube algorithm prioritizes how long people watch your content, lots of short view times can harm your marketing. Listen to the show to hear me discuss a problem with an Instagram apps article that received lots of views. Traits of Successful Sales Videos Whether your video is on Facebook, YouTube, or Instagram, the first five seconds of your video have to be weird. Seth Godin calls this concept the purple cow. Even if you have a good or great video, odds are most people won't even watch it. The average view duration of Facebook video is six seconds so you have only a few seconds to engage someone and tell their brain to keep watching. One of Jeremy's favorites is the video created by Derral Eves and the Harmon Brothers for Squatty Potty.

Pinterest: How to Drive More Traffic to Your Site With Pinterest

Pinterest: How to Drive More Traffic to Your Site With Pinterest

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you use Pinterest for business? Are you wondering how Pinterest can help your business drive more traffic to your website or blog? To learn about Pinterest marketing, I interview Melanie Duncan for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview Melanie Duncan, owner of Luxury Monograms and CustomGreekThreads. She also does online training for business owners and spends a lot of time focusing on Pinterest marketing. Melanie shares how Pinterest is a different social media platform and why marketers should use it. You'll learn how to create clickable images and calls to action that will lead to increased visibility and sales. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Pinterest Marketing How has Pinterest helped your business? Melanie describes how she stumbled across Pinterest marketing in January of this year, when she started to receive a high volume of traffic and orders to her site. It wasn't until she logged into Google Analytics that she realized Pinterest's potential in terms of bringing new customers and traffic to her site. You'll discover how Melanie formed a Pinterest strategy and how it helped her business get more exposure and sales. Melanie explains how she first saw Pinterest traffic come from Luxury Monograms. People were pinning things from her site, even before she had a Pin It button. You'll learn how people can pin from your blog or website. Melanie explains that it wasn't just the high-quality product photography that was being repinned, but also the basic product photos. You'll discover why it's not all about the quality of the photos and why calls to action are so important. Listen to the show to find out what calls to action work best and how they can increase engagement by 80%. Some of the biggest mistakes marketers make on Pinterest Melanie explains how Pinterest is a very different type of social media platform and that many marketers or small business owners don't really understand how to use it for their business. A lot of us start with a personal Pinterest profile. Research shows that 80% of pins on Pinterest are repins. People log onto Pinterest, they look at their newsfeed and repin. They don't really go out across the Internet and try to find new forms of information to put on the platform. One of the biggest mistakes marketers make is that they don't create enough original content. You'll hear what you need to do to make a real difference and get the results you want. Listen to the show to find out where the opportunity is for marketers. How to determine if Pinterest is worth focusing on Melanie shares how a lot of service business owners believe that they can't be on Pinterest, as it's only for physical products. You'll learn why this isn't true. Pinterest has a free analytics tool that is available to all business pages now. You'll discover 3 steps you need to take to have access. Once you have access, Pinterest hooks up the analytics to your sites. You can now track your pin activity, such as: How many people are pinning from your website Whether your pins are being repinned and how often How much traffic is being sent to your site What your impressions are like It's a very easy tool to help track how quickly people respond and engage with your content. You'll discover the only way to get traffic from Pinterest to your blog or website and why it doesn't have to be something pretty.

How to Help Your Staff to Curate Content

How to Help Your Staff to Curate Content

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Is third-party content part of your social media marketing mix? Do you have multiple people in your company who discover content? With the right process, a team can become a content-curation powerhouse. In this article, you'll discover how to set up a collaborative workflow for content curation. Listen to this article: #1: Establish Team Structure Collaboration starts with structure. It's vital to establish clear roles and communicate exactly who's responsible for what. Two roles are needed: a coordinator and a group of contributors. Coordinator The coordinator's job is to identify major topics that your target audience cares about, and to make a master list of how all of these topics can be grouped together. For example: Leadership Social media marketing Online marketing Email marketing Landing pages Conversion rate optimization Product development Pricing strategies Industry news Fun stuff Next, match these topics to the contributors in your company so that they collect and submit content they naturally run into. Contributors Contributors help you generate a diverse flow of all things sharable. As you assemble contributors, remember to look beyond your social media or marketing team. Accessing more cross-discipline sources means you'll have more content to choose from. What matters is quantity, creating what Andy Crestodina calls a "content cannon." Ask specific people for specific amounts of content on designated topics within set timeframes. Hi Tim, The last optimization report you researched turned out great. In fact, I'd love to share many of the helpful resources you found while putting it together on our social channels. The next time you come across something like [article], please send it to me on [collection tool]. Even better, since I know you work on projects like that regularly, please provide me with three posts and an infographic along those same lines by next Friday. Thanks, Aaron This specificity is crucial in the next step. #2: Choose a Content Collection Tool The content your contributors suggest will come in all shapes and sizes: long-form blog posts, short-form posts, quotes, infographics, charts, stats, case studies, slide decks, videos, white papers, and more. For collaborative social media, it's essential to find a tool that allows you to gather and schedule content. Here are some tools to consider for collecting content. Slack Slack allows you to create topic-specific channels such as #leadership, #product-dev, #customer-service, etc. As you create each channel, invite specific contributors based on the types of content they naturally come across. With Slack, you can even create custom emoji reactions to note which channels you plan to share the content on. Trello Use Trello to build a social media collaboration board. You can organize your contributors' suggestions based on the type of content. Or organize your contributors' suggestions based on topics. Memit Memit brings together the clipping and collecting abilities of tools like Evernote and Pocket and will allow multiple users to contribute directly to topical collections. In addition to saving links, you can save contributions directly to your preferred cloud platform. This represents a great two-for-one feature. It allows you to maximize not only social content curation, but also internal curation of useful resources. As the coordinator, you can select and share content directly to platforms like Twitter, Facebook, Google+, and LinkedIn. Metrics are also tracked. Regardless of the tool you select, be sure you can create multiple, manageable collections for each topic and invite contributors to the specific collections. #3: Evaluate Content for Fit It's important that the content you share on social media stands out. For this, your selection process needs some criteria.

Pinterest Marketing: What Marketers Need to Know to Succeed

Pinterest Marketing: What Marketers Need to Know to Succeed

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Are you wondering if Pinterest can help your business? Do you want to get more traffic from your Pinterest account? To learn more about the power of Pinterest for marketers, I interview Beth Hayden for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview Beth Hayden, author of the new book Pinfluence: The Complete Guide to Marketing Your Business on Pinterest.  Beth shares her insights into how Pinterest can drive more traffic to your website or blog. You'll learn tips and techniques on what images work best on Pinterest and why content behind the image matters. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Pinterest for Marketers Beth talks about the demographics of Pinterest users. The latest number of Pinterest users is about 11 million. Up to 80% of Pinterest users are women between the ages of 25 and 55. Beth says that the demographic is shifting and there are more men joining. Pinterest users are fairly affluent, with a salary of $50,000+. Discover Beth's theory behind the success of Pinterest and why there's something addictive about it. Listen to the show to find out more about Pinterest and how it draws you in. What Pinterest offers marketers. Beth shares how Pinterest is a great source of referral traffic for websites and blogs, even when compared to other social media sites.  At present, Pinterest is driving more referral traffic than LinkedIn, Google+ and YouTube combined. And the only social media site driving more traffic than Pinterest is Facebook. You'll learn how Pinterest can drive referral traffic back to your blog or website as Beth goes through all of the steps involved. You'll discover what makes Pinterest different from Twitter, Instagram and Facebook. The secret is in Pinterest's simple model of videos and images on boards that are linked back elsewhere. Listen to the show to understand how this visual billboard platform can work for you. What social actions happen on Pinterest. On Pinterest there are three action buttons: Repin, Like and Comment. Beth explains the importance of repinning—how every time something is repinned, it's shared with the person's followers—and how this becomes exponential. You'll also discover what works best on Pinterest between liking, repinning and commenting on pins and the reasons why they are different. Beth shares why she believes that people should take more advantage of commenting on pins. It's an opportunity for marketers to create more engagement. Listen to the show to learn how to get more out of your Pinterest marketing. How pinboards work. Beth explains how pinboards are collections of images and videos. Beth describes the process as creating a collage out of images that you cut from magazines. Beth suggests making your boards as specific as you can. For example, instead of having a generic recipe board, you need to be more specific and maybe break it out into entrée recipes or dessert recipes. The more specific you are, the easier it is for people to see your interests. Listen to the show to hear why the pinboard is the heart of Pinterest and what the two key pieces are. How to build a following.  Beth believes that a following on Pinterest is as important as a following on any other social media site. Building a following on Pinterest can take more time than on other social media sites, even if you are fairly active. You should consider quality over quantity because you want to have an engaged audien...

Facebook Live: Why Live Video Matters for Marketers

Facebook Live: Why Live Video Matters for Marketers

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Have you tried Facebook Live video broadcasting? Want to know what it means for your business? To discover how to use Facebook Live, I interview Mari Smith. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode I interview Mari Smith, the world's leading Facebook marketing expert. She co-authored Facebook Marketing: An Hour a Day and is author of The New Relationship Marketing. Mari has also teamed up with Facebook to assist in educational events. Mari will explore Facebook Live, how it works, what it means for marketers, and much more. You'll discover tips to set up your Facebook Live broadcast. Share your feedback, read the show notes, and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Facebook Live What Is Facebook Live? Facebook Live is like Periscope, Meerkat, MeVee, and a few other apps that let you stream live video from your mobile device. Mari loves Facebook Live because whether you use the live-streaming feature with your personal profile or your page, you have a built-in audience. When you go live, the video goes out in the notifications and in the news feed and gets great organic reach. Mari believes Facebook Live video is great for marketers because it gives the ability to create a intimate, authentic connection with your audience. It humanizes and personalizes your brand. She clarifies that you don't need to download anything extra to stream with Facebook Live on your profile; it's part of the Facebook iOS app. Mari points out that Live is different from Facebook Mentions, which is only available to verified Facebook users. At the time this episode was recorded, all iPhone users had Facebook Live on their personal profiles in the United States, United Kingdom, Australia, Denmark, Norway, Sweden, New Zealand, Japan, and most English-speaking countries. On February 26, 2016, Facebook announced they'd opened Live to more countries, as well as Android users. Listen to the show to hear about Mike's first experience with using Facebook Live. Facebook Live for business Mari says when you use Facebook Live through your personal profile, you get to choose the audience. You can broadcast to the public, friends only, a specific friends list, or just a few friends. Since one of the keys from a business perspective is to broadcast live and then share it to your page, you want to go with a public broadcast. Then once it's been shared to your page, you can boost the post to reach a wider audience. When asked for examples of people using Live, Mari shares that Guy Kawasaki uses Live regularly from his page to show equipment or where he is and what he's doing. She also points to Robert Scoble, who uses Live regularly from his profile to do tech updates. Mari says she really enjoys what Carol Tuttle is doing. Carol does a Blog Talk Radio show that she simultaneously broadcasts on Facebook Live, and then hosts on iTunes as a podcast. From her Facebook Live post on her page, she shares the iTunes subscription link and the show's call-in number. Mari shares that she watched fitness expert Christine Dwyer live-stream her turbo kickbox jam class. Christine set up the camera on a tripod and pointed it into the mirror, so viewers were able to see the scope of the room and Christine teaching the class. She had a very nice, engaged audience. Mari is quick to remind listeners that while she's sharing great examples, the idea is to focus more on the application of Live and how people can use it within their industry. For example, Doreen Virtue, one of the top experts on angels, uses Facebook Live broadcasts on a regular basis to give people special messages....

Facebook Organic Growth: How to Defy the Odds and Grow a Huge Facebook Community

Facebook Organic Growth: How to Defy the Odds and Grow a Huge Facebook Community

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you want to grow a massive Facebook following? Are you wondering how an organic Facebook strategy can be successful? To learn how to grow a huge organic following on Facebook using techniques you have likely never heard of, I interview Holly Homer for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview Holly Homer of KidsActivitiesBlog.com to find out how her Facebook page fan base grew from 7,000 fans to more than 530,000 fans in only 8 months without using Facebook advertising or crazy gimmicks. Holly shares how beginners can develop their own Facebook strategy. You'll discover the unfortunate circumstance that jumpstarted Holly's success. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Customer Service Where the Quirky Momma Facebook page started Holly shares that she and her blogging partner Rachel had started the Quirky Momma Facebook page several years ago. While the page was mildly successful, it wasn't driving any traffic. Even though the page had shown prior growth, it had been sitting at 10K-13K fans for 18 months. In early October 2013, Rachel set a goal of getting to 50K fans by Christmas to support the spring launch of their book, 101 Kids Activities That Are the Bestest, Funnest Ever!, and started to post to the page more frequently. She says they noticed that a competing Facebook page with a huge audience was posting content from the Kids Activities Blog without providing a link back or attribution—the page was even cropping the watermarks from Holly's images and posting them with the updates. When she looked closer, Holly found that the updates from this page posting her stolen content were getting up to 9,000 shares each. Listen to the show to hear why this was a turning point for their Facebook content strategy. How they changed the approach to managing the Quirky Momma Facebook page Holly says seeing the viral impact of their stolen images made them go back and find the top 50 posts on their blog. They concentrated on only sharing posts that were already doing well on other social media sites like Pinterest—posts that had viral potential. She says that they were only sharing a few times a day and sharing mostly their own stuff because that's what they knew best. As the page grew, they realized they could help other people and started to find other really cool content to fit in with their own Facebook posts. Listen to the show to find out how Holly and Rachel used Facebook Insights to develop a successful content formatting strategy. What directs Quirky Momma's high-level strategy Holly explains that there are two things in Facebook Insights that are really important to a Facebook strategy: the People Talking About This number and reach. She laughingly says that to get a good People Talking About This number, you need people to talk about you. She explains that this means you need engagement like people commenting on, liking and sharing your updates. Listen to the show to find out why Holly believes understanding reach is at the root of success on Facebook. What makes up Quirky Momma's content mix With their main goal being to drive traffic to the Kids Activities Blog, Holly and Rachel focus on sharing amazing things to do with your kids. Holly explains that she and Rachel post to the page 26 times a day as part of a 24-hour posting strategy. Each day, they work from a posting framework and try to keep the posting ratio at 1/3 owned content to 2/3 conten...

Instagram Success: How a Marketer Grew a Loyal Following With Instagram

Instagram Success: How a Marketer Grew a Loyal Following With Instagram

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you want to grow your business using Instagram? Are you wondering how to build a loyal following? I interview Chalene Johnson for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast and explore how she amassed a following of 365,000 on Instagram. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview Chalene Johnson. Chalene is author of the fitness book Push, a motivational speaker and her infomercials on fitness have sold millions of DVDs. She's found great success with Instagram and now teaches other small businesses how to do the same with her Instagram Impact course, and has a new podcast called Build Your Tribe. Chalene shares how she creatively used Instagram to grow her business. You'll discover how to take your Instagram marketing to the next level. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Instagram Success How and why Chalene started on social media Chalene says she started with YouTube in 2006 and Twitter in 2007 or 2008. In 2009, she got the idea for writing Push. When she told her agent she wanted to pitch a book about goal-setting and focus instead of a fitness book, he told her she didn't have the social media following or the credibility to write that type of book.  She got to work and spent a year using social media to build a platform with the intention of writing the book she wanted to pitch to publishers in New York. Listen to the show to hear how Chalene used social media when she first started. What Chalene built to support her book pitch Chalene shares that she had a ton of followers on YouTube and had just started a Facebook page when she decided to write Push. Even though she had millions of DVD customers, her agent had to remind her that publishers don't care who you know; publishers want to know if you have the ability to reach those people. To build her email list, Chalene created a 30-Day Challenge for her Facebook audience. She started with three quick videos to show how she uses her phone to organize her daily to-do list and included a simple email opt-in. Every day she delivered a 2-minute video to her email subscribers. The list grew to 100,000 in 9 months. Listen to the show to find out how Chalene collected emails from her subscribers. How Chalene got started with Instagram After successfully using Facebook to build her email list, Chalene says she was able to land the publishing deal she wanted and the book was released in December 2011. Then she noticed she wasn't getting any love on Facebook. She didn't want to learn about Facebook ads and shares that she kind of picked up her toys and stomped off the playground. That's when she began to realize her kids were all over Instagram but businesses weren't. In winter 2012, Chalene decided to become an early settler on Instagram. She started with life-casting, sharing personal images to show where she was and what she was doing during the day. Listen to the show to find out how following a favorite fashion icon drastically changed Chalene's Instagram strategy. How Instagram has changed Chalene's business Chalene shares that as a business owner and someone with a family, Instagram saves her time. She says instead of spending hours creating content, she can now spend literally 15 seconds and produce content to drive traffic to an opt-in for current or future offers. Unlike Facebook, Instagram allows her to put a call to action (CTA) in every post without affecting her engagement. Listen to the show to discover what Chalene track...

Rawlins

by @ 1Rank

Seo Expert Rawlins SEO = Search Engine Optimization, basically it is being able to rank on the top of ANY search engine for a given search that a potential client is looking for. The higher you are ranked in ANY search engine… THE MORE MONEY YOU MAKE!  

How to Easily Analyze the Social Activities of Your Competitors

How to Easily Analyze the Social Activities of Your Competitors

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you want to freshen up your social media marketing? Have you thought about looking at other accounts for inspiration? Checking out what other companies are doing on social media can help you brainstorm your own content tactics. In this article you'll discover how to analyze your competitors' social accounts to inspire new marketing ideas. Listen to this article: Why Look at the Competition? Researching your competitors on social media not only provides an overview of your industry, but it also gives you insight into the current habits of the audiences you're targeting. By answering a few key questions, you'll see what kinds of posts are effective for the people you want to reach. #1: Analyze Facebook Pages If you want to gain insight into a company's Facebook page, here are some questions to consider: How many followers do they have? What are they posting about? Are their posts mostly internal (company-based) news, blog posts and articles; mostly external news, blog posts and articles; or a mix of both? What's their brand voice? How often do they post? How many likes/comments/shares do they get per post? Do they run any polls, contests or fun games with their brand? The Facebook page for Powell’s Books, a famous independent bookstore, is worth checking out as inspiration if you're a local business hoping to make a national footprint. One of the first things you'll notice is that Powell's takes the time to create their own graphics, which often include quotes from authors. It's a great twist on a sharable meme for a bookstore. They post photos of customers at individual stores and events, so you can assume their staff participates in social sharing (a great idea for local businesses). They also share interactive posts and comment on national conversation topics to keep the feed relevant to non-local fans. Interestingly, one of the biggest buzz-generators for Powell's Facebook page is when they share posts on books and publishing from other media, such as The New Yorker. Remember that sometimes social media successes can come from other sources. Key takeaway: A brick-and-mortar brand can serve both local and national audiences with the right mix of photos and interactive content. #2: Look at Twitter Accounts If you're analyzing a company's Twitter account, here are some questions to answer to gain insight into their activities: How many followers do they have? How many accounts are they following? A good rule of thumb: An account with 50,000 followers that's following 500 users probably has more influence than an account with 50,000 followers that's following 49,000 users, unless they bought followers. What do they tweet about? Are they mostly mirroring their Facebook content, or is their content unique to the channel? Are their posts mostly internal, external or a mix of both? How many favorites/replies/retweets do they average per post? Does one engagement stand out over the others? Have they created lists? What hashtags do they use? Do they run any Twitter chats? Do they use Twitter cards for lead generation, email signups, etc.? If you look at the Twitter account for Moz, you'll notice that they use a photo in almost every Twitter post. Their photos all follow the brand's style and color scheme, and they've created a template for their Twitter images to accompany guest posts. Brand-wise, it's interesting that the "owner" of the Moz account is a robot named Roger. Choosing an on-brand character to run social accounts is a way the Moz brand stands out as playful in the generally more serious SEO industry. Key takeaway: Templates and a social media character can help a large brand stay consistent in social, even if multiple people are behind the account. #3: Examine Instagram Accounts Answer these questions to evaluate a company's Instagram account: How many followers do they have?

How to Use Pinterest to Connect With a Local Audience

How to Use Pinterest to Connect With a Local Audience

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you use Pinterest to build relationships with your audience? Do you want to strengthen ties with your local community? Including a strong geographic focus in your Pinterest marketing can help you create more visibility with people who live or are interested in your locale. In this article you'll discover how to use Pinterest to connect with a local audience. Listen to this article: #1: Add Geographic Information to Your Profile Along with your keyword-rich explanation of what your business does and what you pin, be sure to mention what areas you serve or where your business is located. This helps you show up in Pinterest search results for your area, and lets people know if you're close enough for them to visit or engage your services. If your local business profile is missing this crucial bit of information, click the Edit Profile button to go to your profile. Make sure to enter your location and add more geographic cues in the About You section (think "Serving the Lakes Region of Southern North Carolina") and consider whether your followers might appreciate the extra hint. This is especially helpful if you're a franchisee. Don't limit yourself too much, though. Granite Ridge Estate, a wedding barn, lists their small-town location of Norway, Maine, but also uses "New England" so people searching a broader area have a good chance of discovering them. Adding geographic information may seem like an obvious step, but you'd be surprised how many local businesses leave it out. Suppose you're a photographer looking to attract new business. How will people know if you're close enough to hire if you don't tell them where you are and how far you'll travel? Make it easy for people to find you and buy from you. #2: Optimize Your Boards and Pins for Local Searches Adding your location to the descriptions of individual pins can help people find you when they do a search on Pinterest or Google. That's right, pins (as well as boards and profiles) can be indexed by Google. Include your town or state name in a board or two, as well as any applicable pins. If you serve several areas or your area is known by several names, have a board for any location that people might search for. It's perfectly fine to have more than one board with similar pins. Here's a Granite Ridge Estate pin that pops up in a Google Search for "Maine wedding venue Norway." The exact number of searches performed annually on Pinterest is unclear, but with 100 million users, you can be sure it's significant. VentureBeat reports that the number of Pinterest searches has been increasing by about 81% per year, so it's in your best interest to optimize for search. If you search for "barn wedding new England" on Pinterest, you'll see one of Granite Ridge Estate's boards. The combination of the board title, description, and pins on the board helped the business show up for this search. How can you use this tactic for your business? Wherever appropriate, add your location to your boards, board descriptions, and pin descriptions. If you want people from out of town to find you, think about how people would look for your area. They may not search for Norway, Maine (it's tiny), but they might search for "Southern Maine," "New England," "Maine," or "Southern New England." Using keywords strategically can help ensure your business shows up in location-centered searches. Go through your account and make sure you've used a location wherever it makes sense. For example, if you're a photographer and you pin your work, add the location to the photos in each shoot. Did you take those amazing bridal photos at Scarborough Beach, Maine? Tell people that! #3: Repin and Engage With Fellow Local Businesses Pinterest is more of a search and discovery platform than a true social network. However, there are social elements that allow you to stand out from the crowd of solitary shoppers and pin collectors.

How to Create Twitter RSS Feeds for Better Prospecting

How to Create Twitter RSS Feeds for Better Prospecting

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you use Twitter to find prospects? Looking for a better way to organize relevant conversations? You can use your favorite RSS reader to monitor customized Twitter searches, Twitter lists, and hashtags that relate to your business. In this article, you'll discover how to set up RSS feeds to easily monitor and manage a steady flow of Twitter leads. Listen to this article: Why Create RSS Feeds From Twitter Among social networks, Twitter has some major advantages to the social seller. It's generally acceptable for anyone to chime in on any conversation at any time. There's a mind-boggling volume of activity, and a great deal of it is relevant to prospecting. Many marketers find Twitter's web interface and mobile app to be less useful for mining opportunities, however. A better option to consider is to use an RSS reader app like Feedly, which makes it easy to organize feeds by theme, priority, stages in the buyer's journey, and any number of other useful parameters. Reader apps can be used as "asynchronous" queues, whereby aggregated content stays put until you view it. Here are step-by-step instructions for setting up Twitter timelines and organizing them into RSS feeds for maximum lead generation efficiency. #1: Create Targeted Twitter Timelines Create and Save Twitter Advanced Searches Twitter advanced searches can be goldmines to social sellers. You can set up queries that involve parameters like language, geographic location, sentiment, and the appearance of question marks. This helps you keep your finger on the pulse of what relevant people think of various brands and products, what they want to learn more about, and what their pain points are. For example, say you notice people asking about the best solution to pain points that your product is perfect for. If you're quick on the draw, you can jump in with content that answers users' questions and reach out to provide more advice if they're interested. To see who's talking about your company, type your company name in the Twitter search box, located at the top-right corner of the screen. On the results page, you'll see a list of tabs: Top, Live, Accounts, Photos, Videos, and More Options. Click on More Options, and from the drop-down menu, select Advanced Search. From here, you have virtually endless Twitter search refinement options. You can zero in on tweets with certain words, phrases, and hashtags, as well as the language they're written in. If you want to target when people are replying to your tweets (or anyone else's), add the relevant username in the To These Accounts box. Also choose whether you want to include positive, negative, questions, and/or retweets. When you're finished, click Search and then check out the results. If you need to refine your search, just click the Back button. Once you're satisfied with the search parameters you've set up, save the search by clicking More Options and selecting Save This Search. Repeat this process to set up advanced searches for the queries you want to track in your RSS-powered dashboard. Tip: Trying to set up a search that's returning results you aren't sure about? You can use the free tool from Warble to test-drive your advanced searches as daily email alerts. See what your queries return for a few days before you go through the RSS-creation process. It's also a good long-term option if you'd rather see tweets as emails than use an RSS reader. Subscribe to Relevant Twitter Lists Curated by Others Twitter lists can help you segment the Twitter accounts you monitor, making it easy to keep abreast of what's happening among specific groups of people and companies. You can use lists to monitor accounts without following them, so it's a great way to keep an eye on the competition, too. There are thousands of existing public lists that others have spent years curating and maintaining. Finding and subscribing to these can be useful when setting...

Monetize Your Platform: How to Grow Sales With Your Online Platform

Monetize Your Platform: How to Grow Sales With Your Online Platform

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Have you built your own platform? Are you wondering how to monetize it? To learn how you can use your platform to generate real revenue for your business, I interview David Siteman Garland for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview David Siteman Garland, who is the host of The Rise To The Top podcast. His video and audio podcasts are focused on equipping bloggers, podcasters and YouTubers to grow a sustainable business with their platforms. He also wrote the book Smarter, Faster, Cheaper: Non-Boring, Fluff-Free Strategies for Marketing and Promoting Your Business. David shares how he grew his platform and the various ways he has monetized it. You'll learn how to get started generating revenue and the price points you need to look at. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Platform Monetization Why people struggle to make money with their platform David says it's a classic problem for most people. The platform space falls into two different categories. The first one is when it's a hobby. Here people have great content but don't know what to do with it. The second one is where you have the classic "Internet marketers" who have figured out how to make money but their content isn't great. David's advice to those who have great content but struggle to make money is you have to remember that you're positioned extremely well. If you have great content that's a side hobby, you can turn it into a legitimate six-figure–plus business. David started out the exact same way. What he and his friends have achieved shows that it's very attainable. You'll discover why it's a good position to be in if you're a blogger, podcaster or YouTuber. A lot of the time, people lack strategy on how to generate revenue. In David's eyes, the hard part is building your audience, community and trust. Once you have all this in place, the monetization angle can be brought in pretty easily. The hardest challenge is to start with no platform and no product. If you already have the platform, then you are 50% of the way there. Listen to the show to find out how you can use technology to accomplish what traditionally businesses had to pay a lot of money for. What is the platform you have built?  David started his platform The Rise To The Top in 2008, when it was a simple interview show for entrepreneurs. His show now focuses primarily on what he calls mediapreneurs, who are people with a platform. He currently has over 7 million community members. When David was on the journey of building his platform, he realized he was pretty good at creating content, building his audience and getting out there. The main struggle for him was how to turn it into a sustainable, long-term business. There are many ways to monetize a platform. It doesn't come down to which one will be best, it's more about which one you are really excited about and want to do. You have to feel comfortable with it. You'll discover the many ways you can monetize your platform. From a content perspective, David publishes two brand-new shows every week on his platform. One is an interview and the other is a video for his The Rise To The Top and DSG TV YouTube channel. You'll discover what both of these involve and the areas he focuses on and why. httpv://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jDv4DsRy_ys Listen to the show to find out how David discovered the options he went with. What you should do before you monetize your platform

3 Tools to Create Social Media Visuals

3 Tools to Create Social Media Visuals

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you create custom images for social media? Looking for tools to streamline the design process? There are some new desktop design tools that make it easy to quickly create multiple graphics for social media. In this article, you'll discover three user-friendly desktop tools to create visuals for social media. Listen to this article: Why Create Images via Desktop? If you want to batch your visual content, desktop tools are the way to go. While mobile apps are convenient, they aren't as efficient or easy to use when you want to create more than a few images. Canva and PicMonkey, two of the main tools people use on their computers, have evolved over the years. Canva is now even available in multiple languages, making it the ideal solution for users around the world. However, some of the visual content creation tools launched in the past year (some in recent months) offer even more options. While you can't start an image from scratch with complete customization, their automation functionality is perfect for batching social media graphics. Here are three new desktop visual content tools and how to use them. #1: Relay Relay is template-driven. It was the first tool that allowed people to create images without having to do much design. To start, choose a style of image based on image shape, platform, or type and the related template. Then add in the basic text. For a quote image, add the text and source, as well as the website and hashtag. Also, enter assets such as photos and logos into the system to create your image. Unlike other tools, Relay doesn't automatically pull in images. With one click, you can now preview how your design looks for a variety of social formats. The assets are shared among dozens of image layouts, so if you edit one element of a design, each layout automatically adapts to each asset update. You can edit assets like title, subtitle, text, font, taglines, logos, layers, and images. However, you can't edit the overall structure of the template, like where the title, subtitle, or photo is positioned on the image. You may also click off to remove certain elements. For example, if you want to change the photo, simply upload a new one. Now click the Russian doll icon on the bottom to resize and remix everything. The change is now reflected in dozens of different graphics. When you're done, simply download the graphics and schedule or post them to your favorite social media sites. Relay allows for a little more customization than other tools. There are more functions, layers to the images, and so forth. It's ideal if you want to create bulk sets of images, do a series of images featuring guests on your podcast, or create ad sets. Ads are easy to create because the 20% text rule is included in the templates. You can also add keywords into the metadata of the images for SEO purposes. Advanced Tip: Relay Projects If you need to design a lot of assets for something, create them as a project. This allows you to add lots of text and graphic content. With a single click, Relay mixes and matches everything you put in and gives you hundreds of design alternatives. Save multiple projects and resume work on any of them at any time. Cost: There's a free version of Relay available that includes the Relay watermark. Jump to the paid version to remove the watermark and get extra features. The cost is $12/month or $8/month if paid annually. #2: Designfeed The new tool on the block, Designfeed, is all about automated graphics and an excellent user experience. The templates are beautifully designed and showcase the images well. Plus the font combinations are outstanding. Designfeed is easy to use. Simply enter a little data and Designfeed will create an endless number of designs from which to choose. Type in a title and subtitle and then click Create It. Designfeed chooses images from reputable stock libr...

How to Optimize Your Mobile Social Media Ads

How to Optimize Your Mobile Social Media Ads

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Are you trying to reach an on-the-go social media audience? Are your ads optimized for mobile users? More people are using social on their smartphones. If you want to reach them, you might need to rethink your ads. In this article you'll discover three ways to make your social media ads mobile-friendly. Listen to this article: #1: Use Simple Copy and Bold Imagery Advertising on mobile means that people will view your ads on a much smaller screen than a desktop monitor. Because of this, you need to make sure your ads are still visible and carry the same impact when viewed on mobile devices. Ads for desktop have the screen space to contain text-heavy copy and detailed images. Mobile ads don't have that advantage, so your mobile ad creative needs to be bold, simple, and beautiful to attract your audience's attention. Take a look at two Facebook ads for the shoe company Tieks. The desktop ad features an intricate and interesting image along with a good amount of text to drive engagement. The image in Tieks's mobile ad is much simpler and the perspective puts the viewer right in the ad. The copy consists of a short sentence driving users to click the ad. This ad works for mobile because people can easily read and understand it on a small smartphone screen. While these two ads look very different, they're both unmistakably from the same company. Including the same visual elements, such as Tieks's bold red flats, in each image ties them together and keeps the ads on-brand, regardless of which device they're viewed on. When migrating desktop ads to mobile, it's important to create campaigns that are easy to understand and compelling to users. Simple copy and bold creative are the best ways to boost engagement on mobile. #2: Create Mobile-Friendly Landing Pages The creative in your ads isn't the only thing you need to adjust for mobile. Make sure that once people click on your ad, they're taken to a website that they can view and navigate properly on their mobile device. A website designed for desktop won't do; viewers will quickly get frustrated by the non-intuitive layout and navigate away from your site. This mobile Twitter ad from Home Depot encourages users to apply for job openings at its stores. Rather than direct users to the company's home page, the ad sends users to a mobile-friendly page that's specifically dedicated to careers at Home Depot. This way, users who are interested in applying for a job don't need to search through the site to complete that objective. The ad's landing page is bright, friendly, and on-theme. It's designed to be visually appealing and easy to navigate for mobile users. These two elements mean that there's a better chance of users viewing the page and eventually doing exactly what Home Depot wants: applying for a job. Mobile ads require landing pages that are designed with mobile in mind. To ensure that people follow through on your desired action, make sure they're driven to a web page that is relevant to your ad and is easy for them to view and navigate on their mobile device. #3: Explore Mobile-Friendly Video Ads When it comes to mobile advertising, video is leading the pack. According to eMarketer, U.S. mobile video ad spend jumped over 80% in 2015, and is expected to see double-digit growth through 2019. Many marketers say that video ads have helped them drive brand awareness and engagement, in addition to achieving higher click-through rates. Why? Mobile video ads are perfectly suited to mobile consumption behaviors. There are several ways you can start including mobile video in your advertising campaigns on Instagram, Facebook, and Twitter. In fact, you may already have the resources on hand to craft video ads with very little money or effort. Website Videos Have a video on your website that introduces your product or service? Then you have a video that's ready to run as a mobile ad! In the video below,

Facebook Ads Strategy: How Marketers Can Win With Facebook

Facebook Ads Strategy: How Marketers Can Win With Facebook

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you use Facebook ads? Want to make them more effective? To explore how to create a successful Facebook ads strategy, I interview Nicholas Kusmich. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode, I interview Nicholas Kusmich, author of Give: The Ultimate Guide to Using Facebook Advertising to Generate More Leads, More Clients, and Massive ROI. He also heads up the H2H Media Group, where he consults and manages accounts for high-profile speakers and authors. Nicholas shares how the four M's can help you plan your Facebook ad strategy. You'll discover the three key elements every Facebook ad needs. Share your feedback, read the show notes, and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Facebook Ads Strategy Nicholas' Story Nicholas got into Facebook ads almost by accident. He had been marketing his products on the Internet without any success, even though he followed what everyone said to do: Create a course or ebook, and get paid traffic to sell it. His next step was to try Google ads, but then Google had another algorithm adjustment. Fortunately, around that time, two websites' ad platforms were being released in beta: Plenty of Fish (the dating site) and Facebook. Nicholas jumped in to advertise his products on both and soon realized Facebook was going in a very aggressive direction. He was in the right place at the right time. Nicholas learned about Facebook advertising very quickly and got the advantage of being an early adopter. This was about five years ago. These days, Nicholas runs his marketing business with two key services. His boutique agency serves clients in a fully managed scenario. His business also offers marketing training and consulting for business owners and entrepreneurs who want to implement their marketing for themselves. Listen to the show to hear what Facebook ads were like in the early days. The Role of Facebook Ads in Marketing Nicholas loves the paradox of Facebook's size. On one hand, Facebook is an enormous platform: around two billion users log in for at least a few minutes each day. Therefore, regardless of your type of business or message, your prospects are probably using Facebook. Moreover, you don't need a 30-second spot on the Super Bowl to reach hundreds of millions of people. With Facebook, you can do that with a few clicks of a button. On the other hand, Facebook allows advertisers to zero in on a small, specific audience because Facebook aggregates data. Facebook notes where people check in, what they like, whom they follow, and what they mention. And it makes that kind of information available to advertisers. So, for instance, if Nicholas wanted to target a Beverly Hills housewife who lives on a particular street based on her zip code, and who shops at Whole Foods, has an Amex card, and spent money on it in the last seven days or so, he could. This capability makes Facebook an interesting platform for an advertiser (a business owner or entrepreneur) who has a message, product, or service and who knows the audience they're trying to reach. Facebook allows people to advertise at far lower cost than traditional advertising. So in the grand scheme of marketing, Nicholas believes Facebook advertising is the best direct-response platform and distribution channel to get a message to your ideal prospects. Listen to the show to discover the joke at Nicholas' office. How to Put Together a Facebook Ads Strategy A lot of people focus on the tactics, such as how much to bid for the ad or what objective to use. Those are legitimate concerns, but Nicholas doesn't think they're the big needle-movers.

5 Ways to Find More Time to Blog

5 Ways to Find More Time to Blog

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Is there a blogger inside you, waiting to emerge? Need tips for producing more content? Writing quality content will help you attract more customers and increase your visibility. In this article, you'll discover five ways to find more time to blog. #1: Commit to a Niche When you're committed to a particular niche, it's easier to write for the audience you want to attract because you've already conducted extensive research on most of the topics they're interested in. An added bonus is to use their evolving interests to point you toward topics you haven't considered. If you notice that your target buyers are looking for advice you know nothing about, you know where to start expanding your knowledge. Listen to this article: For example, say you're selling artistic pieces for home decoration. You don't necessarily know everything about interior design, but your audience would appreciate advice in that area. In that case, you can research it. And if you can base the tips and arguments you share on your actual experience, the articles will be much more believable and your readers will trust you more. #2: Limit Your Time on Distracting Sites If you blog for business, you spend a lot of time online. You need to be aware of all of the emerging trends in your niche, and monitor the behavior and interests of your target audience. You also likely frequent Reddit, Facebook, and other sites to get inspiration for new blog articles. How often do you plan to spend only five minutes on these sites, only to lose track of the time? That's why you need the Chrome plugin StayFocusd. You can use StayFocusd to prevent you from spending too much time on distracting websites. It's easy to install and you can customize the settings for your own preferences. First, set the days you want StayFocusd to monitor. Then, decide how much time to give yourself for browsing. Finally, set a list of the sites you want the tool to block for you. When you reach your time limit, you'll get an eye-opening message that prompts you to get back to work. #3: Plan Your Articles With Mind Maps When you find inspiration for an article, your first instinct is to sit down and write that piece as soon as possible. Wait! Once you get the initial idea for the post, you should plan the structure of your article. If you take the time to develop an outline, you'll significantly speed up the writing stage. You can use an online mind mapping tool such as MindMup to create your outlines. Start with a unique and captivating headline, and then make notes for your intro. Finally, consider the main points you'll cover and create subheads for each of the different paragraphs you're going to write. Use the outline as a guide, and remember that it's flexible. You can make adjustments to the outline as you work as long as you maintain a focused thread in your article. #4: Use Tools to Curate Inspiring Content Inspiration is everywhere online, and it can be difficult to keep track of and remember it all. That's where a tool such as Evernote or Pinterest comes in. For example, you can pin all of the interesting online sources you encounter to themed inspiration boards. As your boards are populated with pins, look for a way to connect those pieces of inspiration into a complete article. #5: Source Quotes From Industry Research and Influencers When you support your tips and arguments with quotes from respected research resources and industry experts, you not only increase the value of your content, but also add depth and reliability. Begin your article with a great quote to drive attention to the problems and solutions you're writing about. Then, in each paragraph, use a few short quotes to corroborate your points. Remember, you'll need to credit each author and source you quote. Make sure you include proper attribution within the article. In Conclusion Many social media marketers and business owners get focused...

SEO Company Andrews A F B DC – Become #1 in Web

by Mucas1972 @ Local seo help

Learn All About Search Engine Optimization Consulting Services Andrews A F B From Politician SEM Andrews A F B District of Columbia is the exercise of marketing a commercial enterprise using paid classified ads that appear on search engine optimization corporations consequences pages (or search engines). Advertisers bid on key phrases that users of services… Continue reading SEO Company Andrews A F B DC – Become #1 in Web

Artykuł SEO Company Andrews A F B DC – Become #1 in Web pochodzi z serwisu Local seo help.

Download our New Real Estate Marketing 101 E-Book!

by Marketing Team @ WolfNet

You have decided to be a real estate agent. Congratulations! You received your license, signed up with a broker, and are starting to get your name out there. Now what? How do you plan to generate new business and nurture existing customers? Marketing can seem like a daunting task, especially if you have never done […]

The post Download our New Real Estate Marketing 101 E-Book! appeared first on WolfNet.

Facebook and Twitter User Behavior Changes: New Research

Facebook and Twitter User Behavior Changes: New Research

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Is your business on Facebook and Twitter? Have you considered sharing news with your audience? Research indicates that people are using Facebook and Twitter for more than connecting with friends and brands. They're now looking to these platforms for updates on current events. In this article you'll discover how the way people use Facebook and Twitter is shifting, and how brands can respond. Listen to this article: #1: More People Get Their News From Facebook and Twitter A July 2015 study from Pew Research Center reveals that increasing numbers of Twitter and Facebook users visit the platforms to get news. Of the over 2,000 study participants, 63% now depend on both channels for updates on national events and political issues, big leaps from 2013 numbers. Twitter, which was more news-oriented from the beginning, didn't have as dramatic a leap: 52% to 63% during the two-year period. Those reporting they use Facebook for news, on the other hand, grew from 47% in 2013 to 63% in 2015, or 16%. While the opportunity to stay abreast of friends and family events gets users on Facebook initially, it's news (sports, science, technology, business and entertainment) that keeps them there. As the chart below shows, Facebook's user numbers didn't budge from 2013 to 2014. Despite the inevitable slowdown, today 71% of Internet users have a Facebook account, and 70% of those go to the site daily. Forty-five percent go there several times a day. By following friends, brands, organizations and news outlets, Facebook (and Twitter) users have created their own customized newspapers. They seem to like their new handiwork. While Twitter's audience numbers made an impressive 28% leap from 2013 to 2014, the platform's failure to gain the ubiquity of Facebook has disappointed many. Twitter remains hard at work creating a niche for live-tweeting events, television shows and sports, but it hasn't shown much promise for the retailers who pay for ads. Key takeaway: As Facebook and Twitter mature, their audience growth rates are leveling off. Younger audiences abandoned Facebook for Instagram, but baby boomers, Gen Xers and mature holdouts finally claimed their profiles. Brands should align their marketing content with current events to engage users. #2: Twitter Is the Go-to Platform for Breaking News The Pew Research Center image at the beginning of this article reveals another interesting fact: Even though most Twitter users tweet just once or a few times a week (far less often than Facebook users engage), if there is a nationwide crisis, exciting sports game, gaffe by a politician or a celebrity scandal, they flock to Twitter. Numbers for those who report they follow breaking news on Twitter (59%) are nearly double those who say they do so on Facebook (31%). Twitter is the go-to destination for up-to-the-minute news and comments on that news. Twitter is also the channel where sports fans and news junkies engage by sharing their opinions. Users do more than just read the headlines, they engage. As the graphic above shows, more than half of users tweet at least once about news each week. Also, while the majority of accounts that Twitter users follow are friends and family, the majority of tweets in their news feeds come from news outlets and journalists. In the image below, you can see that while just 14% of the accounts Twitter users follow are news outlets, 33% of the tweets in their Twitter feed are from these outlets. Breaking it down further, the most popular news outlets are sports (with 35% of Twitter news followers receiving sports tweets), business/science/technology (14% getting news on these topics) and civic and political (12%). Keep in mind that in this study, the final sample providing Twitter data was small. Pew drew from its original group of 3,212 respondents only those who self-identified as Twitter users, provided their Twitter handles for analysis and had valid publi...

Advanced Facebook Ad Techniques: What Marketers Need to Know

Advanced Facebook Ad Techniques: What Marketers Need to Know

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you use Facebook ads? Want to bring your Facebook advertising to the next level? To learn how to use Facebook advertising to your advantage, I interview Jon Loomer. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode I interview Jon Loomer, a Facebook marketing expert who specializes in Facebook advertising. His blog, JonLoomer.com, was the top pick in our 2014 top 10 social media blogs. Jon explores the benefits of Facebook advertising. You'll discover new tools for publishers on Facebook, information about conversion tracking, custom reporting options and more. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. How to subscribe/review on iPhone. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Advanced Facebook Ad Techniques New Facebook tools for content publishers Before going into detail about the four new features aimed at content publishers, Jon explains the difference between an organic post and a Facebook ad. An organic post is something you share with your fans that's free and will also show up in the news feed. If you want to promote a post or create a separate promotion, that's an ad. The first new feature is the ability to target organic posts by interest to your fans. Targeting interests was previously something you could only do with ads. Jon shares why a marketer might want to try targeting fans. Facebook's algorithm only shows content to people who are likely to engage. After these fans engage, Facebook will show it to more people. So, if you target a post to people you know are highly likely to engage, you'll get the benefit of more Facebook visibility. Note: You can target by demographics, as well as to fans of other pages and fans in specific categories. The next change, which has been rolled out to a small number of big media companies, is smart publishing. This is auto-publishing, based on user engagement. Facebook looks at the most popular links people share on Facebook, and will share them with your fans. It won't post on your fan page, it'll just appear in your fans' news feed. Third is post end date. If you share something that's going to expire, you can put a post end date. It will disappear from your page and the news feed when that promotion is over. You'll hear about the final update, which is improvements to domain insights. Listen to the show to hear Jon's take on dark data, as well as how to generate and use UTM codes to better track link engagement and conversions. How Facebook tracks conversions By default, Jon explains, Facebook records a conversion when somebody has clicked your ad and converted within 28 days or viewed your ad without clicking and converted within 1 day. However, if you use your custom reports, you can adjust that window. You can get rid of view-through, or you can set view-through and click-through conversions for 1 day, 7 days or 28 days. When you have that conversion pixel on your site, Facebook knows three things: whether someone viewed your ad, clicked your ad or if they ever fired that conversion pixel. Facebook uses these metrics to determine whether your ad resulted in a conversion. To get to custom reports, go into your Ads Manager and click on Reports. Then click on the Customized Columns button, and then in the bottom right-hand corner of the window, the Attribution Window pops up. This is what you change to include any or all six reporting options. Listen to the show to discover what happens to your view-through and click-through conversions when you target the right way. Why bloggers should consider using Facebook ads Jon says that there's nothing more important than traffi...

Launching on Social Media: A Timeline for Business Owners

Launching on Social Media: A Timeline for Business Owners

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Are you starting from scratch with social media? Got a new product or a new business? Having a social media launch plan is essential. In this article you'll discover a step-by-step plan for launching your new social media presence. Listen to this article: #1: 12 Weeks Before Launch: Choose Your Social Platforms A few weeks before launch, choose which platforms you'll use to launch your brand. It's important to decide (or find out) how seriously you're going to take social media in the next 1-2 years. It's better not to launch on a platform at all than to launch it, post four times and then forget it. This is also when the social media manager (or team) should be coordinating with the marketing team or other marketing agencies (depending on the size of the company) to make sure the social media plan is integrated into a big-picture marketing approach for the brand. You'll want to do a competitive analysis to get a feel for your market. This makes it easier to decide how you want to differentiate. If every coffee shop in the city is on Instagram, it doesn't mean you (as a new coffee shop owner) have to start posting latte art with filters. Determine your overall goals for converting social media followers into customers (and back again), and spend some time thinking about which platforms best support those goals. Finally, plan 10-15 sample posts for each platform you'll kick off on launch day. Pass the posts around to the marketing team and key decision-makers. Or, if you're a solo-entrepreneur, try them out on socially savvy friends. This will give everyone (including you) a taste for your brand voice. If you report to higher-ups, everyone will be on the same page before planning has gone too far. Tip: Some of these posts may work to seed your accounts with activity before you're officially live. #2: 8 Weeks Before Launch: Write Social Media Guidelines The next step is to create character sketches and a brand handbook outlining your dos and don'ts for social media posts. This step is vital if your brand is, or will be, managed by multiple people. Spend some time thinking of your brand as a character. You may even want to write up who he or she is. What are her extracurricular interests? What would his online dating profile say? Here are a few more questions to get you started: Does your brand refer to itself as "we" or "I"? Are any words off-limits? Does your brand have a political leaning? How comfortable is your company with offending followers of a different political leaning? Will you respond to comments and how often? Even negative ones? What tone will you use to address negative comments? (There will be haters. It's a public forum after all.) If your social media account were a person, what would he or she do for fun? How would he or she talk? What TV shows or books would be of interest? The answers to these questions may be different from the interests of the brand manager or the CEO, as they should be. Unless you're creating a personal brand (in which case the answers to many of these questions will fall in line with you or the person you're representing), your brand's personality should be a reflection of the personas you want to attract. Once your team has a good grasp of your brand's "who," create a handbook to document rules and behaviors for your brand on social media. As with all rules, some will be broken, but having these guidelines will help establish your brand during launch. Write the handbook as if you were explaining things to a new employee who doesn't know anything about your brand. Who are you? What are you selling? How are you using social media to enhance user experience with the brand? #3: 1-4 Weeks Before Launch: Create a Social Media Calendar Next, create a first-month social media calendar, even if you don't plan on sticking to it 100%. Rigid social media calendars can be constrictive,

Maryville University Students Gain Experience Through Abstrakt Marketing Internships

by laura wilmes @ Abstrakt Marketing Group | B2B Lead Generation Solutions

Over the years, Abstrakt Marketing Group’s paid internship program on Maryville University’s campus has become a wonderful opportunity for students interested in sales and marketing. By participating in the program, interns gain real world experience using the same technology Abstrakt employees use and are able to build relationships with influential contacts. Abstrakt strives to include […]

The post Maryville University Students Gain Experience Through Abstrakt Marketing Internships appeared first on Abstrakt Marketing Group | B2B Lead Generation Solutions.

StumbleUpon Marketing: How to Drive More Traffic to Your Content

StumbleUpon Marketing: How to Drive More Traffic to Your Content

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you use StumbleUpon for your business? Are you wondering how you can use StumbleUpon to drive more traffic to your content? To learn how your business can benefit from StumbleUpon, I interview Nick Robinson for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview Nick Robinson, co-author of StumbleUpon for Dummies. He's also the social media channel manager for SAP Americas. Nick shares how StumbleUpon works and why it's different from other platforms. You'll learn how to use StumbleUpon to discover shareable content and the type of content that works best. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: StumbleUpon Marketing  What makes StumbleUpon different from other social networks Nick explains how StumbleUpon is a content discovery engine. It's a search engine and bookmarking site all in one. It's great if you want to bring exposure to your online content, which can include your website, blog post, video or infographic. httpv://www.youtube.com/watch?v=F8DtI9e4xZ8 Nick believes that the key differentiator with StumbleUpon is the Stumble button. It takes you directly to a piece of content on another website that you are interested in. You can tell StumbleUpon what your interests are in several ways. When you set up your profile, you can specify your interests, the interests of people you follow and what pieces of content you have given a thumbs-up to on that particular website. When you click the Thumbs-Up or Thumbs-Down button, it tells StumbleUpon's algorithm if it should or shouldn't serve that type of content to you in the future. Each person's StumbleUpon experience is personalized. It allows you to curate content, promote your content and connect with communities with all types of interests. Listen to the show to find out how you can create content that's relevant to an audience within an Interest category. StumbleUpon for B2B and B2C Nick believes that any business in B2B or B2C can use the platform. It all depends on the type of content you produce. The content needs to entertain, be informative and connect with your audience. To be successful, you need to test and measure, based on the changes you learn. StumbleUpon launched their new design and a new mobile app, which has increased its mobile stumbles by 25% over a one-year period. However, the majority of StumbleUpon activity is still primarily desktop, at over 60%. Since these changes were made, around 40% of their activity comes from mobile. In the next couple of years, Nick thinks it will easily overtake desktop. You'll discover as a marketer what you need to consider with these figures in mind. According to Alexa, StumbleUpon is one of the top 149 websites in the world and Quantcast estimated that 23.4 million people in the last month in the U.S. alone have used it. As of June 2013, when the StumbleUpon for Dummies book was published, StumbleUpon had 25 million registered users. They have indexed over 100 million–plus web pages. Listen to the show to find out how much the average user "stumbles" per month and the time spent on the platform. Companies who use StumbleUpon well  Nick says that two companies come to mind, which are both primarily content publishers. The first is Forbes. They do a great job, which is primarily attributable to their company page. They use it to acquire followers and as a content feed. Unfortunately StumbleUpon has closed off access to these pages to the general ...

7 Key Takeaways from the 2017 FPA Annual Conference

by Finworx @ Finworx

The Finworx team had the honor of participating in the 2017 Financial Planning Association Annual Conference in Nashville! Coach Fulmer delivered an outstanding opening keynote speech and enjoyed having his photo taken with friends and fans at the Finworx booth. (Check out the photos at finworx.com/media.) We even had the opportunity to attend several sessions […]

SEO Services Edisto Island SC – Cheap prices SEO package

by Vick1974 @ South Carolina – The seo agency

Best Search Engine Optimization Software Edisto Island SC Tip: Shake It Up The purpose is there may be a shortage of savvy internet entrepreneurs and every body who’s any correct does not want to cold name. this can help you determine what it method to have a long time campaign and what hyperlink constructing, keyword… Continue reading SEO Services Edisto Island SC – Cheap prices SEO package

Artykuł SEO Services Edisto Island SC – Cheap prices SEO package pochodzi z serwisu The seo agency.

Cody Wyoming

by @ topresults.site

Cody Wyoming SEO = Search Engine Optimization, basically it is being able to rank on the top of ANY search engine for a given search that a potential client is looking for. The higher you are ranked in ANY search … Continue reading 

5 Creative Ways to Grow Your Email List

5 Creative Ways to Grow Your Email List

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Want to grow your email list? Got a blog? New tools and placement options have made it easier than ever to create an offer that compels blog visitors to share their email address with you. In this article you'll discover five unique ways to grow your email list from your blog readers. Listen to this article: #1: Put Your Best Offer on Your Homepage To encourage email signups, show the value of being an email subscriber on the homepage of your blog. The main focus should be on your opt-in box. Place the links to other areas of your site below the fold, so readers won't see them unless they scroll down the page. Bluewire Media collects email addresses directly from their main page. Below, they offer visitors free marketing templates in addition to news and updates delivered to their inbox. #2: Use a Feature Box to Present Lead Magnets If you don't have a custom homepage or don't have the resources to redesign your current homepage, a feature box might be a good option for you. A well-designed feature box exchanges your lead magnet for new email addresses. You typically place the feature box above the fold of your page so it's immediately visible to users. Unlike entry pop-ups, feature boxes don't interrupt visitors from scrolling down the page and browsing your blog content. They can either take your bonus or scroll down the page. The feature box at DIYthemes increased the blog's subscription rate by 51.7%. Feature boxes convert well even if they're subscription-only and don't offer a lead magnet. Choose a good opt-in offer, such as a free email course. The Enchanting Marketing blog offers readers a free writing course in their feature box. If you're looking for a tool to create opt-in feature boxes, try the WordPress plugins PlugMatter Optin Feature Box or Thrive Leads. Don't forget that your homepage is one of the most visited pages on your blog, so it deserves special treatment. Think about changing your homepage design to include an engaging sign-up box as the next step after a feature box. #3: Add Content Upgrades to Blog Posts Content upgrades are another way to grow your email list. The principle behind them is the same as for any opt-in form: You give away free material (a lead magnet) and get your visitors' email addresses in return. Place a link to your bonus content with a call to action in your article and wrap it with an eye-catching box. When readers click the link, a pop-up box appears, asking for their email address to get the bonus material. Michael Hyatt offers readers a list of literary agents as a bonus in the following article, which is valuable material for his readers and relevant to the topic of the article. When readers click your download link, open a pop-up box asking for their email address. After readers complete the form, redirect them to a page with the bonus. You can use a variety of different materials in your content upgrades. Here are a few examples: A PDF version of your article A checklist An instructional video A template A list of tools or resources An infographic Remember that you need to choose bonus content that is highly relevant to the topic of your article. That's why content upgrades are often called "content-specific bonuses." To implement content upgrades on your blog, try a tool like LeadBoxes or the Content Upgrades PRO plugin for WordPress. #4: Display a Scroll-Triggered Box Another effective and unobtrusive way to turn readers into email subscribers is to use scroll-triggered opt-in boxes. Unlike pop-ups, scroll-triggered boxes don't interrupt the visitor's reading and don't cover up any content. Place a scroll-triggered box at the corner of the page when readers scroll down to a certain part of your article. By the time the box appears in front of readers, they've already read most or all of your article. They've formed an impression of you,

How to Vet Social Media Groups for Prospects

How to Vet Social Media Groups for Prospects

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Are you looking for ways to engage directly with your customers? Have you thought about joining social groups on Facebook, LinkedIn and beyond? Joining the right social groups allows you to connect with your customers by answering their questions and sharing valuable information. In this post you'll discover how to choose the best social groups for your business. Listen to this article: #1: Look for Real Discussions The most important thing to look for in a social group is discussion. You're not looking for posts; you're looking for posts with comments. This signals a group whose members are actively engaging with each other. In other words, you want to steer clear of the "link farms" of social groups. These are the ones where members stop by to drop a link to their latest content or sales page, and nothing more. Note that groups that allow people to share links can still have engagement. It's the groups that have zero engagement and lots of links that you'll want to avoid or leave at your earliest convenience. Sure, you could drop your own links into those groups, but chances are no one is listening. #2: Consider Groups Your Competitors Join If you're having trouble finding social groups to join for your business, take a look at what groups are listed on your competitors' profiles. Start by visiting your competitors' Facebook profiles. Click on their About tab and scroll down to see if they have any groups listed publicly on their profile. You can find a similar listing of groups on some LinkedIn profiles. Note that some LinkedIn users can see who has visited their profile. Also check the About tab on your competitors' Google+ profiles to see if they publicly share the communities they've joined. This research should point you toward groups that will be great for your business to participate in to find customers, colleagues and partners. #3: Make Sure Your Customers Are There To ensure that the groups you've joined are home to your customers (and that they're actively engaged), do a quick preview of engaged member profiles. You can do this by hovering over names of people engaged in discussions in Facebook groups. You can scroll through discussions on LinkedIn to see the headlines of discussion starters or hover over names in the comments or discussions. Both will usually include job titles and company names. On Google+, hover over names of Google+ users to see their taglines, many of which will also include job titles and company names. This research should ensure that your customers are participating in discussions within a group and help you figure out the right people to start engaging with yourself. #4: Go Local Whenever you're searching for great groups for your business, don't forget to go local in your search. Even if your business isn't solely local, you'll likely find great local groups on Facebook, LinkedIn and Google+ that focus on helping businesses refer other businesses. In many cases local groups tend to be more heavily moderated than general groups, making them invaluable. #5: Try Paid-Entry Groups Another option when searching for social groups with strong engagement is to focus on groups that require some form of payment to enter. This includes the use of paid products, courses, subscriptions, memberships, masterminds, events, conferences and other premium points of entry. To find these groups, ask yourself what premium resources your customers would buy. These groups likely are filled with the customers you want to connect with; ones who've shown they're willing to invest in premium education, products and services. Go Beyond Social Networks Don't just rely on the top social networks to connect with your customers. Look beyond social networks for forums, Q&A networks and other online communities within your industry. These also offer a wealth of opportunities to engage directly with your ideal cust...

Snapchat Gains Momentum: New Research

Snapchat Gains Momentum: New Research

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Are you adding Snapchat to your social media marketing? Wondering what Snapchat's audience responds to? In this article you'll discover recent insights on Snapchat and how marketers can use the platform to reach targeted audiences with ads and other content. Listen to this article: #1: Snapchat Nears Facebook Levels for Daily Video Views In January 2016, Bloomberg News reported that Snapchat now delivers more than 7 billion videos to users each day. The news is amazing for two reasons. First, previously reported numbers of Snapchat daily video views in September 2015 was 4 billion. A leap of nearly 50% in just three or four months is certainly newsworthy. Second, Facebook reported 8 billion video views daily in October 2015. Considering that at 1.55 billion users, Facebook's audience outstrips Snapchat's by 15 times, it's clear video is Snapchat's primary content form. Key Takeaway: Snapchat's 7 billion daily video views figure is important because mobile video is rapidly gaining favor with advertisers. According to eMarketer, companies spent $7.46 billion on digital video ads in the U.S. in 2015, an increase of 42% from the year before. eMarketer also relates that in the United States, mobile video ad spend is growing faster than all other digital advertising tactics. Marketers with a video strategy in place can easily adapt their tactics to reach Snapchat's video-friendly demographic. #2: Vertical Video Rising in Popularity When Snapchat emerged on the scene, some industry pundits criticized its vertical-only display as too limiting and unfamiliar for those used to more horizontal television and movie screens. Now, after five years in business, Snapchat reviewed its own internal data to find that users are more likely to watch a vertical video than a horizontal video until the end. In some instances, the vertical video had a completion rate nine times higher than its horizontal counterpart. Minutes spent on vertical screens have increasingly been edging out those spent on horizontal screens since 2011. Key Takeaway: Of course the consumer who views a mobile video until the end is more likely to respond to the call to action. Marketers will appreciate this finding because they typically put their strongest call to action at the end. It's also worth mentioning that if Snapchat's findings are correct, it's possible that although video consumers are accustomed to videos being horizontal, they're more accustomed to their phones being vertical and staying that way should a text or call come in. Marketers should consider testing response to their own video to see which orientation their followers prefer. #3: Snapchat Users Are Engaged Every day, between 300 and 350 million photos are uploaded to Facebook. With an audience of 1.59 billion and 1.04 billion monthly active users, the portion of the audience participating by uploading photos is less than 35%. In comparison, 65% of Snapchat users upload their own photos daily. They're engaged with the platform, viewing it as an extension of their own personal brand rather than just a place to passively receive information. (Read how Facebook and Twitter users now regard those channels as news outlets.) One of Snapchat's primary sales points is frequency of use. Its 100 million users visit the platform daily. Facebook started measuring their monthly active users (MAU), implying that the number of people going to the channel even once every 30 days constituted success. Snapchat founder Evan Spiegel scoffs at that metric, stating the time frame is far too long and not much to boast about. The numbers his company measures focus on daily activity. Key Takeaway: Engagement is such a sought-after metric because marketers know that those who are interacting with a company are far more likely to share and talk up its posts, offers and products. The engaged consumer uses the company to build a portion of his or her identity....

How to Curate a Roundup Blog Post of Industry Influencers

How to Curate a Roundup Blog Post of Industry Influencers

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you want more exposure for your blog? Have you tried curating articles written by influencers? Roundup posts help you gain the attention of influencers who can increase the reach of your content. In this article I'll share five steps to creating a curated blog post. Listen to this article: #1: Choose a Topic To select a subject for your post, start by researching popular topics covered by your competitors. Make a list of three to five individuals or companies that share your area of expertise. Then, go to Buzzsumo.com, type in the name or URL for each competitor and click search. The results let you see their most successful articles. For example, a search of Social Media Examiner shows two of their most successful posts are about tools. After you search a few more companies, identify a common topic you want to feature in a curated post. #2: Identify Influencers to Feature After you choose your subject, strategically target experts to feature in the blog post. First, go over to Followerwonk, click on Search Bios and enter your topic keyword. This free tool lets you see the most influential Twitter users relative to your topic or keyword. Next, click the Social Authority tab to sort your list by who has the most influence. Ideally you want to target individuals with high authority and a large number of followers. I suggest individuals rather than companies, since people tend to be more responsive. For instance, on the topic of social media tools Ian Cleary has a high social authority and a large Twitter following. Finally, go back to Buzzsumo. This time, run a search for your topic. This is how you find the most popular blogs and authors on the subject. Compile a list of 5 to 15 of these influencers, including their blog URL, and move on to the next step. #3: Select Articles to Include Once you know which influencers to target, you need to find the most popular content they've published on your topic. Paste each influencer's blog URL into Buzzsumo search and look for a popular article that relates to the subject of your article. If you cannot find any relevant content from the author, don't panic. Type the topic keywords after the URL and search again. Make sure you read all of the articles (you may even want to make notes for later) and gather a nice cross-section of articles without any overlap. You're curating content from these influencers to share with your audience, so you want to create as valuable an article as possible. When you're done researching, choose one article written by each influencer on your list to feature in your roundup post. #4: Write a Roundup Blog Post Now it's time to construct your roundup blog post. Use the following blog post structure to increase the likelihood of getting shares from the influencers you mention. Headline & Introduction Start with a strong headline to drive clicks to your blog. Here are some headline formulas you can adapt for your roundup: X Most Popular [TOPIC] Posts From the Pros in [MONTH/YEAR] X Most Popular [TOPIC] Posts From [JOB TITLE] in [MONTH/YEAR] X Most Popular [TOPIC] Posts That Will [DESIRED RESULT] X Most Popular [TOPIC] Posts That Will [DESIRED RESULT] in [DESIRED TIME] Next, tell your readers what they will learn from your article. Keep the introduction short, punchy and to the point. Featured Blog Mention Title and Rank: Start with the numbered position of the article (#1, #2, #3, etc.). Then add the original post title and the amount of shares it received. Images: Gather and insert the logo, an eye-catching image of the header from the featured blog and a screen grab of the Buzzsumo share count for the original blog post. Attribution: It's essential to fully credit the website that posted the original article and cite the author. For example: Original Article: 7 Strategies for Growing Your Community Blog (ProBlogger).

How to Choose the Best Comment System for Your Blog

How to Choose the Best Comment System for Your Blog

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Does your business have a blog? Do you allow comments? One of a blogger's toughest tasks is managing the discussions around posts, and determining which comments are valuable and which are spam. In this article I'll explore top blog commenting systems and the features that make them a great choice for your blog. Comment Moderation and Spam Whenever you post content, it is almost guaranteed you will receive some spam in your blog comments. People will submit comments that are completely irrelevant to the discussion to get exposure for themselves or drop a link to their website. Listen to this article: Remember, there is no comment system, plugin or tactic that will fully eliminate spam. Even if you require registration, people who want to leave spam will simply register and then leave spam comments. Requiring registration or using advanced commenting systems will reduce the amount of spam you receive. However, it may also lower the overall number of comments you receive. This is something to consider when you choose a blog comment system and configure your settings. #1: Base Comment Systems Offer Ease of Use Most blogging platforms such as WordPress, Blogger and Tumblr have a built-in commenting component. With Drupal, the default comment module must be enabled. Depending on your platform, the base comment system will allow you to configure options, such as whether people need to register for your website to comment or they can freely comment with their name, email and website address. The main reason to use the base comment system is that it doesn't involve any additions to your website. It is usually ready to go when you set up your website. The second reason is speed. A past study by Pingdom revealed that the base comment system on WordPress is faster than the top third-party comment systems. The downside of the base comment system on any blogging platform is that it will only have basic features. Advanced moderation functionality and spam-handling involves adding plugins to your website. For WordPress self-hosted websites, you can install plugins like Akismet, which uses algorithms to detect and automatically filter out spam. WordPress and Drupal users can also try Mollom, which works similarly to Akismet to help combat spam. Akismet is the more popular of the two, as it comes installed on most WordPress blogs. httpv://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-Fw0a3qHrf4 Most people will be familiar with the base commenting system from any of the top platforms. The only missing element for some comment authors on these systems are their photos, as only other bloggers will have images linked to their emails or accounts. #2: Facebook Comments Allow Direct Facebook Shares The second most-used commenting system is Facebook Comments, which is mostly due to the fact that Facebook is the most popular social media network. With 968 million daily active users, you can be assured that people who visit your blog will not only have a Facebook account, but will also be logged into it. Blog visitors can either choose to comment with a personal profile or use the drop-down menu by the Post button to use a Facebook business page instead. They will get notifications when their comment receives likes or replies through Facebook. This system will help you, as a blog owner and content creator, get to know the people who read and comment on your posts. Depending on the comment author's privacy settings, you will see the commenter's location, job title, school and other relevant information. Plus, there's a built-in social sharing option. Commenters can check a box to also post on Facebook, which allows them to quickly share your post to their Facebook audience while commenting. Facebook Comments are great for blogs where people won't mind being publicly linked to their comments. On the other hand, people may be less likely to comment with their photo and profile link on blogs that cover mo...

6 Collaboration Tools for Social Media Marketing Teams

6 Collaboration Tools for Social Media Marketing Teams

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you want to improve communication with your marketing team? Looking for tools to help? Collaboration tools make it easier for everyone on your team to stay on track with content creation, task assignment, and deadlines. In this article you'll discover six tools to help your social media team collaborate. Listen to this article: #1: Organize Content With Evernote Evernote is an app that allows you to organize content into notebooks, within which you have individual notes. You can add text, images, and files to notes and share them with other users. The app lets you turn your notes into PDFs or (for premium users) instant presentations. You can also add reminders to individual notes, which will sync with your Google Calendar. Add tags to make your notes easier to find. Evernote also has a chat function that allows you to exchange instant messages in real time with other members of your team. For business account users, you can access Evernote online through a program downloaded onto your computer or via their mobile app. This allows you to take your content with you on your mobile devices without any extra effort. Of course, your data is also accessible on your computer. Evernote's mobile app works just as well as Evernote itself. One handy mobile feature is that some functions are available even if you don't have Internet access. Though these functions are restricted, you can still access snippets of information when you really need it. You can set up offline notebooks so you can edit or review content without using data. Evernote's basic plan is free, but there are also paid business and premium plans available. The paid plans have the best features for social media teams, some of which are discussed above. The premium plan is $49.99 per year. #2: Share Files With Google Drive Google Drive allows you to create documents and share them with as many users as you'd like, including team members and clients. Everyone can leave notes and comments, and tag specific users to bring their attention to something. You can use track changes to see who is making what edits within the document. Plus, it's easier to share a link for the document than it is to email a large document file each time an edit is made. Google Drive can also be used as a scheduling tool. Create a schedule showing when content/posts are due or to be published (or both), who's responsible, and what the projects are. You can customize this schedule to fit your needs, including sections that highlight keywords to be used, what platforms the content will be shared on, and more. Google Drive is free for your first 15GB and doesn't require any additional software to install on a desktop, so you don't have to worry about who will or won't have access, as you do with Evernote. It also has a great mobile app, though substantial edits are often more time-consuming on mobile than on a desktop computer. #3: Oversee Projects With Basecamp Basecamp is a web-based project management tool that allows you to create to-do lists, share files, and communicate with your team on projects. Set deadlines for projects and checklists within your projects, so you can see what tasks need to be completed by which team members. You can invite users to individual boards and have discussions within the group. Basecamp has a Calendar feature that shows you what projects will be due soon. You can also review recent changes made to a project, so you never have to worry about missing anything. The tool's settings are highly customizable. For example, you can receive notifications when changes or updates are made for all projects or for only specific projects. Basecamp is ideal for teams that need to stay in touch to monitor projects with long timelines, but don't need to be in contact every few minutes or hours (which Slack is best for). When it comes to project management,

How to Use Facebook Custom Audiences for Increased Reach

How to Use Facebook Custom Audiences for Increased Reach

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Looking for new ways to reach people on Facebook? Have you explored custom audiences? Facebook custom audiences provide many ways to increase your chance of getting your content in front of the right people. In this article I'll share how to use Facebook custom audiences to increase visibility and reach. Listen to this article: #1: Upsell Products and Services While Facebook is an excellent place for branding or getting sales, one of the best uses for Facebook custom audiences is to upsell. Create a custom audience of everyone who recently purchased a specific product or service, and then target this audience with upsells. Think of it as replicating Amazon's high-converting People Who Bought This Also Bought section. For example, target people who recently purchased a MacAir via your website and upsell them MacAir accessories like a CD drive, airplane adapter, the Apple magic mouse and so on. If you offer website-related services, upsell logo overhauls and website speed improvement packages. Consultants could offer time-sensitive upgrades. Post something like, "Recently bought the starter package? Upgrade to the silver package within the next 72 hours and save 20%." #2: Target Traffic Sources Individually Create one landing page per traffic source, and then build custom remarketing lists for each landing page. Then create campaigns based on the URL people visited. To do this, go to Campaigns. Then select Audiences. Then click Custom Audience. Separate traffic sources with landing page URLs to create lookalike audiences for each platform. As a result, you can find out whether customers who came via Google are different from customers who came via Facebook, Bing, etc. Depending on your findings, you can customize ads to better address each target group. Once you set up one landing page per traffic source (e.g., one landing page for AdWords and one for Facebook ads), you can create a custom audience based on which page people visited. Create separate remarketing and cross-channel campaigns for each platform. For example, customize separate campaigns for people who visited your website via Facebook, via Google and via Twitter. #3: Refine Targeting With Audience Insights Audience Insights on Facebook can be used for more than just profiling people who currently like your page. For example, use Audience Insights to learn more about the characteristics of customers depending on what platform they visited prior to buying from you. Then, create one custom audience per platform. Next, use Audience Insights to learn more about your visitors. You will be able to create customer profiles, find additional targeting and come up with new split testing options by using that information. The information you retrieve for each custom audience looks like every other Audience Insights screen (except of course the information will be about your custom audience). The concept of learning more about people based on traffic sources can even be taken a step further by separating the campaign type. For instance, create custom audiences with people who visit your website through a Google or remarketing audience, as well as people who bought from you. The latter requires the installation of a conversion pixel. #4: Target Visitor Behavior Create custom ads and landing pages based on visitor behavior. Target behavioral patterns, such as what people bought and what pages they visited. Start with your custom audience, and narrow it down by interest and behavior. Fill out the audience with as many specifics as you like. For instance, target all customers who bought from you, reside in the U.S., travel frequently, often buy online and are interested in sports. Strategic split testing of behaviors and interests for custom audiences is easily overlooked. Most interests are surprisingly similar to behaviors and the other way around,

4 Ways to Improve Engagement With Hashtags

4 Ways to Improve Engagement With Hashtags

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you include hashtags in your social media posts? Want more traction from your hashtag campaigns? Adding hashtags to your campaigns can drive engagement with fans and followers, as well as attract new and prospective customers. In this article I'll share four ways to improve reach and engagement with hashtags. Why Hashtags Matter Since social media is social, it's important to participate in conversations on a variety of topics. Listen to this article: However, the virtual world does not give us body language cues, and it may be difficult to keep track of everything that's going on. This is especially important when it comes to interacting with hundreds or even thousands of people on social media. Instead of pleasant and engaging conversation, all you hear is noise. Hashtags help cut through all the noise. They connect your business with your audience and put it at the heart of conversations on social networks like Twitter, Instagram, Google+ and Facebook. #1: Align Hashtags With Your Brand Use a hashtag that aligns with your brand to reinforce the message your social, digital and traditional marketing send to your customers. Kit-Kat, the company behind the popular chocolate snack, does this particularly well. They use the hashtag #mybreak, which is in concert with their wider branding message, "Have a break, have a Kit-Kat." Kit-Kat's social media team reinforces the use of #mybreak. They favorite and retweet the social media posts of customers who use the hashtag. This engagement not only helps develop the relationship between Kit-Kat and their customers, but also more broadly extends the reach of the hashtag and Kit-Kat's branding. #2: Choose Hashtags Carefully In social media and in life, there's always the chance things won't work out exactly as planned. Your hashtag could possibly be hijacked, either by another brand or by activists with an axe to grind. Kit-Kat's #mybreak hashtag is unlikely to get hijacked. It's on-brand, and there's not a lot of online activism aimed at chocolate-wrapped wafers. When airline Qantas launched the hashtag #QantasLuxury, they hoped their business and first-class flyers would post about their dream luxury experience. Instead, the hashtag was hijacked by the far larger group of disgruntled Qantas passengers who fly economy class. Give each hashtag strong consideration before deploying it in a tweet or a post. Reflect with your team and colleagues, and ask advice from friends active on social networks about potential hashtags. While you can consider best-case scenarios (like Qantas envisioned), also be sure to consider potential worst-case situations. Choose a hashtag with the least risk of hijacking, so you can avoid a potential social media crisis. #3: Take Your Hashtag Offline Don't limit your business hashtags to only social media. It's important to use them as part of a wider branding strategy that includes offline and traditional media. For Coca-Cola’s 2015 Super Bowl campaign, the company launched the related hashtag #MakeItHappy. The hashtag populated the company's social media feeds on Facebook, Twitter, Instagram and YouTube. Plus, it appeared in television and print advertising, as well as in earned media online. Increase traction for your hashtag by using it away from your social networks. Small businesses can make it easy for their customers to share positive reviews and social comments about their experiences by encouraging the use of a hashtag. If you have a brick-and-mortar location, make sure your hashtag is displayed prominently near the point of sale, on your promotional flyers, print ads and every receipt. Online businesses should create clickable hashtags, encourage visitors to 'click to tweet' text including the hashtag and prominently display the hashtag on the company home page. Whether it's a physical or a digital business, the advice is the same.

Facebook for Local Business: Creative Ways to Grow

Facebook for Local Business: Creative Ways to Grow

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Is your local business on Facebook? Wondering how to market your business more effectively? To explore how to use Facebook in creative ways, I interview Anissa Holmes. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode, I interview Dr. Anissa Holmes, the author of Delivering WOW: How Dentists Can Build a Fascinating Brand and Achieve More, While Working Less! Her podcast is the Delivering WOW Dental podcast. She's a practicing dentist and teaches Facebook marketing courses for dentists. Anissa explores how local businesses can grow using Facebook. You'll discover why Facebook is more valuable for local businesses than review websites. Share your feedback, read the show notes, and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Facebook Marketing for Local Businesses Anissa's Story After practicing dentistry in the U.S. for several years, Anissa moved to her husband's home country of Jamaica in 2010 and started a new dental practice from scratch. She knew most dentists typically get 10 to 15 new patients per month through referrals, but with a startup practice in a totally different country, she decided to try promoting her new practice on Facebook. In early 2010, Anissa set up a Facebook business page and began sharing what happened in the practice each day, including behind-the-scenes snapshots and stories about how the practice's dental services were changing people's lives. Anissa's strategy worked. Her practice began getting 5 to 10 new patients a month. Anissa figured she was onto something and began buying Facebook ads. As the Facebook algorithm changed, she made adjustments. Her practice now spends about $500 a month on Facebook and those marketing efforts attract about 50 new patients every month. With such outstanding growth, the practice's revenue tripled, and Anissa's practice was able to pay for a new office with three times the space totally out of profits. The practice is debt-free and so is Anissa. She shares that this financial success and security is a result of the business growth she achieved through Facebook marketing. After dentists started asking Anissa how her practice was achieving those crazy results, last year Anissa created a Facebook course and began lecturing to dentists all over the world about Facebook. The journey has been interesting, Anissa says, and she attributes the success to Facebook. When new customers come in, they already know the practice and how it can solve their problems. They're already connected and ready to make a purchase. Listen to the show to learn more about Anissa's background. Why Local Businesses Need to Go Beyond Review Sites If your new customers hang out on Facebook, Anissa says, that's where you need to be. People aren't hanging out on Yelp or Google. Most people (including Anissa) check Facebook first thing in the morning, between daily tasks, and in the evening. That's why Facebook marketing needs to be your focus. Anissa says creating the right content is important. A lot of businesses post information about how great they are and share a lot of stock content, but Anissa says that really doesn't work. She stresses that local businesses need to share their story and what makes their business unique. For example, if you have a plumbing company, what are you offering that's different from everyone else? To compete with photos of kids, community happenings, and articles, Anissa creates engaging posts that connect with people and make them want to click, including content about community impact and what her practice does to change patients' lives. Anissa also shares testimonials.

Social media tips for marketing your business in the last 100 days of 2017

by laura wilmes @ Abstrakt Marketing Group | B2B Lead Generation Solutions

2017 has flown by, but there’s still time to make small changes that can lead to big improvements for your marketing strategy. Social media is something that’s relatively easy to fix quickly. Below you’ll find 5 tips for keeping your social media accounts working effectively and benefiting your company. Join the right conversations. Interaction with […]

The post Social media tips for marketing your business in the last 100 days of 2017 appeared first on Abstrakt Marketing Group | B2B Lead Generation Solutions.

5 Free Ways to Build Your Personal Brand on LinkedIn

5 Free Ways to Build Your Personal Brand on LinkedIn

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you want to build your visibility on LinkedIn? Wondering which LinkedIn features can help? LinkedIn can help you build a professional presence that showcases your work to the people you most want to connect with. In this article, you'll discover five free ways to help you build a personal brand on LinkedIn. Listen to this article: #1: Optimize Your LinkedIn Profile Your profile is the key component of your experience on LinkedIn. A complete profile shows you're actively participating in the LinkedIn ecosystem. Did you know that you can make your profile seven times more likely to be found in searches by adding a profile photo? Or that you can make your profile twelve times more likely to be found by showing your two most recent employment positions? The following tips will make a difference and help your LinkedIn profile pop: To start, add a professional profile picture. Your picture is your virtual handshake, so pick a friendly profile picture that aligns with your role. Choose a square profile picture, recommended at 400 x 400 pixels, and stay under 10 MB in file size. If either width or height exceeds 20,000 pixels, your photo will not upload. Next, create a distinctive LinkedIn profile headline. By default, the headline is your current employment position; however, you can customize it to demonstrate your expertise or vision for your role. Think of your headline as your brand's tagline. It's the first description many people will see, so make it count! Headlines should call upon the words and phrases your friends and colleagues use to uniquely describe you. For example, "trusted Mac expert" or "experienced admin assistant who never misses a deadline." In addition, use your LinkedIn background to communicate more about who you are and what you do. Think about blank billboards along the highway. Those are missed opportunities. The same could be said for your LinkedIn background photo (the photo that displays above your name and headline). Many LinkedIn members use stock photos, nature snapshots, or city skylines for the background image. However, you can use that space to do much more than show off your hometown. Use the background space for content stream promotions, miniature portfolios, credibility-building, publications, photos of you influencing others, and more. Identify your personal brand by using a photo to express an interest secondary to your résumé, but which points to your personal life or work ethic. Next, customize your LinkedIn URL and share it everywhere. For personal branding, attach everything on the web to your full name, and climb as high as you can in the search rankings. LinkedIn's vanity URLs can help you do just that. As a major website, LinkedIn has a high Google PageRank. Using a URL like this, linkedin.com/in/yourfullname, means you'll likely see your name rank pretty high, too. Tip: Add your personalized link to all other social streams, like your blog, email signature, online résumé, Twitter, Facebook, and LinkedIn SlideShare. Finally, tell your story using the Summary and Experience sections. Your LinkedIn profile should be more than a quick copy-and-paste of your résumé. The Summary is where you can share a bit more about your vision for your role or company. You can also include personal anecdotes about activities you enjoy outside work. Your Experience section should include a tidy list of the key positions you've held, and briefly explain your roles. You can also detail your educational background. Uploading rich media (videos, images, and presentations) and content you've created or produced as part of a team is a great way to bring your description to life. Tips: Use a keyword-rich approach that makes your profile easier to find. Take out overused words like motivated, passionate, responsible, creative, and driven. And add multimedia content to your profile from written posts on LinkedIn Publisher...

How to Create Custom Instagram Feeds

How to Create Custom Instagram Feeds

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you want an efficient way to stay in touch with your peers, customers and colleagues on Instagram? Have you considered creating custom feeds of their updates? There are tools that make it easy to organize your favorite Instagram accounts into feeds so you never miss an update again. In this article you'll discover how to use Mashfeed and Iconosquare to create customized Instagram feeds. Listen to this article: #1: Create Instagram Feeds With Mashfeed Mashfeed allows you to create your own custom feeds from Instagram, as well as from Twitter, YouTube and Facebook (even from accounts you don't follow). The app makes it easy to categorize your favorite accounts. Mashfeed is available for iPhone and you can download it from the App Store for free. Set Up a Feed When you first open the app, you need to create an account. Pick a username, enter a password and type in your email address. You're then prompted to add a photo, invite friends and follow suggested feeds, but you can skip these steps if you want. To create an Instagram feed, tap the + button in the top-right corner of the screen. In the field at the top, enter a name for your new feed. By default, the feed is public, but you can make it private by tapping Change. Then tap Add Ingredients. Now you're ready to add Instagram users or hashtags you'd like to follow. To do that, tap the Add User button. The first time you use the app, you'll be prompted to connect it to your Instagram account. Tap the Connect to Instagram button and then type in your username and password. After logging into your Instagram account, tap Authorize to allow Mashfeed to access it. Once you've successfully connected your Instagram account, you can start adding users and hashtags to your Instagram feed. To add a user, tap Add User and then tap on the username of the account you'd like to add. You can use the search box at the top of the screen to find specific users. If you want to view a user's profile before adding the account to your Instagram feed, tap the eye icon to the right of the username. When you're finished adding users to your feed, tap Done in the top-right corner of the screen. View Your Feeds To view all of the Instagram feeds you've created, tap the Home button at the bottom of the screen. Then tap on the Instagram feed you want to view. You'll then see the most recent content from the accounts within that Instagram feed. Like Iconosquare, you can heart Instagram posts within the app. If you tap a username within your feed, here are some additional tasks you can do: Unfollow the account. Add the account to another Instagram feed you've created. View all of the posts from that Instagram account. Unlike Iconosquare, Mashfeed doesn't allow you to comment directly through your Instagram feeds, which is a frustrating limitation of the app. That said, many other third-party apps (including Iconosquare) use Instagram's API to allow users to post comments outside of Instagram's native environment. So hopefully this functionality will make its way into a future update of the Mashfeed app. #2: Create Instagram Feeds With Iconosquare Iconosquare is an online tool that provides metrics about your Instagram followers for free. You can also use it to create Instagram feeds you can view through your desktop or smartphone browser. Here's how to get started. Set Up a Group First, you need to create an Iconosquare account. In the top-right corner of the home page, click the Sign in With Instagram button. Once you've signed into your Instagram account, you'll be redirected to the Iconosquare dashboard. Next, you need to create groups to organize the accounts you follow. To do this, click the My Followings tab at the top of the dashboard. Now hover over the circle below any accounts you're following and on the pop-up menu, click New Group.

How to Manage Your Facebook Page Effectively

How to Manage Your Facebook Page Effectively

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you manage at least one Facebook business page? Are you using all the admin features? Facebook pages include many tools to help marketers and business owners get the most out of their business presence. In this article I'll share how to use Facebook's features, tools and settings to manage your business page effectively. Listen to this article: #1: Access Your Facebook Pages There are a few ways to access your Facebook pages. To see all of the pages you are linked to as an administrator, editor, moderator, advertiser or analyst, go to your Pages bookmarks. From there, click on the link to the page you want. To use your Facebook page to like other Facebook pages or comment on posts, click to log in as your page. Plus, select the settings wheel icon to add specific pages to your favorites in the left sidebar of your Facebook screen. Alternatively, access your pages using the drop-down arrow in the menu at the top of your Facebook screen. #2: Navigate Your Page Menu At the top of your Facebook page, there's a menu to direct you to the main features of your page. You should see this menu when logged in as your personal profile or as your page. The first item in the menu, Page, will take you back to your Facebook page from your Messages, Notifications, Insights, Publishing Tools and Settings. Here are the rest of the features. Engage With Users Privately Through Messages If you'd like, enable Messages in your General page settings. This will allow Facebook users to send private messages to your page. Note: You can only reply to messages your page has received. You cannot send messages (as your page) to people who have not messaged you. A great feature in Messages is saved replies. Create a template for common responses you can easily personalize to send through your page's private messaging. Click on any of your messages create a new reply. Check Notifications for Recent Engagement Notifications give you a quick summary of people who have engaged with your page, as well as their interaction. If someone asks for your contact information using a prompt on your Facebook page, like the one shown below, you'll find it in Requests under the Notifications section. See a full timeline of activity related to your page, including when other people or pages mention your page and when others share your page's posts, under the Notifications section in Activity. Review Your Analytics With Insights Insights are your Facebook page's analytics. This is where you'll learn more about your fan page audience growth and engagement. Insights show you which page posts get the most engagement, and whether your fans match your ideal customer base (age ranges, gender and location). Plus, learn how people discover your page by clicking the Visits tab. Schedule and Publish Posts Through Publishing Tools The Publishing Tools feature lets you create Facebook updates to be published immediately, schedule posts to be published at a future time and draft posts to save for later. To publish a status, photo, video, offer, event or milestone immediately, go to the Published Posts section and click the Create button at the top right. To schedule a status, photo or video post, go to the Scheduled Posts section and click the Create button at the top right. Use the drop-down next to the Publish button to get schedule, backdate or draft options. Be sure to review your analytics on the Published Posts tab as well. Search by keyword for specific updates to see their statistics. In addition to reach, it includes the name of the application used to publish the post to your page. Use this data to see which posts have the most engagement, and determine if posts shared through your page have more reach than those shared through third-party tools. #3: Configure Page Settings Your page's settings allow you to control everything from visibi...

5 Ways to Use Storytelling in Your Social Media Marketing

5 Ways to Use Storytelling in Your Social Media Marketing

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you want to use storytelling in your social media marketing? Are you looking for inspiration? Building your social media campaigns around stories helps you stand out from other brands, and grab the attention of consumers. In this article you'll discover five ways to use storytelling in your social media marketing. Listen to this article: #1: Pay Attention to Story Structure Freytag's pyramid is a powerful storytelling framework used in a variety of creative works from Aesop's Fables to Shakespeare's plays. This structure splits the story into five narrative arcs, evoking various emotional reactions from your audience. These arcs include the inciting moment, the complication or rising action, the climax (or turning point), the reversal or falling action and the moment of release. In your storytelling you can follow the steps in Freytag's pyramid or use them in parts, but the approach helps you make an emotional connection with your consumers. In 2014 Jaguar launched a high-suspense campaign with David Beckham in China, targeting local social networks WeChat and Weibo. Before revealing Beckham as the brand ambassador, the campaign asked consumers to guess Mr. Jaguar's identity. Jaguar released street interviews and videos to build suspense. They also dropped hints throughout the campaign to get consumer traction. The exercise was highly successful and drew 50,000 reposts when it started. An additional 30,000 reposts came in after David Beckham was introduced as the ambassador. #2: Sequence Your Ads to Create Stories According to the recently published The Power of Storytelling from Facebook IQ, online storytelling on social media can have a direct impact on in-store purchases. As an experiment, Refinery29 tested Facebook ads that were sequenced like stories. Overall, the experiment yielded a 56% conversion lift and an 87% rise in view-throughs. Refinery29 also saw a 7% increase in in-store purchases and a 10% increase in online purchases. Deliver sequenced Facebook ads that combine quality content with a strong call to create a social media-led storytelling campaign like this one. #3: Align Your Story with Audience Values A belief ecosystem allows you to move away from product-oriented branding to a more lifestyle or customer value-oriented branding. This is a natural fit for social media where businesses need to define a niche target group (the first believers), develop a brand communication strategy (giving consumers a simple and clear reason to believe) and create online and offline spaces for brand reach and to share stories. This approach is effective because it allows you to sharpen your brand identity, creating strong competitive differentiation and higher price flexibility. This, in turn, has a direct impact on your bottom line. In 2014 Daimler's smart division launched a campaign for the FOR lifestyle brand. As Daimler explains, "'FOR' stands for a constructive, positive and optimistic outlook that can change the world." The company set up a special portal to aggregate social content for the #WhatAreYouFOR campaign hashtag. httpv://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SB_0vRnkeOk Another component was an offline campaign centered on pedestrian safety. A key element was the Dancing Traffic Light Manikin, which entertained and asked customers, "What are you for?" This approach helped solidify smart's positioning as a consumer lifestyle choice: a green city car that cares about the world. The customer experience was the central pull for smart's campaign. This was in stark contrast to the pre-2013 online positioning of smart cars that talked more about product features than value. The FOR brand campaign also clearly differentiated smart cars from Daimler's performance-oriented cars. #4: Tell Local Stories With powerful social media reach (1 in 7 people in the world are on Facebook) and democratization of the narrative,

Building a Business on the Back of Interviews

Building a Business on the Back of Interviews

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you interview people for your blog or podcast? Want to discover different ways to repurpose those interviews? To explore how he built his business through expert interviews, I interview Nathan Chan. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode, I interview Nathan Chan, the founder, CEO, and publisher of Foundr Magazine, a paid digital magazine that profiles well-known entrepreneurs. He's built a huge following of almost 1 million Instagram fans and 300,000 email subscribers. He's also launched a new book, Foundr V1.0: Everything you need to know about starting and building a successful business, from the world's most influential entrepreneurs. Nathan shares his interviewing process. You'll discover how Nathan used expert interviews to build his business. Share your feedback, read the show notes, and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Building a Business on the Back of Interviews The Start of Foundr In 2013, Nathan was working in IT support at a travel company. He loved the company culture, but the work wasn't a fit. As he searched for something more fulfilling to do, he noticed that the major business magazines, of which he was a fan, were difficult for him to relate to. His life wasn't like the lives of the people on a Forbes billionaire list. Nathan started his magazine with about $3,000 and a goal of filling the gap between major business magazine content and entrepreneurs like himself. He wanted to speak to aspiring young entrepreneurs (he was 26 years old at the time) and provide in-depth content about what it takes to build a successful business. Nathan says that podcasts inspired this vision for his magazine, too. Podcasts were becoming increasingly popular, featured stories about relatable people, and could cover a topic in depth. Four months into producing the magazine, Nathan and his startup magazine faced a major roadblock. A large business magazine sued Nathan's startup magazine for trademark infringement. Luckily, Nathan says, the rebranding of the magazine resulted in the name Foundr, which is a better fit. Listen to the show to learn more about how Nathan responded to the lawsuit by improving the magazine's branding. The Business Model Foundr has three main sources of revenue: magazine subscriptions, the membership site, and courses. The magazine subscription is $2.99/month or $21.99/year and is available through the iTunes and Google Play stores. Across monthly and yearly subscriptions, Foundr has 20,000 monthly readers. On the Foundr membership site, subscribers have access to premium content, an online community, and exclusive training. In addition to the main revenue sources, Foundr includes a bit of sponsorship and advertising. Listen to the show to discover the similarities between what Nathan and I do. Nathan's Interviewing Process Nathan has interviewed successful entrepreneurs including Richard Branson, founder of Virgin; Steve Case, founder of AOL; Arianna Huffington, founder of Huffington Post; Gary Vaynerchuk; Barbara Corcoran; Tim Ferriss; Robert Herjavec; Jessica Livingston, founder of Y Combinator; and others. Much of Nathan's interview preparation involves his day-to-day reading about and listening to the topics, brands, and people Foundr covers. He regularly looks at Facebook, reads what's happening in TechCrunch and Mashable, and follows podcasts to see what they're doing and whom they're interviewing. To help find guests, he looks for people who have books coming out or otherwise need press. By consuming a lot of content, Nathan is aware of what's happening in his space and how to guide the i...

6 Tips to Get Your Business Started on Social Media

6 Tips to Get Your Business Started on Social Media

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you want to create a business presence on social media? Looking for tips to get started? Setting up a good foundation on social media can help you build visibility and connections for your business. In this article you'll discover six tips to get your business started on social media. Listen to this article: #1: Create Profiles on Multiple Social Platforms Social media-friendly businesses don't simply create a Facebook page or Twitter account and leave it at that. They target multiple platforms, including LinkedIn, Instagram, Pinterest and perhaps even Tumblr, too. From the outside, it may seem unnecessary to have an account on each of these channels, but from an SEO perspective, it absolutely is. When potential clients do a Google search for your business name, you want them to see a full list of your social media profiles in addition to your website. Chances are they'll click through to read your reviews, see how many followers you have and maybe (hopefully) even ask a question. KnowEm is a quick, easy way to find out if your business name is available on specific social networks. Enter your business name in the search box, and the tool will search for your name across different platforms. There's also a special category for business networks. #2: Fill Out Your Profiles Completely It's important to fill out your social profiles completely. Incomplete or inactive social media business profiles give visitors little reason to like or follow your business. And inactivity is likely to have the same effect. You'd be surprised how many social profiles are incomplete or inactive for months on end. When filling out your social profiles, keep these questions in mind: What will people gain by following you? Remember that people are busy, so you need to give them a reason to follow you. Do your profile summaries and descriptions include the who, what, where and why of your business? Also, make sure that your contact information is clearly visible. #3: Allow Blog Comments Commenting systems such as Facebook Comments, Livefyre and Disqus make it easy for people to interact with your content through social media. Each system has its advantages. Livefyre is ideal if you want to encourage discussion. It's used by popular websites like Hootsuite, CNET and New York Magazine. Disqus gives you strong moderation features, requiring users to create an account prior to posting comments. It's a great choice for business bloggers. Facebook Comments is the best choice if you get most of your engagement through Facebook, and it allows for direct Facebook shares. #4: Add Share Buttons to Your Blog The easier you make it for visitors to share your content, the more likely it that they'll share your content. That's why it's important for blogs to have social media sharing buttons installed. Include share buttons on your blog posts, home page, landing pages and anywhere else that provides value to visitors. For articles or other high-value content, try placing share buttons at the top, bottom and side of the page. #5: Connect With Your Followers Don't forget that social media is all about being social. If you only post about your products and services in an attempt to generate sales, you'll likely hear crickets in return. Your message won't be heard on social media unless you're actively speaking with people. It's not necessary to reply to every comment of course, but at least try to stimulate engagement by responding to questions or providing further value when and where you can. This is called proactive engagement, and it should be an important part of your business's social media plan. Follow these key guidelines when interacting with customers through social media: Show some personality. Be lighthearted and humorous, but also serious when it really matters. People buy from people, so the more you show your brand's human side,

DHS chief shifting agency resources, hoping to hire more social workers

by Bob Fisher @ AM-1300 KGLO — Your Hometown News Station

DES MOINES — The director of the largest agency in state government says he’s trying to streamline office functions to free up money he could use to hire more social workers. Jerry Foxhoven has been director of the Iowa Department of Human Services since mid-June. He says many of the agency’s current social workers lack

Video Blogging: How to Create Consistent YouTube Content

Video Blogging: How to Create Consistent YouTube Content

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you create videos to promote your business? Have you considered starting a regular video blog? To explore vlogging, I interview Amy Schmittauer. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode, I interview Amy Schmittauer, an online video expert. She founded Vlog Boss Studios and regularly produces awesome content for her YouTube channel, Savvy Sexy Social. She's also the author of the brand-new book, Vlog Like a Boss: How to Kill It Online with Video Blogging. Amy explores how video blogging can help your business. You'll discover what you need to start your own video blog. Share your feedback, read the show notes, and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Vlog Like a Boss What Is Vlogging? The term vlog builds off the word blog, and a vlog is simply a blog in video form. In a vlog, you can share anything you might do in a blog post, such as a tutorial or a story from your life. Consistency is best for vlogging. If you post a vlog here and there, you won't gain much traction. Amy says most vlogs that do well have a regular schedule. I ask Amy about how using YouTube for vlogging is different from the other ways people use YouTube. Amy says the purpose of a vlog is to help people discover you. Videos that may be suitable for YouTube but that don't help people discover you, such as a product commercial or an introduction to your company, don't make great vlog posts. To be discovered, think of the users who are searching for a concern, a specialty, or the answer to a question. Think about what a potential customer or audience member might want to know, create a video about the topic, and upload it to YouTube. Listen to the show to discover Amy's thoughts about vlogging on mobile apps like Snapchat and Instagram, which have video and social. Amy's Vlog When Amy launched Savvy Sexy Social, she was just getting started as a social media marketer. She thought teaching people the best way to do things on social media would to attract an audience and potential clients. She wanted her vlog to be informative and fun. She didn't want social media to feel like a chore. To juggle her content marketing with her client work, Amy says she scheduled her vlog posts to appear three days a week but she created the week's videos all in one day. She would pick three topics (which could be an app, a product, or a general social media tip), record the videos sitting in front of her bookshelf, and then edit and schedule them for the rest of the week. Amy emphasizes that people didn't have to know who she was to find her videos via search. They just needed to have a question about a topic in her videos. For instance, Amy created a video about a hack to make tweets a little longer. She thought the topic was something new that people didn't know much about, and the video became one of her popular vlog posts. The video's headline focused on the Twitter tip but the video also introduced viewers to Amy. httpv://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OJRp22IXqXY Amy shares the simple vlog format she used for a long time. She introduced her topic, delivered information about the topic that her viewers would value, and gave an actionable item that would give them results right away. Then she wrapped up with, "By the way, I'm Amy. Hope you can subscribe and stay tuned." In the last year, Amy says she's been having fun with her format so her community could get to know her a little more personally. For instance, throughout January, she documented the journey of launching a book. This approach was more of a lifecasting vlog, but her audience was learning through Amy's experience.

Podcasting for Business: Why Marketers Are Betting on Podcasts

Podcasting for Business: Why Marketers Are Betting on Podcasts

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Have you considered starting a podcast? Would you like to discover how to use a podcast to grow your business? To explore why marketers are placing big bets on podcasting, I interview Jay Baer and Joe Pulizzi. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode I interview Jay Baer and Joe Pulizzi. Jay is the host of the Social Pros podcast and Jay Today. He's also the man behind MarketingPodcasts.com. His company is Convince & Convert. Joe podcasts at This Old Marketing and Content Inc. He's the founder of the Content Marketing Institute and the man behind the Content Marketing World conference. Jay, Joe and I explore how podcasting has evolved since we all started. You'll discover how podcasting can help your business, how to work with sponsors and more. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. How to subscribe/review on iPhone. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Podcasting for Business Why Joe and Jay started podcasts Joe, who has been podcasting since November 2013, explains how encouragement and research led him to start a podcast. His company did a gap analysis to find out the biggest difference in tactics between the most and least effective marketing professionals. Two tactics—books and podcasts—are the factors that made the difference. He noticed the audio version of his book Epic Content Marketing really took off, so he figured there must be something to audio. Joe shares how his and Robert Rose's podcast evolved. Joe recalls how once after their weekly phone call about what was going on in content marketing, he said, "We should have recorded that." Robert asked, "Why don't we?" They launched This Old Marketing the following week. Jay started podcasting in January 2012, and just finished the third season of his Social Pros podcast, which totals about 150 episodes. Jay explains that Tristin Handy, who was director of marketing at Argyle Social at the time, said, "Did you ever think about doing a podcast? We should do a podcast." And Jay thought, "No and okay." They got together and decided to create a show that paid attention to the unsung heroes of social media. Jay says it's grown far beyond the expectations he had for it at the beginning. Listen to the show to discover which podcasts I listened to when I started the Social Media Marketing podcast. How podcasting helps their businesses When Joe looked at the behaviors of those who attend Content Marketing World, he realized his core customers engage in at least three different content vehicles, such as the newsletter, magazine and/or webinars. It's the third thing that's the tipping point, so he figured the audio content could be what gets people to the event. Jay says the Social Pros podcast allows them to spotlight their corporate clients, as well as interview potential future clients. Podcasting has become a strong lead-generation business strategy. It's also helped Jay from a personal branding and awareness perspective, because it positions him (and his company) as a leader in the field. Listen to the show to hear how podcasting builds customer loyalty. Their new ventures Joe's releasing a new book called Content Inc., which will be out in time for Content Marketing World in September. Rather than just doing a book, he's creating a platform. "If it's important enough to be a book, it's important enough to be a bigger media property," Joe explains. "You can launch an entire platform off of a podcast." The Content Inc. podcasts are 7-10 minutes long, and reuse and repurpose his other content. Jay recently launched Jay Today,

Customer Service: The Key to Delivering Experiences Worth Talking About

Customer Service: The Key to Delivering Experiences Worth Talking About

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you believe that you provide good customer service? Are you wondering why customer service is so important to your business? To learn how service and social media tie together, I interview John DiJulius for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview John DiJulius, the author of What's The Secret: To Providing a World-Class Customer Experience. He's worked with companies such as the Ritz-Carlton, Lexus, Starbucks, Nordstrom, Panera Bread and many others. He's a leading expert on customer service. John shares the importance of customer service and why the first experience counts. You'll discover the business benefits of good customer service, who your customer is and how service plays online. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Customer Service How John first discovered the importance of customer service John explains that he first discovered the importance of customer service through necessity, when he opened a hair salon with his wife around 21 years ago. They knew that they wanted to be different from every other hair salon in their area. This meant that they wanted to create an experience like no other. With his first book, Secret Service, he originally wanted to name it "Mastering a Norm Factor" from the TV program Cheers but he couldn't get the rights. John not only wanted their regular customers, but also the ones who only came in twice a year, to feel like the character Norm. The book is based around systems that they use behind the scenes to obtain customer intelligence to be able to personalize the experience. Although 20 years later John is no longer in the business, he still owns it. He's just finished his third book; his business, the DiJulius Group, has grown; and he now gets to travel the world to share what "secret service" really is. You'll hear one of the great examples that they used in the hair salons that the customers weren't aware of, but the staff knew what it meant for the customer. Listen to the show to hear other examples of how you can differentiate your first-time customers from returning customers, and give each one a different experience. Why the first customer experience is so important John states that people aren't actual customers until they've tried you out. That's why their first experience with you is so important. It can even take 3 or 4 experiences before they become a customer. You have to give them an opportunity to give you a second chance. It's essential that you make them feel comfortable and create an emotional connection with them. John says that there are certain non-negotiables that need to happen. When you're face-to-face with the customer, you need to provide the 5 Es (the first 3 only take 1 second each simultaneously to do). Eye contact Enthusiastic greeting Ear-to-ear smile Engage them Educate them Listen to the show to find out why it's so important to deliver one secret service at every encounter. The business benefits of good customer service John explains that there is empirical data that looks at companies in the top 5% for customer satisfaction versus everyone else in that industry over a 7- or 10-year period. It doesn't matter what industry it is—studies show that they have higher sales growth from year to year. This includes more referrals and customers who are more loyal to the brand and less price-sensitive. What really jumps out in the studies is that these companies have higher emplo...

Creating Advanced Facebook Custom Audiences Using Google Tag Manager

Creating Advanced Facebook Custom Audiences Using Google Tag Manager

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Are you looking for advanced ways to build Facebook audiences for retargeting? Do you know you can combine Google Tag Manager with Facebook Pixel Events? To explore the value of using these tools together, I interview Chris Mercer. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode, I interview Chris Mercer, an analytics expert who specializes in helping marketers measure and optimize their marketing. His course is called Master the Fundamentals of Google Tag Manager. You can find him at MeasurementMarketing.io. Chris explores how to use Google Tag Manager to take your Facebook retargeting to the next level. You'll discover how to create and use Facebook Pixel Events in your Facebook marketing. Share your feedback, read the show notes, and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Facebook Pixel Events and Google Tag Manager Chris's Story Chris, who has a background in sales and marketing, left corporate America to investigate online business. Five or six years ago, he started a site called WP Training Videos. The site was designed to help people understand and learn WordPress, but after customers requested help with building websites, the company's business model changed. To learn about analytics, Chris installed Google Analytics and set up tracking on opt-in and lead generation forms. When he showed his analytics to a client, the client stopped asking about changing the website design and wanted to learn more about tracking results. Chris soon had more clients who were interested in analytics, and about four or five years ago, the business pivoted again. Chris's business became Measurement Marketing, which is dedicated to making Google Analytics more accessible to the masses. His clients were often people who installed Google Analytics but didn't know how to use it. Today, Chris works with marketers, marketing teams, and agencies. He shows them what's important to measure, helps them build measurement machines, and shares what to do with the data they collect. Listen to the show to discover one of the biggest struggles for marketers. What Is Google Tag Manager? Google Tag Manager is a tool that was designed to solve an enterprise-level problem. The problem arose about 10 years ago when this new upstart, Facebook, started putting out pixels (snippets of code to copy and paste on a site) that enabled marketers to track things online. It was revolutionary at the time. After the Facebook pixel arrived, large businesses had to figure out how to bridge the gap between marketing and IT. To add the code to web pages, marketing had to submit IT help desk tickets, because IT developers were the only people allowed to mess with the website. As a result, IT departments developed bottlenecks and couldn't focus on the right projects, and marketing teams couldn't get the pixels on the pages fast enough. By the time IT added a pixel to a page, the campaign that marketing wanted to measure had been over for eight weeks. Tag Manager was created to solve that problem. Marketing teams can use it to put out individual snippets of tracking code (for instance, a Facebook remarketing or conversion pixel) that they can use at any point without having to involve developers. Tag Manager gives marketers granular control over their measurement and tracking. I ask about the difference between Google Tag Manager and Google Analytics, and Chris explains Google Analytics does three main things. It collects its data, stores the data, and builds reports based on the data. Google Tag Manager replaces Google Analytics' ability to collect its own data. Tag Manager collects the data and sends it to Google Analytics so it can stor...

Snapchat Marketing: What Businesses Need to Know

Snapchat Marketing: What Businesses Need to Know

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Are you on Snapchat? Do you use it for marketing? To learn how to use Snapchat for your business, I interview Gary Vaynerchuk and Shaun McBride. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode I interview Gary Vaynerchuk, the CEO of VaynerMedia, host of the AskGaryVee Show and author of Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook, and Shaun McBride, also known as Shonduras, a celebrity on Snapchat and artist. Shaun is one of Snapchat's power users and has represented brands like Disney and Taco Bell on the platform. Gary and Shaun will share what marketers need to know about Snapchat. You'll discover why marketers are using Snapchat and how to use it for your business. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. How to subscribe/review on iPhone. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Snapchat Marketing Why marketers use Snapchat Gary believes marketers need to be where people are paying attention. As a platform, Snapchat has the attention of 15- to 25-year-olds in America. If that's the demographic you're trying to reach, you need to be on Snapchat. A bonus of Snapchat is that the grounds are very fertile, Gary adds. It's so new, brands haven't "ruined it yet." According to Shaun, a lot of people think that since Snapchat content disappears, it's not valuable. He says that's not the case. On many social media platforms, viewers scroll through content quickly. And even though those posts will be there forever, viewers will never see it again. Marketers are only grasping for 50% of users' attention at a time, and those users never look back. Snapchat users can't look back. However, marketers have 100% of their audience's attention for the length of the content's life. Shaun explains that on Snapchat, you send out pictures or videos for a certain number of seconds (1 to 10). As the consumer, you absorb that content and then it disappears off your screen. Your never see it again, unless you screenshot the frame of a movie or a picture, which gets reposted. Gary believes the younger generation gravitates toward Snapchat, because parents have infiltrated Facebook and now Instagram. "Snapchat created a haven that parents didn't know about," Gary explains. "Plus, the content itself just disappeared. The holy grail for teenagers." Listen to the show to hear Gary's 80s analogy for Snapchat. What marketers are doing on Snapchat Shaun uses Snapchat to involve and engage his fans in projects. For example, Shaun created a Jurasnap Park, playing off of Jurassic Park, full of all of his friends. He invited them to take a selfie, draw themselves into a dinosaur and send it to him. He then took screenshots and reposted all the dinosaur snaps of his fans for the world to see. They felt involved because it was a group project, rather than a project he just did on his own. Gary explains that what Shaun did with his Snapchat story is a way your business can interact with everyone who follows you, instead of just engaging one to one. Creative people think of stories in a linear sense, Gary shares. They put out 7 to 15 collections of images to tell a 150-second story instead of just one 10-second story. Depending on how you want to tell a story, Snapchat offers options. You can share a long narrative, like snapping your entire night at the Super Bowl, or just add one snap at a time. Snapchat has enormous creative potential if you understand context. Shaun created a platform for himself, Gary adds. Many people engage with Shaun because he gives back. Some enjoy getting acknowledgement from somebody they deem famous. Others are building their own profiles and engaging wi...

Content Marketing Success: Why Answering Questions Sells

Content Marketing Success: Why Answering Questions Sells

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you want more sales? Is content marketing a part of your strategy? To explore how to create content that sells, I interview Marcus Sheridan. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode, I interview Marcus Sheridan, a blogger, podcaster, and keynote speaker who specializes in content and inbound marketing. He's known as "The Sales Lion," and is the author of the brand-new book, They Ask You Answer: A Revolutionary Approach to Inbound Sales, Content Marketing, and Today's Digital Consumer. Marcus explores how to market and sell with content. You'll discover how the right content can overcome buyers' fears. Share your feedback, read the show notes, and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Content Marketing Success Marcus' Story Marcus began learning about content marketing during the 2008 market crash. Within 48 hours, his swimming pool business, River Pools, lost a quarter of a million dollars after five clients pulled their deposits. By January 2009, three consultants had suggested filing for bankruptcy. However, if Marcus filed, he and his partners would lose their homes and their 16 employees would lose their jobs. Marcus knew he had to generate more trust, traffic, leads, and sales than ever, and he had no money to do it. So he looked at the Internet. Marcus read all about inbound marketing, content, and blogging. He learned that addressing his prospects' questions, issues, fears, worries, and concerns on the business website could help the business be successful. In March 2009, Marcus told his two business partners that the company needed to live by a new philosophy: "They Ask. You Answer." Marcus brainstormed all of the questions he'd ever been asked and found that the major questions were often ones businesses don't like to answer online. Committed to the new philosophy, however, Marcus began writing blog posts about customers' questions, including the good, the bad, and the ugly. The company became committed to answering questions more consistently and transparently than anybody in their space. Listen to the show to discover how this new approach transformed the website's traffic, leads, and sales. Online Content Overload Now that many websites have taken the same approach to content that Marcus did, I ask Marcus what advice he would give to any business owner concerned that approaches to website content have changed. Marcus says he's really bothered when businesses assume they shouldn't share their philosophies or content because they think everything has already been said. Those businesses are letting other people in their industry create the content. Business leaders also think they shouldn't share content because their content isn't amazing. Marcus disagrees and notes that initially his writing and video content were bad. However, he kept going and now his content is good. Listen to the show to hear what false idea Marcus says everyone believes. The Five Subjects That Make a Difference In any industry, Marcus says buyers want to discuss five subjects as they research a company, product, or service online, and addressing these subjects on your website will help you reach your marketing goals. Cost questions Problems questions (what the drawbacks and issues are) Comparisons (your product versus another) Best of (for example, the best marketing automation software) Reviews However, Marcus finds that businesses don't like to talk about these topics on their websites. As a result, they lose customers. Most people research cost online before they buy and get frustrated when they can't find that informa...

Iowa groups join ‘Clean It Up Tyson’ campaign

by Bob Fisher @ AM-1300 KGLO — Your Hometown News Station

DES MOINES — The Iowa Environmental Council, the Des Moines Water Works and 18 central Iowa businesses have joined a coalition urging Tyson Foods to adopt new land-use rules for producers who supply livestock to Tyson slaughtering plants. “Unfortunately, the meat industry is currently driving production practices of feed grains that pollute our waterways with

SEO Company in Seatonville IL – Find More Customers and Leads

by Humband @ Local seo news

Ways To Improve Your Day With Google Search Engine Positioning Seatonville IL We even make extra expert recommendations to your internet site to increase scores and conversions.One manner is not higher than they other we occur to offer a customised carrier to fewer customers. For less expensive neighborhood search engine optimization services Seatonville IL, this… Continue reading SEO Company in Seatonville IL – Find More Customers and Leads

Artykuł SEO Company in Seatonville IL – Find More Customers and Leads pochodzi z serwisu Local seo news.

7 Pinterest Tools for Marketers

7 Pinterest Tools for Marketers

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you use Pinterest for your business? Looking for time-saving tools? Many tools and services can streamline the way you find and pin content to Pinterest. In this article I'll share seven Pinterest tools for marketers. Listen to this article: #1: Trigger Pin Posting With IFTTT IFTTT (If This Then That) is a free service that lets you automate tasks between two different platforms (apps, tools, social networks, etc.) by creating recipes. Use Pinterest to trigger tasks based on when you like any pin on Pinterest from your profile or when you post a pin to your profile. Plus, set up triggers from other channels that will lead to pinning an image to a specified board on Pinterest. For example, set up a recipe to take any image you add to your Instagram profile and pin it to a specific board on your Pinterest profile. Another option is to set up a recipe that automatically shares new pins or pins you like to other social networks, such as your Facebook page. IFTTT has more than 200 channels. Look for those that are image-centric to see which ones you can combine with some smart automations for Pinterest. #2: Pin on the Go With the Pinterest App The Pinterest mobile app for iOS and Android devices allows you to add images to your Pinterest boards from anywhere at any time. Also use the app to share photos you take with your smartphone to your Pinterest boards. With the Pinterest app, you don't have to wait until you get back to your computer to pin something you find online or see in real life. #3: Schedule Pins With Buffer Do you schedule social media updates through Buffer? Now you can use it to schedule pins to your Pinterest boards as well. Connect your Pinterest account, and then create a schedule for when you would like pins to be published on your Pinterest profile. Then you can find and add pins to share to your Pinterest profile through your Buffer dashboard. There's also a Google Chrome extension for Buffer. Buffer will fetch the images from the URL you want to share, so you can quickly schedule the right image to pin to your Pinterest board. Buffer starts at $10 per month for 12 social profiles, 200 scheduled posts and 2 team members. #4: Find Inspiring Pins With ViralTag If you like the functionality of Buffer-style scheduling and queuing of posts, but you need some inspiration for things to share, try ViralTag. This platform connects with Twitter, Facebook, LinkedIn, Pinterest, Instagram and Tumblr. Unlike Buffer, ViralTag allows you to create one sharing schedule for all connected accounts as opposed to creating a schedule for each connected account. ViralTag separates itself from Buffer in its ability to import feeds, allowing you to check other image-centric networks for inspiration, presented in thumbnail format. Another unique feature is that you can select multiple images from your feed sources and bulk-schedule them to your Pinterest and other connected accounts all at once. Schedule to more than one Pinterest board, as well. ViralTag starts at $29 per month for 10 connected accounts, visual content discovery and up to five RSS feeds for inspiration. #5: Automate Pin Publishing With Sendible If you want to automate publishing pins to Pinterest, you may want to try Sendible. Sendible allows you to connect RSS feeds to your account and automatically publish news feed items to more than 20 social networks, blogging platforms and bookmarking sites simultaneously. Choose to publish the pins immediately or add them to a queue to publish at times you specify. Sendible will automatically select the image from the URL selected, so there are no additional steps to take. Sendible starts at $39 per month for 15 connected accounts, RSS automation and brand monitoring. Note that RSS feeds also count as a connection. #6: Create and Schedule Pins With Tailwind

SEO Services Richland SC – Cheap prices SEO package

by Vick1974 @ South Carolina – The seo agency

Best Web Seo Company Richland SC Cheet Sheet It ought to always be result-pushed. The purpose is there’s a scarcity of savvy internet entrepreneurs and all and sundry who is any desirable does no longer want to cold call. net entrepreneurs must be proper at, ahem, advertising . this can assist you determine what it… Continue reading SEO Services Richland SC – Cheap prices SEO package

Artykuł SEO Services Richland SC – Cheap prices SEO package pochodzi z serwisu The seo agency.

Facebook Messenger Marketing: What Marketers Need to Know

Facebook Messenger Marketing: What Marketers Need to Know

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you want to communicate with your customers via Facebook Messenger? Wondering how Facebook Messenger bots and Messenger ads can help? To explore this topic, I interview Molly Pittman. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode, I interview Molly Pittman, the vice president of marketing at DigitalMarketer. She specializes in customer acquisition and teaches regularly for DigitalMarketer Engage, which is the company's membership community. You'll discover how businesses can benefit from integrating Facebook Messenger features into their marketing. Molly shares use cases for Facebook Messenger marketing. Share your feedback, read the show notes, and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Facebook Messenger Marketing Why Consider Messenger Ads? As soon as Facebook Messenger ads became available in November 2016, Molly started experimenting with them. Molly says she's excited about Facebook Messenger ads because they're not just a new interface element or feature. Facebook Messenger ads are a whole new channel. Molly believes the value of Facebook Messenger ads lies in the app's popularity and convenience. More than one billion people communicate via Facebook Messenger. Because that's where people are having conversations with friends, family, colleagues, or whomever, Molly believes businesses should be connecting with their customers via Facebook Messenger, too. The app's popularity makes Facebook Messenger a good place to buy ads, connect with prospects, and talk to customers. Molly says that DigitalMarketer's initial tests have shown good results. The open rate and consumption are really high. Molly has seen the benefit from the consumer's standpoint, too. A few months ago, as Molly was driving in Austin, she saw a new apartment complex being built. Molly was interested, so she went to the company's Facebook page and contacted them through their Message Us button. They responded almost instantaneously. Every step of her communication with the company was done through Facebook Messenger. I ask Molly if she believes Facebook Messenger will replace email. Molly responds that email will likely always be a powerful tool for marketers, certainly for the next five years. However, she says Facebook Messenger isn't necessarily a replacement but is the mode of communication most similar to email. In some aspects, Messenger is better than email, she continues, because people tend to respond instantaneously on Messenger, whereas people don't feel compelled to respond to emails right away. Listen to the show to hear Molly and I discuss our predictions for the future of Facebook Messenger. The Types of Messenger Ads Molly explains the two types of Facebook Messenger ads. The first one is called a destination ad because when you set it up, you choose Facebook Messenger as the destination (as opposed to your website). Like a regular ad, a destination ad appears in the news feed and can display a video, carousel, or image. When someone clicks the ad, a message to your Facebook page opens in Facebook Messenger and you can begin a conversation. For example, the first test Molly ran was a simple destination ad that said, "Do you have questions about how DigitalMarketer can help grow your business? We'd love to chat." When someone clicked the ad, a Facebook Messenger window opened where the person could type his or her message to DigitalMarketer. Molly says you can target anyone with destination ads, such as your custom audiences and interests. The opportunities are endless. The other type is a sponsored message, which is more like an email.

Autoglass Repair near St Louis

by @ Local SEO Company

St Louis Windshield Replacement St Louis, MO 63114. (314) 561-9428 ABC Auto Glass Repair offers mobile service, to your office or home at no further charge. Call now and we'll give you a free quote. ABC Auto Glass Repair does complete windshield repair and Windshield Repair in St Louis, MO. What can be expected when you must change your windshield. If you have never had Auto Glass Repair done on your car you may not know what can be expected from the process. Below is a quick outline of the steps you should expect when your windshield is replaced. The glass mechanic will start by checking its interior and exterior. This is a routine inspection to be sure everything is clean and in order. Next the floors, seats, and the outside of your automobile will be covered to keep them from getting excess adhesive on them or worse yet scratched. The Windshield Replacement expert will then begin to remove whatever the wipers, any windshield trim and the cover as obligatory before removing the old windshield. The expert will inspect the amount and kind of adhesive used on the old windshield to help evaluate the best way to proceed. He / she will cut the majority of the old adhesive down and the new adhesive will be applied the on top. With the adhesive applied the new windshield can be lifted into place. The cover, wipers and trim will get replaced and the windshield will be cleaned and inspected. Once the job has been completed you will be able to drive your automobile in no more than an hour though it will take as much as 24 hours for the adhesive to totally dry. We look forward to you call. We want your business. With our auto glass replacement will make everything crystal clear again.

Google Analytics: How to Make Smart Marketing Decisions

Google Analytics: How to Make Smart Marketing Decisions

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you want to know if your content and social activities are supporting your business? Are you wondering how you can use Google Analytics to track your progress? To learn how to use Google Analytics to help make smart marketing decisions, I interview Andy Crestodina for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview Andy Crestodina, author of Content Chemistry and co-founder of Orbit Media (a Chicago-based web design agency). Andy has also written for Social Media Examiner and he's a Google Analytics expert. Andy shares how to use Google Analytics to help you make informed marketing choices. You'll discover why analytics are so important to your business success and step-by-step instructions on how to get started. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Google Analytics Why go beyond the basic metrics of blog comments, social share numbers and page views? Andy explains that these basic metrics will not give you return on investment (ROI) information. The formula he uses is traffic × your conversion rate = success, which can be leads, subscribers or ecommerce customers. The more you're aware of how things are connected and the deeper you look down the funnel, the more equipped you'll be to make better decisions. It's just like the dashboard of a car. You'll hear what happened when I looked a lot deeper into the analytics of a Social Media Examiner article that ranks number one in Google search, and why it made me realize that it wasn't doing as well as I thought. As a marketer, you need to reprogram your mind to what really matters, and it's not what immediately meets the eye. Listen to the show to find out why it's so important to pay attention to the conversion rate. Do you need to be a data nerd to benefit from all of this? Andy says that you don't have to be a data nerd. The only math you need to know is that anything times zero equals zero. Andy relates it to a Magic 8 Ball. You can ask a question, shake up the analytics and find the answer. As a marketer, you need to know how to look at these numbers. It gets easier over time. For every action you take, you can measure it and see if it works, and then make improvements. Listen to the show to find out why Google Analytics is similar to using Photoshop. Common mistakes marketers make with Google Analytics According to Andy, it always comes down to the setup of Google Analytics. There are two or three basic steps you need to take in the Admin section of Google Analytics that make your data much more meaningful. One of the first things you need to do is filter out the traffic from your own IP address. Until you do this, your analytics will be polluted by your own activity. Within the Admin section, you can create an IP address filter. To find out what your IP address is, just type "What is my IP?" into Google search, and it will give you the number. You'll discover what to do with this number in the dashboard to ensure your results are more meaningful. The next step (which is important) is goals. Until you set up your goals, you'll only have half of the picture. Listen to the show to find out what's important if you are a relatively low-traffic site or you're into content or social media marketing. The definitions of goals and conversions A conversion is when a visitor takes an action on a website. There are different types of conversions and analytics that you can set up,

How to Boost Your Engagement With Visual Content

How to Boost Your Engagement With Visual Content

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you want more engagement on your social channels? Have you considered using visual content? There are easy-to-use tools and tactics you can use to create visual content that attracts viewers and engages them. In this article you’ll discover how to use visual content to boost engagement. Listen to this article: #1: Create Animated GIFs From YouTube Video Millennials (people reaching young adulthood around the year 2000) are known as Generation GIF. If you check out publications like BuzzFeed, Gawker and Deadspin or browse the front pages of Reddit and Tumblr, you'll see animated GIFs are everywhere. Animated GIFs expand your marketing channels and increase the chances of your content going viral on Tumblr and Reddit. And from there, content is often picked up by major publications and blogs. There are tools that make it easy to create animated GIFs. Here are a couple you might want to try: MakeaGif is a free online tool that lets you create animated GIFs using photos, YouTube videos, uploaded videos and web camera videos. You can also use it to modify an existing GIF. GIFYT allows you to create high-quality GIFs from YouTube videos. With this free tool, you can select what portion of the video to turn into the GIF and add a caption. You can check out some of the GIFs created with GIFYT here. #2: Install On-Hover Sharing Buttons Sometimes readers are inclined to share an image, but they either don't know how or simply forget to do so. A mild mouseover call to action that encourages a share will prompt more visual shares from viewers. Use a plugin like WWM Social Share On Image Hover as an easy way to enable mouseover sharing (Here's how to securely install Wordpress plugins!) With this tool, you can automatically place buttons on all of your images so your viewers can share them in an instant. It's a surprisingly effective way to increase engagement. Here’s a page where you can see mouseover share buttons in action, and here are more plugins that add image-sharing options on mouseover. #3: Play on Emotion Connecting with your audience on an emotional level leaves a long-lasting impact. When something sparks an emotional response, the viewer is more likely to share, comment on and remember it. Visuals are great for this purpose. Humans respond to what they see, more so than any other form of stimulation. If you're connecting emotionally with users, they'll start to associate those feelings with your brand. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2K5trQS3JeA According to Fractl research, the two most engaging emotions (in terms of provoking shares) are positive feelings (such as joy, interest, anticipation and trust) and the element of surprise. #4: Celebrate Unusual Holidays From National Hamburger Day to National Book Lovers' Day, unusual holidays are hard to resist. They're also an awesome source of visual content inspiration. There's an idea for a cool image to create almost daily. Coca-Cola does a great job of using unusual holidays in their social media marketing. They published these images of cute animals to celebrate National Polar Bear Day. To find holidays and observances, you can check these useful lists of unusual holidays and days of the year for inspiration. #5: Ask Viewers to Contribute You don't have to use your own visuals to capture your viewers' attention. Flip the script and ask your viewers to contribute their images. People love seeing their work promoted by a brand, and it makes them feel appreciated and special. On your social channels, ask viewers to submit designs, logos, photographs, drawings or anything else uniquely suited to your product. Facebook, Instagram and Pinterest are fantastic platforms for this style of campaign. Here are two easy-to-implement visual contest ideas to engage your audience and create more visual context around your brand. Caption Contests Publish an interesting image and ask your reader...

Web Design Portfolio

Web Design Portfolio


Floyd Dog Web & Graphic Design

Visit the post for more.

How to Create Quality Facebook Canvas Ads

How to Create Quality Facebook Canvas Ads

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Do you want to reach more mobile Facebook users? Wondering how Canvas ads might help? Facebook Canvas lets you create full-page, interactive mobile ads that work like landing pages for tablet and smartphone users. In this article you'll discover how to create quality Facebook Canvas ads. Listen to this article: Why Facebook Canvas? Facebook Canvas is a new tool for advertisers, built specifically for the mobile platform. Facebook users can scroll through Canvas ads to view photos, watch videos, and discover your company's story. Canvas is free to use beyond the standard Facebook advertising costs, and its drag-and-drop interface requires no coding knowledge. The ads are fully immersive, so there's nothing else on the page vying for users' attention when they're scrolling through or clicking on the content in your ads. And while interactive media is normally a concern because of loading times (long loading times drive people away in every corner of the web), Canvas ads load almost as soon as they're selected. This is because they're hosted on Facebook rather than redirected to an outside page. In fact, they can download up to 10 times faster than general mobile web pages. Here are some ways you can use Facebook Canvas to maximize the impact of video ads for your business. #1: Complement Videos With Text and Images To use Canvas effectively, you need to take advantage of everything it has to offer. The tool allows you to share much of the same content you can post on your website, such as articles, photographs, videos, and even products. You have the option to display photos in carousel format, which Facebook introduced last year. You can add up to five images with optional links in one Canvas ad. Facebook is slowly rolling out the ability to create a carousel of videos as well. While there may be an emphasis on video in Canvas ads, you should also consider using other content options to better tell your company's story, highlight your products, and pique consumer interest. A genuinely compelling multimedia Canvas ad will capture attention and engage your audience, which can translate to increased web traffic, more conversions, and more sales. You can also use your video content in a variety of ways. For example, you might create a video that highlights the core principles of your brand and then include a carousel of products. Alternatively, you might include a series of customer testimonials or behind-the-scenes highlights of your company. Tailor your video to your marketing goals, whether that's greater brand awareness or increased sales, to get the best results. Kit and Ace used this video in a Canvas ad to bring awareness to their brand and get their line of all-day technical performance apparel in front of their target market. . #2: Tell a Story With a Series of Video Clips Facebook allows a maximum of 2 minutes of video for your canvas, but you can split up the video content however you want. One tactic is to use a series of 15- or 20-second clips, as in this social media campaign for Evan Williams' Bourbon. . Not only are shorter clips more likely to hold your audience's attention than longer videos, but they also give you the freedom to explore different facets of your business or highlight individual customer experiences. This greater flexibility in storytelling allows you to truly guide your audience through the experience and direct them toward what you want them to see. #3: Draw the Viewer in With Immersive Content Videos let you harness the power of both visuals and words to tell your company's story. It's important, therefore, that you come across as genuine and sincere. Design your videos (and your entire canvas) to elicit some sort of emotion, whether it's funny, heartfelt, or exciting, and then tailor your words to that goal. Keep your language simple, but emotional. Never use business jargon or buzzwords in your video ads.

How to Recover From a Negative Social Media Update

How to Recover From a Negative Social Media Update

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Has a team member ever posted something inappropriate from your social media account? Are you ready with a recovery plan? If someone wreaks havoc on your account, you need to be prepared for a worst-case scenario. In this article you'll discover how to recover from a bad post to your social media account. Listen to this article: #1: Determine Whether to Delete the Post Whenever you discover a questionable post on your social media account, the first step in crisis management is to assess the situation. No matter the extent of your account hack or blunder, you will have to do some damage control. Just remember deleting the post will not make the entire situation go away. Many tools make it easy for someone to grab a screenshot of your social indiscretion. If you, someone on your team or an agency you've hired to run your social media campaigns created the post, deleting it could make you look bad. Plus, if it comes to light that you tried to sweep a bad situation under the rug, your brand will only look worse. That's why it's typically a better idea to let these posts stay, even if you later go on to regret them. However, there are some situations that make it permissible, if not mandatory, to delete social media posts. Lewd or Graphic Posts: It is unfair to subject your followers to images that make them feel uncomfortable, especially if your target audience is primarily composed of a younger demographic. If someone publishes wildly inappropriate (think R-rated and above) text or graphics to your account, delete the posts as quickly as possible. Obvious Hacks: If it's clear that your account has been hacked, there's a higher level of acceptance in deleting the post. In this day and age it's fair to assume people know that being "hacked" is just another cost associated with conducting business online. Remember, people won't always believe that you've been hacked. Plus, many social users are quick to call out a brand that they think faked a hack as a publicity stunt. It's also important to note that if your Twitter password is "password," you're not allowed to delete any hacked posts. #2: Take Responsibility When it comes to the apology message, there are typically two people who should send it: the person who made the mistake or someone higher up in the company. While most of the time it sounds better when the person who sent the inappropriate social message takes responsibility, it's not always an option. If that's the case, have someone who is higher up in the organization respond. This way your followers feel like you're taking the situation seriously and the spokesperson can address how the company plans to ensure nothing similar happens in the future. The Onion is notorious for their unapologetic brand of humor. However, when backlash over an inappropriate tweet backed them into a corner, they were forced to apologize to their fans. The incident took place during the 2013 Oscars when they insulted the then 9-year-old Oscar nominee Quvenzhané Wallis. After a massive social uproar, the CEO stepped up to apologize. Since it's in our nature to try to avoid fault, this is probably the most difficult part of the process. Even the largest of companies will need to swallow their pride and tell fans they're sorry. #3: Track Mentions and Engage Get ready. Your company's social messages are about to skyrocket. Granted, this depends on the size of your social media following and the level of offensiveness of the gaffe. Yet even the smallest brands should be prepared. Stay on top of posts and mentions by using a social media management tool like Topsy. These tools not only make it easy to respond to the influx of comments, tweets and page posts, many will also allow you to run social analytics that assess the damage done to your following. When you keep track of mentions, you can respond appropriately and in a timely manner.

Twitter Analytics: How to Know if Your Twitter Marketing Works

Twitter Analytics: How to Know if Your Twitter Marketing Works

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you review your Twitter Analytics? Want to use them to improve your Twitter marketing? Ian Cleary is with us to explore what you can learn from the data provided in Twitter Analytics. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode, I interview Ian Cleary, a social tech expert. His blog, RazorSocial.com, placed in our Top 10 Social Media Blogs four years in a row. He also founded the RazorBlazers Club, a community for marketers who want to monetize with social media. Ian explores how you can use Twitter Analytics to take your Twitter marketing to the next level. You'll discover great third-party analytics tools. Share your feedback, read the show notes, and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Twitter Analytics Core Twitter Analytics on the Home Tab Ian explains that once your account is 14 days old, you can access the free analytics provided by Twitter by going to Analytics.Twitter.com on your desktop. You'll start off with an overview on the Home tab, from which you can drill down to view data on tweets, audiences, video analytics, and more. On the Overview screen, you'll see the total number of impressions for all of your tweets. Impressions are the actual number of people who saw your tweets on their Twitter timeline, by visiting your profile, or in a search. For instance, they may have clicked on a hashtag and your tweet was listed. Ian wonders whether Twitter is able to access all of the information for tweets displayed in third-party tools (Hootsuite, Sprout Social, etc.). He goes on to say that even though the data is never going to be 100% accurate, it will give you a gauge to see if your impressions are going up or down each month. Profile Visits is the total number of people who visited your profile on mobile and desktop combined. This number is important, Ian explains, because when you pin a really good tweet to the top of your Twitter profile, you have an idea of how many people have seen it. For example, if Ian's profile shows 17,000 visits, that means 17,000 people have seen his pinned tweet, which is an opt-in to download a lead generation guide. He uses this tweet to build email subscribers from people visiting his Twitter profile. It's a simple thing, but it's the equivalent of having a big opt-in at the top of your website. Mentions show how often your Twitter username is mentioned on other people's profiles. For example, the number of people who shared your content and mentioned your Twitter name will show up there. While they're not clickable, the mountain graphs you see under each data label give you an idea of whether that data set is increasing or decreasing at a glance. For example, you can see if your impressions are going up or down over the course of the month. Or you can check the Followers graph to see if your audience is growing or diminishing. The Top Tweet section of the Overview screen shows you your best tweet over the last 28 days and the number of impressions and retweets on it. Ian explains that you want to see what your most popular tweets are, so you can turn them into evergreen tweets to share regularly. There's no point in retweeting content that's not resonating with your audience. The Top Mention section shows you when someone else shared a piece of your content and mentioned your name, and it did really well. The Top Follower is your follower who is followed by the most people. If someone with a large following has followed you, and he or she is relevant to your audience, pay attention to and start interacting with that person, Ian suggests.

Live Video Strategy: How to Create a Show That Engages

Live Video Strategy: How to Create a Show That Engages

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Interested in broadcasting live video? Have you considered starting a live video show? To explore how to create a successful live video show, I interview Luria Petrucci. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode, I interview Luria Petrucci, a live video expert. She's the host of Live Streaming Pros, a live show dedicated to helping businesses produce professional live streams. She's helped big brands such as AT&T and Panasonic, and influencers such as Michael Hyatt, Amy Porterfield, and Pat Flynn. Luria explores four levels of broadcasting equipment. You'll discover how to create an engaging flow for your live show. Share your feedback, read the show notes, and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Live Video Strategy Luria's Story Luria got started with video in 2005. She was one of the first video podcasters to create content for the video iPod. (This was before the iPhone and long before YouTube "became a thing.") Shortly thereafter, Luria started doing live video, too. By 2007, she was live-streaming from a professional studio and from mobile devices and began learning how live video creates a connection with her audience. Ever since, she's been doing a weekly or daily show. Before Periscope and Facebook Live, Luria's live-streaming tech included a NewTek TriCaster and Ustream. She also did some YouTube. Justin.tv (which is now Twitch) and Livestream were the other early platforms, although they focused more on business. Although Ustream focuses more on businesses now, it concentrated on creators back then. Luria enjoys seeing other people getting excited about going live, because she's believed in live video for so long. She says live video creates a strong relationship with her audience and is the reason her audience has stuck with her for 11 years through massive business changes, partnership changes, and all of the hard stuff that goes on in business. People tell her they've been watching her since day one. (Note: Back then, Luria was known as Cali Lewis.) Listen to the show to discover what tech Luria used in the early days, as well as what live video was like at the beginning. Why Consider Live Video Live video is the best marketing conversion tool Luria has ever seen because of its impact. When people are watching you on live video, they know you're not faking it. When you're selling something or trying to lead people into a funnel, live video is easy because of what Luria calls the "conversational call to action." Like most people, Luria has a hard time selling. People don't like to sell because they don't like to be sold to. The conversational call to action is really about helping people. You're letting them know you're there for them and will take care of them. When you offer something in a live video, it's easier to sell it because you're not really selling. When somebody asks a question, your answer proves the value of your products or services. Also, although the excitement for and accessibility of live video is new, its formulas and structure are proven. Listen to the show to hear what I love about live video. The Four Levels of Live Video Gear Luria explains what gear you need for live video in four levels. She calls level 1 the "selfie stream." You hold your mobile phone in your hand and the live video is raw, up-close, and personal. For level 2, add some gear to your mobile phone such as a microphone, video stabilizer, and a light. This gear adds a little polish to your video and removes the shakiness. Level 3 is going live from a computer with software like Wirecast. Finally, level 4 is for TV-quality video.

Podcast to Book Deal: How to Turn Your Passion Into Profit

Podcast to Book Deal: How to Turn Your Passion Into Profit

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you host a podcast or write a blog? Want to know what it takes to get a book deal? To discover how to turn your content into a book deal, I interview Lewis Howes. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode I interview Lewis Howes, co-author of LinkedWorking (a book focused on LinkedIn) and Ultimate Webinar Marketing Guide. His podcast is called The School of Greatness (a top 100 podcast in iTunes). He also has a brand-new book by the same title: The School of Greatness. Lewis will explore how he went from podcasting to a book deal. You'll discover how Lewis pivoted the focus of his business into something he loves. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Podcast to Book Deal Lewis's journey Lewis says when he thinks of musicians or performers, the ones who are really successful endure for decades by reinventing themselves every three to five years. They do this by following their own dreams and desires, while staying in tune with their audience. Lewis relates this to his own experience with building a couple of different businesses. While one of those businesses served him and other people for a while, Lewis explains there came a time when he was no longer inspired by teaching people about how to maximize LinkedIn. Lewis shares why he transitioned into webinars and ultimately began The School of Greatness podcast three years ago. Lewis explains that a lot of people connected with The School of Greatness podcast. They started asking for more programs, online courses, coaching, events and now a book. Listen to the show to discover how Lewis and I met, and what he said to me. When and why Lewis started a podcast In 2012, Lewis asked Pat Flynn and Derek Halpern what was working in their businesses to drive traffic, get leads and build their audience. Both of them said their podcast. Find out why he was surprised by their answers. In January 2013, Lewis started podcasting once a week. At the three-and-a-half- to four-month mark, he got an email from iTunes saying they loved what he was doing (the inspiration and guests) and wanted to feature him on their home page. This exposed Lewis to a whole new audience beyond the online marketing audience he'd been building. Now he was reaching people from all over the world who wanted to live a better life. Lewis shares how The School of Greatness started as an interview show and turned into a mixture of interviews and solo episodes. Listen to the show to hear how Lewis came up with the title for his podcast. Lewis's podcast audience and guests Lewis thought his audience was going to be young entrepreneurs, men and women, probably mid 20s to late 30s. He since discovered it serves a much broader audience range: college kids, moms who play it for their kids in the car, the 50-year-old guy who wants to leave his corporate job to build a business, world-class athletes, former athletes and people from all walks of life. Lewis shares how he chooses guests for his podcast and how his delivery has evolved from one podcast a week to two shows a week (Monday and Wednesday), plus a 5-minute inspirational segment on Friday. Lewis also talks about the three things he believes factored into his success: getting featured on iTunes, interviewing Tony Robbins and having people share the first episode he did on video. httpv://youtu.be/kSoO2KjVVG4 Listen to the show to discover how many downloads The School of Greatness gets each month. The book deal In 2007, Lewis read The 4-Hour Workweek by Timothy Ferriss.

Stand Out: How to Build a Following That Matters

Stand Out: How to Build a Following That Matters

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Are you wondering how to stand out in the noisy online world? Want to build your status as a thought leader? To discover new ways how to stand out, I interview Dorie Clark. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is an on-demand talk radio show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. In this episode I interview Dorie Clark, author of Reinventing You and an adjunct professor at Duke University. She's also a consultant and speaker. Her clients include Google and Microsoft. Her latest book is called Stand Out: How to Find Your Breakthrough Idea and Build a Following Around It. In this episode Dorie will explore how to stand out in the noisy online world. You'll discover why creating breakthrough ideas and becoming an expert are essential today. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below. Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. How to subscribe/review on iPhone. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Stand Out Dorie's backstory Dorie started her marketing and strategy consulting business nine years ago, following a pretty eclectic career. After studying theology in graduate school, Dorie was a political reporter, a spokesperson for first a gubernatorial and then a presidential campaign, and ran a non-profit. Through her journey, Dorie noticed increasing numbers of people reinventing themselves, so she wrote Reinventing You to capture best practices for the process. She then realized the next challenge (after you find the place to make your mark) is to become a recognized expert. She wanted to learn from the best, so Dorie interviewed 50 top thought leaders, including Seth Godin, Daniel Pink and David Allen, to try to figure out how they came up with their breakthrough ideas and built their following. Dorie wanted to demolish the myth that famous people are perceived as having always been famous. There are certain replicable actions that anyone can do with the right strategy. One common thread is that all of the people she profiled are known for their ideas. The idea comes first, and then these people roll up their sleeves and work in the trenches in their profession to spread their ideas. Mindset is a key factor in whether someone will be successful. Dorie refers to Carol Dweck from Stanford University, who talks about a growth mindset versus a fixed mindset. If you have a growth mindset and you're not getting the results you want, you believe if you change what you're doing, you'll get those results. If you have a fixed mindset and you're not getting the results you want, you think it must be because you're not smart or talented enough, and there's nothing you can do to change it. Sharing ideas puts you in a position of vulnerability, because it's possible people won't like them. However, it's fundamentally an act of generosity if you have ideas you believe can help the world. People need to step up and be willing to share their ideas, because those who are doing it now are no different than anyone else. They are just willing to do something differently. Listen to the show to learn more about what stops most people from becoming successful. Why create a breakthrough idea? A breakthrough idea is something new and valuable that you (and often only you) can contribute, Dorie explains. This is more important than ever, because the world we live in today is so competitive and globalized. There is always going to be someone willing to do the work for less money than you. Ten years ago, if you needed a website designed, you went to the Chamber of Commerce mixer to see who does websites, and you picked a designer. Now, you go on Elance or Odesk and find someone who will do it for half the price around the world. As a result,

Facebook Live: What Marketers Need to Know

Facebook Live: What Marketers Need to Know

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Have you heard of Facebook Live video? Do you want to use Facebook Live for business? Facebook Live lets you connect with your fans, friends and followers by sharing real-time video of what you’re seeing and doing. In this article you'll discover how to broadcast with Facebook Live and use Live video in your marketing. What Is Facebook Live? Facebook has steadily been releasing Live over the last several months. It came out in August 2015 for verified public figures through the iOS Mentions app. Early in December, Live became available to select people on their personal profiles and then to all verified Facebook pages later in the month. Listen to this article: Facebook originally introduced Live to only an elite group of users for two primary reasons: to control the demand on the bandwidth and to hopefully set a higher standard for the videos streamed so there's less "noise" in the news feed. Facebook is controlling the reach of Live broadcasts through the news feed ranking algorithm, as with all organic posts. In the coming months Live will roll out to more Facebook profiles and pages, and will become available on Android. Live is currently available to some iPhone users only. Even if you don't yet have access, you can start planning your Facebook Live strategy or use some of these tactics on the numerous other live-streaming services such as Blab, Google+ Hangouts, Periscope and Meerkat. Regardless of whether you have or plan to use live streaming, you can still upload videos regularly to Facebook. #1: Broadcast With Facebook Live You can broadcast Facebook Live through your profile or through the Mentions app. To broadcast through your profile, tap to update your status and click the Live icon. Next, write a quick description in the status update (this is your title). The description is what will go out in the news feed and in notifications. Just like with your other personal status updates, you may also want to choose the audience before going live. Select friends only, a specific friends list or public. Then tap Go Live. You can point the camera at yourself or outward to capture your surroundings. During the broadcast, you'll see the number of live viewers, which friends are tuning in and comments in real time. While people are watching you, invite those viewers to tap the Subscribe button. This way, they'll get notified the next time you're live. After you end your live broadcast, it will be saved on your timeline like any other video you upload. If you don't already have the Follower option enabled on your personal profile, I recommend enabling it. Doing so will allow you to reach a much wider audience, as anyone on Facebook can choose to follow your public updates. To enable the Follow feature, go to your settings and click Followers in the left column. Then, next to Who Can Follow Me, select Everybody. Now, any of your friends or followers can subscribe and see when you go live. Keep in mind, if your previous post was public and you wish to share your next post with friends only, you'll need to select that option. Note: To broadcast through the Mentions app, the process is similar. Open the app, tap the Post icon and then tap Live Video. The only difference is you don't select an audience, since everything you post is public on a business page. #2: Improve Your Video Facebook recommends several best practices for Facebook Live. In addition, here are several of my own recommendations: Have a focus for your broadcast. Know what you plan to talk about ahead of time so you don't have a rambling discussion about nothing. Knowing what you plan to talk about and doing it well will do wonders for your reputation. Create a compelling title. It goes without saying that you should relate the title to the focus of your broadcast. When people get a notification that you're live, the title is the only thing they see when deciding whether they...

New Facebook Features: What Marketers Need to Know

New Facebook Features: What Marketers Need to Know

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Are you using Facebook for your business? Are you wondering how Facebook's newest features can help your business? To learn about what these new Facebook features mean for marketers, I interview Mari Smith for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview Mari Smith, who is known as the Queen of Facebook. She's the world's leading authority on Facebook marketing and author of The New Relationship Marketing and co-author of Facebook Marketing: An Hour a Day. Mari shares how the new Facebook features can work for your business and what you should pay attention to. You'll learn how to use the new hashtags and how to make the most of your cover image. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: Facebook Features for Marketers Has Facebook rolled out a lot of changes recently in response to Twitter and Google? Mari states that there are many reasons for these new changes, although not necessarily in response to Twitter and Google+. However, Mark Zuckerberg and his entire team do keep a very close eye on the competition. When it comes to features that have been around for a while, Facebook tends to be late with their release simply because they are a much bigger machine. They have a lot more complexity to deal with. With Facebook being a public company, they have to make money for their shareholders. They've made a lot of changes to their ad product and it seems like they move things around to try and get the marketers attention. Listen to the show to find out why most of the features are there to predominantly improve the monetization aspect. What Facebook hashtags are and why marketers should care Mari explains that the simple definition of a hashtag is that it's a way to group conversations together, around the same topic. This makes it easy to discover and follow conversations. Just like you see on Twitter, Instagram, Pinterest, Google+ and LinkedIn. If you think about TV ads 2-3 years ago, the call to action would be an invite to join the brand, where they would give out their Facebook Fanpage. Now the call to action is a hashtag. You'll hear Mari talk about the reason behind why some TV shows have niche hashtags appear throughout their broadcast, instead of one main hashtag. As a business owner you need to start to experiment with hashtags. Find one or two hashtags that can help you ride a wave. There's a term called newsjacking. It doesn't sound very nice but it's a very popular way to get your business in front of people who are talking about something anyway. The great thing about Facebook's hashtags, is that they are clickable. So if you click on any, whether it's on a Post or a Comment, it opens up into what is called the Hashtag Feed. This feed displays other posts with the same hashtag. However, recently they have introduced related searches into this feature. So not only will you see the exact verbatim hashtag but also similar ones. As a strategic marketer, Mari highly recommends every business owner make good use of hashtags. Even if you don't have them personally, they are active for other people. Listen to the show to find out how clickable hashtags can get you in front of new people. Tips and creative uses for Facebook hashtags Mari uses two generic Facebook hashtags which are #facebookmarketing and #facebooktips. You'll hear what hashtag Mari uses to separate herself away from her peers. It's where you'll find all of her posts.

How to Extend the Life of Your Social Media Content

How to Extend the Life of Your Social Media Content

by @ The Social Media Examiner Show

Wish you didn't have to keep creating new content? Do you need a better return on the content you create? Having a plan in place for posting, and repurposing your best content will give your content a longer life and make the most of the time you spend creating it. In this article you'll discover how to get more value out of your social media content. #1: Tailor Your Content Posts to Each Network Here's the dilemma. Some of your customers and prospects spend their social networking time on Facebook, while others favor LinkedIn. However, you have a blog post you want both groups to see. Listen to this article: The first idea that comes to mind is to post the same piece to both networks. But you're not sure that's the right thing to do, and you don't want to appear lazy or insincere to those who follow you on multiple networks. The solution is simple: Tailor that one content piece to each network you're posting it on. Posting across social channels in a way that respects the quirks and qualities of each individual network is a win-win: You'll make your audience happy and increase your marketing ROI. Here are a few things to consider when tailoring your content: Understand each platform. Each social network serves a different purpose. Facebook is very flexible in allowing you to post a mix of text, images and video content, but stiff competition might encourage you to think outside of the box. On Twitter, your goal is to engage quickly and concisely. On LinkedIn, people are primed to learn about industry trends and data that are relevant to them, be it in the form of a long blog post or short status updates. Also, extract important points from your content pieces, and use them accordingly. If you have an attention-getting one-liner from your blog, consider linking to that blog post on Facebook or Twitter. A data point that raises concerns or inspires your followers to take action might perform well as a tweet or LinkedIn status update. Finally, make sure you don't overdo it. While cross-posting content to social networks can maximize your social media marketing efficiency, it's also important to produce some original content for each network. This reduces the chances you'll be identified as a spammy marketer, thus triggering people to unfollow you and algorithms to decrease your SEO rankings. #2: Schedule Multiple Shares of New Content Links shared via social media tend to have a short half-life (that is, the amount of time it takes for links to receive half of the clicks they'll ever get) of just a few hours. An easy way to get more out of shared links is to repost them again in the days, weeks and months that follow. Why Repost Content? There are two main reasons you should consider reposting older content. First, posting content again can help you gain new followers and more engagement. When you post a link just once, only a small segment of people will ever see it. This is due to such variables as people not being online at the time you post and quirks of social network algorithms. For example, Facebook’s news feed algorithm, along with growing competition, ensure that only a small segment of your business page followers will see one of your status updates show up organically in their individual feeds. To capture more engagement, it's essential to schedule repeated postings. Second, reposting content also reminds existing followers of what's important. Here's where you might run a small risk of spamming, at least in the eyes of people who happen to see a piece more than once. But if you remind your followers why you're special through slightly varied iterations of the same content, you'll enhance your brand visibility and build thought leadership over time. Repeated contact with qualified leads is essential to moving them through the sales cycle. Simply sharing your content more than once guarantees clicks that you otherwise wouldn...

YouTube Growth: How to Grow Your YouTube Channel

YouTube Growth: How to Grow Your YouTube Channel

by @ Social Media Marketing Podcast helps your business thrive with social media

Do you post videos on YouTube? Are you looking for ways to increase your traffic and subscribers? To explore how to grow your YouTube audience, I interview Steve Dotto for this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast. More About This Show The Social Media Marketing podcast is a show from Social Media Examiner. It's designed to help busy marketers and business owners discover what works with social media marketing. The show format is on-demand talk radio (also known as podcasting). In this episode, I interview Steve Dotto, who produces Dotto Tech, a YouTube show designed to help you "discover your inner geek," by focusing on productivity, apps and more. In his former life, Steve hosted Canada's largest syndicated technology show of the same name where he entertained and informed millions of Canadians on all things tech. Steve's also been involved with theater and comedy at Second City. Steve shares how he transitioned from hosting a tech TV show to a popular YouTube channel. You'll discover how to grow your YouTube channel. Share your feedback, read the show notes and get the links mentioned in this episode below! Listen Now You can also subscribe via iTunes, RSS, or Stitcher. Here are some of the things you'll discover in this show: YouTube Growth How Steve transitioned from television to new media For 15 years, Steve had a popular TV series in Canada that focused on tech. According to Steve, toward the end of the run, the Internet was becoming more relevant and the show was becoming less relevant. So about four years ago, he pulled the plug on the TV show and then took some time to figure out his next step. He started to teach, dabbled on YouTube and did a radio show. Then at a conference two years ago in Victoria, he met Mari Smith, who introduced him to the world of Internet marketing and showed him how to build a community. Steve took her advice and added his own approach. About a year ago, he really started focusing on YouTube. Listen to the show to hear how last year's YouTube/Google+ changes were key for community development. Steve's show format Steve's how-to series shows his viewers how to use tech tools—from Google functions to iPhone apps—more effectively. Steve says if you watch an episode and say, "I didn't know I could do that," "I'd like to do that" or "I should be doing that," then he's done his job. httpv://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ePVkSfKeEfI Most of Steve's videos are between 5 and 12 minutes long, which is a little long by conventional YouTube wisdom. His goal is to take on a topic and teach his viewers something they probably didn't know. Bottom line, he explains, is edutainment value. Listen to the show to hear an example of something Steve teaches during an episode. Why you should start a YouTube show Steve feels that for many different topics it's easier to convey a concept with inflection through video than on other platforms. It's also a relaxing environment to browse through and discover information. Steve says most people will binge-watch YouTube. They'll watch several videos in a row on the same topic to learn something. A video is ea